Quarterlytics / Industrials / Business Equipment & Supplies / Cardtronics Inc.

Cardtronics Inc.

catm · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker catm
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Business Equipment & Supplies
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Cardtronics Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2011

ANNUAL REPORT AND FORM 10-KContents

Cardtronics: A Year in Review ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1

Corporate Overview .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2

Financial Metrics ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4

A Letter from the CEO ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 6

Acquisitions of 2011  ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 

Retail Relationships  ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 10

Financial Services ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12

Emerging Global Presence ................................................................................................................................................................................... 14

Executive Leadership .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 16 

Contact Information and Notices ............................................................................................................................................  Inside Back Cover

Where Cash Meets Commerce

247.3 

358.7 

392.4 

542.7

431.4 

Total Transactions 
(in millions)

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Corporate Overview

WHO WE ARE

By  making  ATM  cash  access  convenient  where 

people shop, work and live, Cardtronics is at the 

convergence  of  retailers,  financial  institutions 

and  the  customers  they  share.  Cardtronics 

operates  approximately  52,900  strategically-

located  retail  ATMs  in  the  U.S.,  U.K.,  Mexico, 

Canada and the Caribbean. Whether Cardtronics 

is driving foot traffic for America’s most relevant 

retailers, enhancing ATM brand presence for card 

issuers or expanding cardholders’ surcharge-free 

cash access on the local, national or international 

scene,  Cardtronics  is  convenient  access  to  cash, 

when and where consumers need it. 

Greater Convenience
& Relevance

CONSUMERS

WHERE CASH MEETS COMMERCE

R

E

T

A

I
L

E

R

S

HOW WE DO BUSINESS

Increased Traffic 
and Sales

FIs

Expanded Reach 
and Service

Total transacting ATMs worldwide (owned and/or 

operated):  Approximately 52,900 

Cardtronics ATMs by country (owned and/or 

operated):

• United States:  

• United Kingdom:  

• Mexico:  

• Canada: 

46,000

3,500

2,800

600

ATMs in the Allpoint network: 43,000

U.S. bank-branded ATMs: 15,400

In  this  growing  network,  our  ATMs  processed 

over 542 million transactions in 2011. 

Our 

innovative  strategy 

is  supported  by  a  

vast  network  of  trusted  client  relationships  

that includes:

• 10 out of the top 15 U.S. financial institutions*

• 7 out of the top 10 U.S. retailers**

* U.S. retail financial institutions ranked by assets
** U.S. retailers with a significant ATM program; rank 
based on Stores.org data of 2011 U.S. retail sales

2

COMMUNITY BASED ON VALUE AND LOYALTY

OUR NETWORK
-owned and/or operated-

46,000

3,500

United States

United Kingdom

2,800

Mexico

600

Canada

our relationships

10 out of 15

7 out of 10

Top FIs

Top Retailers

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.com 
 
 
SURCHARGE-FREE ACCESS

®

ATM BRANDING

Allpoint,  the  world's  largest  surcharge-free  ATM  network, 

ATM branding allows financial institutions to increase brand 

maintains a network of over 43,000 ATMs in leading national 

visibility  and  service  delivery,  improving  their  competitive 

and  regional  merchant  locations  across  the  United  States, 

position.  The  proven  program,  with  over  15,400  Cardtronics 

Mexico,  United  Kingdom  and  Australia.  Allpoint  provides 

ATMs  branded,  provides  participating  FIs  with  fee-free  ATM 

issuers with a wide-reaching, conveniently located surcharge-

access  for  customers  in  desirable  retail  locations  while 

free network, helping those institutions attract, win and retain 

allowing each institution to showcase its brand on the ATM, 

cardholders.

the transaction screen and other elements.

GLOBAL BRANDS

Premier ATM operator  
in the U.K.

Mexico's largest independent  
ATM operator

Leading independent ATM 
operator in Canada

®

World's largest sucharge- 
free ATM network

Interactive location search  
and mapping service

3

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comFinancial Metrics

Total Revenue (in millions)

Gross Profit Margin

624.6

532.1

493.0

493.4

378.3

+17%

vs. 2010

Acquisitions

Equipment
  Sales

6% 3%

8%

Core ATM Business

32.7%

32.3%

30.2%

22.4%

23.2%

40 Basis Points or

+1.24%

vs. 2010

$0.68

2009

$0.13

2007

$0.21

2008

4

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.com

2011201120102010200920092008200820072007156.3

130.8

110.4

81.9

60.6

Adjusted EBITDA* (in millions)

+19%

vs. 2010

1
1
0
2

$1.37

2011

+37%

vs. 2010

$1.00

2010

Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share*

*For details on the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Diluted Earnings 
per Share, please see the reconciliation included in the Form 10-K.

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.com

5

2010200920082007A Letter From the CEO

Dear Cardtronics Shareholders,
In  2011,  Cardtronics  once  again 

precious  time  and  increasingly  —  judging  by  our  swelling 

demonstrated  the  strength  of 

its 

surcharge-free transaction count — valuable money. And here’s 

business  model,  delivering 

solid 

the best part: we’ve only scratched the surface. There are more 

performance  amidst  lingering  difficult 

consumers,  more  debit  and  prepaid  cards,  and  many  more 

and 

uncertain 

economic 

times. 

dollars  for  Cardtronics ATMs  to  conveniently  dispense,  turning 

Validating  our  confidence  in  cash  as 

an  anonymous  consumer  into  a  loyal  cash-equipped  shopper 

one of the most valuable choices within 

for our retailer partners. Transactions are there to be had, and by 

the  continuum  of  payment  methods, 

enhancing the value we deliver to consumers, retailers, financial 

Cardtronics put 2011 in its record books 

institutions  and  other  card  issuers,  we  intend  to  increase  our 

as  a  year  of  strong  performance,  across  the  financial  and 

share.

operating  metrics  detailed  in  the  pages  of  this  annual  report. 

And  for  the  first  time  since  2007, 

Cardtronics got acquisitive.

In 

the  span  of 

four  strategic 

acquisitions  — 

EDC 

ATM, 

LocatorSearch,  Access  to  Money 

and  Mr.  Cash —  Cardtronics  grew  its 

ATM  fleet,  enhanced  its  roster  of 

premier  retailer  and  bank  partners, 

added  new  product  capabilities,  and 

expanded its  international  footprint. 

If  2011  is  remembered  as  the  year 

of  the  acquisition  at  Cardtronics,  it 

should  more  accurately  be  recalled 

as  the  year  of  the  targeted  and 

purpose-driven  acquisition.  While 

the  four  acquisitions  differ  in  size 

and  contribution  value,  they  all 

share a singular purpose of growing 

shareholder  value,  with  each 

playing  a  specific  role  in  building 

a  unique  and  sustainable  position 

for  Cardtronics.  Watch  for  a  special 

EVOLUTION OF CARDTRONICS

With  a  slow-to-develop  economic 

recovery 

and 

new 

slate 

of 

government  regulations  placing  the 

financial  services  industry  in  a  state 

of  flux,  generations-old  banking 

cost structures may well give way to 

leaner,  increasingly  technologically-

delivered  lower-cost  service  models. 

Yet,  even  in  a  so-called  Bank  2.0 

world,  one  old  reliable,  real-world 

physical  asset  will  remain  table 

stakes  to  reach  the  widest  swath  of 

consumers:  a  conveniently-located 

ATM…and that spells opportunity for 

Cardtronics.

In  this  environment  of  opportunity, 

it  serves  Cardtronics’  best  interests 

to  comingle  our  business  model 

with the emerging and new needs of 

banks, credit unions and prepaid card 

programs.  With  these  new  realities 

section,  later  in  this  report,  highlighting  our  new  acquisitions 

in-mind, last year Cardtronics leadership began plotting a course 

and the rationale behind them.

to  take  the  company  forward  into  a  Bank  2.0  world —  a  place 

where the needs of financial institutions overlap with retailers’ 

Even without the acquisitions that helped define our year, what 

insatiable thirst for loyal customers and repeat business.

you’re  seeing  behind  the  healthy  financials,  growth  rates  and 

operating  metrics  is  the  value  of  Cardtronics’  special  network 

A  long-term  journey  lays  ahead,  with  ventures  into  uncharted 

of  destination  retail  locations  for  its  ATMs.  ATM  cash  access 

territory  a  possibility.  To  help  navigate  the  shifting  financial 

the  Cardtronics  way  is  a  durable  service  offering,  providing  a 

services  landscape,  in  2011  Cardtronics  made  meaningful 

critical  function  for  daily  living.  Our  locations  save  consumers 

investments in the types of proprietary consumer and ATM user 

6

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comresearch projects that logically precede new initiatives and pilot 

programs.  Consider  it  due  diligence  in  advance  of  finalizing  a 

strategic plan to refine Cardtronics marketplace approach. 

Presently a company that very successfully vends cash by placing 

bank-branded ATMs at premier retailer locations, Cardtronics is 

capable of more. Consumers demand convenience in all things, 

including  access  to  cash.  By  creating  tighter  partnerships 

with  our  retailer,  financial  institution  and  prepaid  partners, 

we  can  transform  Cardtronics  ATMs  into  unique  and  special 

destinations for people in search of cash. And when we do that, 

Cardtronics  is  the  catalyst  in  creating  stickier,  more  lucrative 

customer relationships for all our partners.   

This  strategic  transition  will  be  a  several  year  journey,  

highlighted  by  the  fine-tuning  of  existing  capabilities  and 

RECOGNITIONS AND REFLECTIONS

building new skill-sets along the way. However, when we get to 

No  company  can  produce  winning  financial  results  backed  by 

where we’re going, Cardtronics is aggressively helping retailers 

ideas,  business  models  and  strategic  plans  alone.  It  is  people, 

improve  sales,  creating  a  more valuable ATM  customer  service 

great  people,  exerting  themselves  daily  to  drive  those  results. 

channel for financial institutions and fostering greater loyalty to 

In my two-plus years at the helm of Cardtronics, we’ve enjoyed 

both groups on the part of the consumer decidedly seeking out 

a  lot  of  success,  and  it  wouldn’t  have  been  achieved  without 

a special kind of ATM…a Cardtronics ATM. 

the  determined,  dedicated  and  creative  effort  of  our  team  of 

professionals. And on that note, I want to formally recognize the 

In an established Bank 2.0 world, Cardtronics will still dispense 

contributions of all members of the Cardtronics team, which by 

cash,  but  increasingly  from  the  perspective  of  a  company 

the end of 2011 included many new colleagues from EDC ATM, 

aggressively  moving  to  acquire  transaction  share  for  itself,  for 

LocatorSearch, Access to Money and Mr. Cash. 

its partners and for its shareowners. 

BURSTING FROM THE GATE IN 2012

After  working  through  a  successful  and  acquisitive  2011, 

Cardtronics now turns to the hard work of fully-integrating the 

As 2011 closed with a strong finish, we reflected on continued 

acquisitions,  implementing  new  sales  initiatives  and  product 

growth  of  our  core  business,  as  well  as  the  acquisitions 

capabilities,  and  continuing  to  seek  ways  to  grow  and  deliver 

bringing the potential for future margins growth. In short, 2012 

value  to  all  our  constituencies.  Thank  you  to  our  clients,  who 

began  with  expectations  of  solid  performance  and  once  again 

trust  Cardtronics  with  their  brands  and  reputations. Thank you 

delivering healthy return on investment for our shareholders.  

to the investors, who besides trusting us with their money, have 

stood  solidly  behind  Cardtronics  during  my  tenure. And  finally, 

By  way  of  a  brief  progress  report  against  those  goals,  since 

thank you to everyone for your continued interest in Cardtronics.

turning  the  calendar  to  January,  Cardtronics  has  become  the 

exclusive  provider  of  ATM  services  to  Valero  Corner  Stores, 

Sincerely,

adding  950  locations  to  our  convenience  store  portfolio. 

Additionally,  Allpoint  Network  benefited  from  high-profile 

media attention to begin the new year when financial guru Suze 

Orman launched her prepaid card complete with surcharge-free 

ATM access by Allpoint. 

Steve Rathgaber

Chief Executive Officer 

7

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comA Look at 2011 Acquisitions

ACQUISITION ROLE PLAYERS
With numerous ATM estates available in the United States and abroad in 2011, Cardtronics exercised a disciplined evaluation process, 

passing on anything failing to solve for a specific business need or offer return on investment for our shareholders.

Cardtronics’ 2011 acquisitions — our first acquisitions since 7-Eleven’s ATM business in 2007 — were EDC ATM, LocatorSearch, Access 

to Money and Mr. Cash. Four acquisitions, each different in size and means of contribution, but all sharing the singular purpose of 

growing shareholder value by playing a specific role in contributing to a unique and sustainable market position for Cardtronics. 

EDC ATM
A natural fit into our core U.S. business operations, and a contributor of 3,600 ATMs to our company-owned fleet, EDC also delivered 

to Cardtronics marquee retail chains and bank partners to aid our transaction and ATM branding growth efforts. By acquiring an ATM 

company with a business model so similar to our own, Cardtronics credits its organization with an infusion of seasoned industry 

sales and operations professionals.

• Key retailer relationships: Cumberland Farms, Speedway, Sunoco

• New bank partners: Citizens Bank, Harris Bank

8

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comLocatorSearch
How does Cardtronics fit an ATM into a mobile phone? With LocatorSearch 

geo-location  solutions,  that’s  how.  A  strategic  enhancement  to  the 

Cardtronics  product  suite,  with  LocatorSearch  we  now  have  in-house 

the  ability  to  make  it  easier  for  partner  organizations  to  show,  and  for 

consumers to find, the Cardtronics ATM nearest their location, with search 

results  delivered  across  multiple  platforms,  including  the  ubiquitous 

mobile  phone.  Beyond  enhancing  our  ability  to  drive  transactions  at 

Cardtronics  ATMs  and  foot  traffic  for  our  retail  partners,  LocatorSearch 

also  delivered  300  new  financial  institution  relationships,  creating  a 

healthy pipeline of cross-selling opportunities.    

Access to Money
Creating an opportunity to reinvigorate and transform 

our  smaller  merchant-own-and-load  ATM  business, 

Access  to  Money,  when  combined  with  Cardtronics, 

delivers  a  portfolio  of  over  16,000  merchant-owned 

cash machines. As for top tier retailer brands, Access 

to  Money  included  top  ten  convenience  store  brand 

Kangaroo  Express,  as  well  as  America’s  number  one 

purveyor of coffee and donuts for dunking. With this 

acquisition, Cardtronics now has the additional sales 

force  and  fleet  scale  to  reinvent  its  merchant-own-

and-load  business,  enabling  it  to  contribute  more 

effectively to our financial performance. 

Mr. Cash
Commonsense international expansion on a budget, 600 ATM-strong Mr. Cash provided a strategic foothold in Canada, positioning 

Cardtronics to expand relationships with retailers and financial institutions operating on both sides of the U.S.-Canadian border. With 

a Canada-based management team and base of operations in place, in 2012 the company will turn its focus to renewing discussions 

with existing clients that have previously inquired about aligning with Cardtronics for ATM services in Canada.

FUTURE OF ACQUISITIONS
Cardtronics will continue to evaluate expansion opportunities, acting only on the acquisition targets that help retailers and financial 

institutions deliver more value to their customers, which ultimately strengthens Cardtronics, competitively and financially. 

9

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comRetail Relationships

As the ATM service provider to 7 of the top 10 U.S. retailers with an ATM, Cardtronics is driving foot traffic for America’s most relevant 

retailers, and is truly where cash meets commerce, which also makes us a facilitator of lower-cost payments at the point-of-sale. 

Doubling  down  on  the value  we  deliver  to  our  retailer  partners,  Cardtronics  uses ATM  branding,  surcharge-free  and  promotional 

programs to grow ATM transactions and in-store spending.     

Total Withdrawal 
Transactions

Total Cash 
Dispensed

+26% +30%

266.9
MILLION

335.9 
MILLION

$29.4
BILLION

$38.3 
BILLION

WHERE CARDTRONICS ATMS ARE LOCATED

Convenience Store / Gas Station

Grocery Store

Big Box Retailer / Mall

Hotel

Pharmacy / Drug Store

Other

Restaurant

21%

Y

R

E

C

O

R

G

49%

End of Year 2011

12%

8%

Sampling of existing supermarket locations.

7%

2%1%

10

20102010201120112011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comGROWING WITH GROCERS:
It would be easy to say that 2011 could be dubbed the “Year of the Grocer” as Cardtronics expanded its portfolio with these key 

grocery retailers. While Cardtronics has continued to expand in many areas, the past year has seen keen focus on the grocery channel.

Harris Teeter
The  grocer’s  desire  for  chain-wide  ATM  coverage  expanded  Cardtronics’  retail  ATM  network  with  100  new  locations  in  the  

Mid-Atlantic States, secured exclusivity rights for future growth across the more than 200 location chain, added to our inventory of 

brand-able ATMs and expanded Allpoint Network.

King Soopers
With  revised  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  regulations  looming  in  2012,  Colorado-based  FirstBank  formed  an  ATM  Managed 

Services relationship with Cardtronics last year concerning the segment of its ATM network located in King Soopers grocery stores. 

The agreement covers 89 ATMs for Colorado’s second-largest bank.

Kroger Expansion
Building on a 2010 agreement, Cardtronics added 350 ATMs to both its retail ATM footprint and Kroger relationship in 2011, with 

many additions occurring in Ralphs and Food4Less grocery stores in California and Tom Thumb convenience stores in Florida. The 

total Kroger relationship now covers more than 1,150 ATMs in 32 states.

Wegmans
By  summer  2011,  Cardtronics  completed  its  deployment  of  more  than  80  cash  machines,  cementing  its  status  as  the  exclusive 

provider of ATM services to Wegmans Food Markets, with locations in New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Virginia and Maryland.  

11

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comFinancial Services

Making ATM  cash  access  convenient  where  people  shop,  work  and  live  their  lives,  Cardtronics  is  at  the  convergence  of  retailers, 

financial institutions, prepaid card programs and the customers they share. Whether Cardtronics is driving foot traffic for America’s 

most  relevant  retailers,  enhancing  ATM  brand  presence  for  card  issuers  or  expanding  cardholders’  surcharge-free  cash  access, 

Cardtronics is convenient access to cash, when and where consumers need it. 

205.6 Million
2011

146.7 Million
2010

Cardholders from over

7,000

financial institutions 
used a U.S. Cardtronics 
ATM in 2011

Surcharge-Free Transactions
Up by 40% vs. 2010

Includes Allpoint, U.S. Bank Branded and U.K. “Free to Use” Totals

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

15,467

11,930

11,149

10,098

9,268

End-of-Year U.S. 
Financial Institution 
Branded ATMs
Up by 30% vs. 2010

12

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comRECENT HIGHLIGHTS:
BRANDING

USAA
Can  Cardtronics  ATMs  really  strengthen 

customer loyalty for an ATM branding partner? 

Check  out  this  social  media  chatter  posted  in 

the  wake  of  USAA  branding  189  Cardtronics 

ATMs 

located 

in  Washington,  D.C.-area  

CVS/pharmacy stores:

• “I  spotted  an  official @usaa ATM  at  the 

14th Street CVS. Felt like I had discovered 

the lost island kingdom of Atlantis.”

• “Spotted an @usaa ATM machine in the 

CVS near my house. Unprecedented!”

Trustco Bank
Representative  of  another  strong  growth  year 

for  Allpoint  Network,  and  illustrating  the 

ability of America’s largest surcharge-free ATM 

network to deliver value all across the country, 

New  York  State-based  Trustco  Bank  joined 

Allpoint to the benefit of a customer base split 

between the Northeast and Florida. 

Xceed Financial Credit Union
As one of the more than 300 new relationships 

Cardtronics acquired along with LocatorSearch, 

California-based  Xceed  wasted  little  time 

expanding  its  horizons  with  the  company 

to  include  Allpoint  Network  and  its  43,000 

surcharge-free ATMs. 

Allpoint Network & Prepaid
Given 

the  un/underbanked  backgrounds 

from  which  many  network-branded  prepaid 

cardholders 

come, 

conveniently-located 

surcharge-free ATM cash access is table stakes 

for prepaid program managers. In 2011, Allpoint 

Network  helped  many  prepaid  programs 

meet 

this  need, 

including:  AccountNow, 

BlackboardPay,  Intuit’s  Refund  Card  and  Pay 

Card, TxVia and more. 

13

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comEmerging Global Presence

No  matter  the  global  locale  —  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico,  Puerto  Rico,  United  Kingdom,  U.S.  Virgin  Islands  —  the  focus  at 

Cardtronics and its international brands is squarely on growing the number and frequency of transactions at our ATMs. In 2011, new 

retailer and financial institution relationships introduced our cash machines to wider audiences, keen site scouting netted ultra-high 

traffic locations and Bank Machine exemplified Cardtronics’ company-wide mission to engage more directly with consumers.  

CANADA  

Mr. Cash

The acquisition of Mr. Cash provided Cardtronics a platform and management team in Canada, positioning the company to better 

serve existing retail and financial institution clients, especially those operating on both sides of the United States-Canada border. 

Early in 2012, Cardtronics began pursuing previously identified opportunities with existing clients seeking an ATM service provider 

in Canada. 

MEXICO

Banorte Brands OXXO

Connecting  the  customer  bases  of  two  of  Mexico’s  most  recognizable  consumer 

brands, Cardtronics Mexico arranged for Grupo Financiero Banorte to brand ATMs 

located  in  OXXO  stores,  Latin  America’s  largest  convenience  store  chain.  With 

1,300 ATMs now branded Banorte, Cardtronics Mexico welcomes new consumers 

and transactions to a substantial segment of its ATM fleet.

Allpoint Network

United States, United Kingdom, Australia and as of 2011….Mexico. Illustrative of 

its emerging global presence, by extending its international surcharge-free ATM 

footprint  into  Mexico,  Allpoint  Network  delivered  increased  value  to  existing 

members,  added  2,800  cash  machines,  and  increased  the  worldwide  Allpoint  

ATM count. 

PUERTO RICO  
Cooperativa San Rafael, GerenCoop and PuebloCoop

Cardtronics  celebrated  the  break-through  milestone  of  its  first  ATM  Managed 

Services contracts with Puerto Rican financial institutions, which historically have 

taken a do-it-yourself approach to operating an ATM network.

National Lumber & Hardware

National  Lumber  &  Hardware,  a  division  of  Pitusa,  the  island’s  largest  Puerto 

Rico-based retailer, signed an ATM services deal with Cardtronics and immediately 

benefited from our Scotiabank relationship, with Scotiabank branding all 38 ATMs. 

Since becoming an ATM Branding customer in 2010, Scotiabank has branded more 

than 90 Cardtronics ATMs in Puerto Rico. 

14

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comUNITED KINGDOM

Southern Railway

Already among the busiest U.K. ATM sites when 

we won the contract, Bank Machine took these 

sites  at  some  of  Southern  England’s  busiest 

commuter  railway  stations  and  made  them 

even  better.  After  the  ATM  locations  were 

comprehensively  upgraded  and  rebranded, 

substantial 

transaction  growth  quickly 

followed,  helping  Bank  Machine  post  fleet-

wide ATM transaction growth of 53% in 2011.  

Virgin Money

Aligned with its quest to make banking better 

in the U.K., Virgin Money selected Bank Machine 

to operate the Virgin Money-branded ATMs at 

the new high street Virgin Money Lounges.  

Text2Win

Piloting  direct-to-consumer  outreach  that 

may eventually invade America, Bank Machine 

generated transaction increases with a first-of-

its-kind trivia competition that formed a tight 

bond  between  the  ATM  and  our  customers’ 

mobile  phones.  ATM  screen  presents  the 

question; consumers text their answer; £1000 

cash  prize;  Bank  Machine  engages  consumers 

more directly.  

Powerful Brands

British  Petroleum,  Morrisons  and  Selfridges — 

three names synonymous with gas, grocery and 

department store merchants in the U.K. As the 

result of new business in 2011, Bank Machine 

ATMs are now key fixtures at locations of this 

trio of powerful consumer brands. 

15

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comExecutive Leadership
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Dennis Lynch
Chairman of the Board

Steve Rathgaber
Chief Executive Officer
Cardtronics

Tim Arnoult
Former President of Global Treasury Services
Bank of America

Robert Barone
Former Chief Operating Officer
Diebold

Jorge Diaz
Division President and Chief Executive Officer
Fiserv Output Solutions, a division of Fiserv, Inc.

Patrick Phillips
Former President of Premier Banking
Bank of America

Mark Rossi
Senior Managing Director
Cornerstone Equity Investors LLC

Juli Spottiswood
President and Chief Executive Officer
Parago, Inc.

Steve Rathgaber
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Brewster
Chief Financial Officer

Mike Clinard
President
Global Services

Rick Updyke
President
U.S. Business Group

Todd Clark
Senior Executive Vice President
Sales and Relationship Management

Ron Delnevo
Managing Director for the U.K. and Europe

Tom Pierce
Chief Marketing Officer

Debra Bronder
Executive Vice President
Human Resources

Mike Keller
General Counsel

Michael A. R. Wilson Former Board Member

In  2011,  Michael  A.  R.  Wilson,  managing  director  at  TA  Associates,  resigned  his 

seat  on  the  Cardtronics  board,  where  he  served  as  a  director  beginning  2005.  TA 

Associates was a major investor and shareholder in Cardtronics until it divested the 

vast majority of its holdings in 2010, and Mr. Wilson’s resignation was in conjunction 

with  that  development.  The  entire  Cardtronics  leadership  team  wishes  to  express 

its  appreciation  of  Mike’s  dedication  and  the  strong  contributions  he  made  to  the 

company during his six years of service. His business judgment and financial acumen 

played a significant role in helping Cardtronics achieve the success it enjoys today.

16

2011 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comUNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 

or 

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from         to                  

Commission file number: 001-33864 

CARDTRONICS, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
 incorporation or organization) 

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400 
Houston, TX 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

76-0681190 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.) 

77042 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (832) 308-4000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files). Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See 

the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes      No  

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates as June 30, 2011, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second 

quarter, based on the reported last sale price of common stock on that date:  $993.6 million 

Number of shares outstanding as of February 24, 2012: 44,052,061 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. 

Portions of our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 

within 120 days of December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements

PART I 

Item 1. 

Item 1A. 

Item 1B. 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Business 

Risk Factors 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Item 9A. 

Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

PART IV 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Controls and Procedures 

Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive  Compensation 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures 

Page
1

2

14

25

25

25

25

26

29

30

58

62

112

112

113

113

113

113

113

113

114

115

When we refer to “us,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “the Company,” or “Cardtronics,” we are describing Cardtronics, Inc. and/or our subsidiaries, 

unless the context indicates otherwise. 

i 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “2011 Form 10-K”) contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of 

Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements are identified by the use of the 
words “project,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “contemplate,” “foresee,” “would,” “could,” “plan,” and similar 
expressions that are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. These forward-looking 
statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect on us. While 
management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future 
developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future revenues and operating 
results are based on our estimates for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our 
forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections. Known material factors 
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements are those described in: Part I, Item 1A. Risk 
Factors. 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this document, which speak only as of the 
date of this 2011 Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are 
made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cardtronics, Inc. provides convenient automated consumer financial services through its network of automated teller machines (“ATMs”) 
and multi-function financial services kiosks. As of December 31, 2011, we were the world’s largest retail ATM owner, providing services to 
approximately 52,900 devices throughout the United States (including the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands), the 
United Kingdom, Mexico and Canada. Included within this number are approximately 2,200 multi-function financial services kiosks that, in 
addition to traditional ATM functions such as cash dispensing and bank account balance inquiries, perform other consumer financial services, 
including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture (which represents deposits taken using electronic imaging at ATMs not 
physically located at a bank), and money transfers. Also included in the number of devices in our network as of December 31, 2011 were 
approximately 4,800 ATMs to which we provided various forms of managed services solutions. Under a managed services arrangement, 
retailers and financial institutions rely on us to handle some or all of the operational aspects associated with operating and maintaining their 
ATMs, typically in exchange for a monthly service fee or fee per service provided.  

We often partner with large, nationally-known retail merchants under multi-year agreements to place our ATMs and kiosks within their 
store locations. In doing so, we provide our retail partners with an automated financial services solution that we believe helps them attract and 
retain customers, and in turn, increases the likelihood that our devices will be utilized. Finally, we own and operate an electronic funds 
transfer (“EFT”) transaction processing platform that provides transaction processing services to our network of ATMs and financial services 
kiosks as well as ATMs owned and operated by third parties.  

Historically, we have deployed and operated our devices under two distinct arrangements with our retail partners: Company-owned and 
merchant-owned arrangements. Under Company-owned arrangements, we provide the device and are typically responsible for all aspects of 
its operation, including transaction processing, managing cash, supplies, and telecommunications as well as routine and technical 
maintenance. Under our merchant-owned arrangements, the retail merchant, or an independent distributor, owns the device and is usually 
responsible for providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we provide more complex maintenance services, transaction 
processing, and connection to the EFT networks. As of December 31, 2011, 64% of our devices operated under traditional ATM deployment 
services were Company-owned and 36% were merchant-owned. During 2011, we added approximately 14,200 ATMs from acquisitions, 
which increased the percentage of merchant-owned arrangements in our total portfolio from approximately 29% a year ago, as the majority of 
the ATMs acquired during 2011were merchant-owned. Both the merchant-owned and Company-owned structures are attractive options for us 
and we plan to grow our revenues under both arrangement types.  

In addition to deploying our devices under Company-owned and merchant-owned arrangements, we also offer a managed services 
solution, under which we provide certain services to retailers, financial institutions and other ATM operators. We offer various forms of 
managed services, depending on the needs of our customers, and offer a customized ATM management solution that can include monitoring, 
maintenance, cash management, customer service, transaction processing and other services. 

Finally, we partner with leading national financial institutions to brand selected ATMs and financial services kiosks within our network, 

including Citibank, N.A., Citizens Financial Group, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Sovereign Bank, SunTrust Bank, and PNC Bank, 
N.A.  As of December 31, 2011, over 15,400 of our domestic Company-owned devices were under contract with financial institutions to 
place their logos on those machines, and to provide convenient surcharge-free access for their banking customers. In Mexico, we partner with 
Bansí, S.A. Institución de Banca Multiple (“Bansi”), a regional bank in Mexico and a noncontrolling interest owner in Cardtronics Mexico, 
and Grupo Financiero Banorte, S.A. de C.V. (“Banorte”) to place their brands on our ATMs in exchange for certain services provided by 
them. We also own and operate the Allpoint network, the largest surcharge-free ATM network within the United States (based on the number 
of participating ATMs). The Allpoint network, which has more than 43,000 participating ATMs, provides surcharge-free ATM access to 
customers of participating financial institutions that may lack a significant ATM network. The Allpoint network includes a majority of our 
ATMs in the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico, all of our ATMs in the United Kingdom, and over 5,000 locations in Australia through a 
partnership with a local ATM owner and operator. Allpoint also works with financial institutions that manage stored-value debit card 
programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general purpose, payroll, and electronic benefits transfer 
(“EBT”) cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint a fee per card or per transaction in return for allowing the 
users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s participating ATM network. 

Our revenues are recurring in nature and historically have been derived primarily from transaction fees, which are paid by cardholders, and 

transaction fees, including interchange fees, which are paid by the cardholder’s financial institution for the use of the devices serving 
customers and the applicable EFT network that transmits data between the device and the cardholder’s financial institution. We generate 
additional revenues by branding our devices with the logos of leading national banks and other financial institutions, by providing managed 
services solutions to retailers and financial institutions, and by collecting fees from financial institutions that participate in our Allpoint 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
surcharge-free network. Under our managed services arrangements, we typically receive a fixed management fee or fixed rate per transaction 
in return for providing certain services. We do not receive surcharge and interchange fees in these arrangements, but rather those fees are 
earned by our customer. 

Organizational and Operational History 

We were formed as a Texas corporation in 1993 and originally operated under the name of Cardpro, Inc. In June 2001, Cardpro, Inc. was 

converted into a Delaware limited partnership and renamed Cardtronics, LP. In addition, in June 2001, Cardtronics Group, Inc. was 
incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware to act as a holding company for Cardtronics, LP, with Cardtronics Group, Inc. indirectly 
owning 100% of the equity of Cardtronics, LP. In January 2004, Cardtronics Group, Inc. changed its name to Cardtronics, Inc. In December 
2007, we completed the initial public offering of 12,000,000 shares of our common stock. In December 2008, Cardtronics, LP was converted 
to a corporation under the laws of Delaware and changed its name to Cardtronics USA, Inc. Cardtronics USA, Inc. is the primary domestic 
operating subsidiary of Cardtronics, Inc. 

Since May 2001, we have acquired 17 ATM networks, a leading location technology business for ATMs, and an operator of a surcharge-

free ATM network, increasing the number of ATMs we operate from approximately 4,100 as of May 2001 to approximately 52,900 as of 
December 31, 2011. Three of these acquisitions enabled us to enter international ATM markets. Specifically, our acquisitions of Bank 
Machine (Acquisitions) Limited (“Bank Machine”) in May 2005, a majority ownership interest in CCS Mexico (which was subsequently 
renamed Cardtronics Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Cardtronics Mexico”)) in February 2006, and our acquisition of Mr. Cash ATM Network, Inc. 
(“Mr. Cash”, which was subsequently renamed Cardtronics Canada) in October 2011 expanded our operations into the United Kingdom, 
Mexico and Canada, respectively. Our acquisition of ATM National (“Allpoint”) in December 2005 provided us with a platform to further 
pursue and develop surcharge-free offerings. In July 2007, we acquired the financial services business of 7-Eleven, Inc. (the “7-Eleven 
Financial Services Business”), which included 3,500 traditional ATMs and approximately 2,200 multi-function financial services kiosks, 
which allowed us to offer additional automated financial services above and beyond those typically offered by traditional ATMs. During 
2011, we acquired two ATM networks – EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC and Efmark Deployment I, Inc. (collectively referred to as "EDC") in 
July and Access to Money, Inc. ("Access to Money") in November. 

From 2001 to 2011, the total number of annual transactions processed within our network increased from approximately 19.9 million to 

approximately 542.7 million. 

Additional Company Information 

General information about us can be found at http://www.cardtronics.com. We file annual, quarterly, and other reports as well as other 
information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on 
Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports 
are filed or furnished electronically with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room 
by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. You may also request an electronic or paper copy of 
our SEC filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following: Cardtronics, Inc., Attention: Chief Financial Officer, 3250 Briarpark 
Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042; (832) 308-4000. Information on our website is not incorporated into this 2011 Form 10-K or our 
other securities filings. 

Our Strategy 

Our strategy is to enhance our position as a leading provider of automated consumer financial services in the markets in which we operate, 

as well as other select international markets.  To do so, we will continue to partner with leading financial institutions and retailers to expand 
our network of conveniently located ATMs and financial services kiosks.  Additionally, we will seek to deploy additional products and 
services that will further incentivize consumers to utilize our network of devices.  In order to execute this strategy, we will endeavor to: 

Expand our Network of Devices with Leading Merchants. We believe that we have opportunities to further expand the number of ATMs 

and financial services kiosks that we own and/or operate with leading merchants. With respect to our existing merchants, we have two 
principal opportunities to increase the number of deployed devices: first, by deploying devices in existing merchant locations that currently 
do not have a device, but where consumer traffic volumes and anticipated returns justify installing a device; and second, as our merchants 
open new locations, by installing devices in those locations. With respect to new merchant customers, we believe our expertise, national 
footprint, strong record of customer service, and significant scale position us to successfully market to, and enter into long-term contracts 
with, additional leading national and regional merchants. In addition, we believe our existing relationships with leading U.S.- and U.K.-based 
retailers position us to expand in international locations where these existing partners have operations.  

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expand our Relationships with Leading Financial Institutions. Through our diverse product and service offerings, we believe we are well-
positioned to work with our existing financial institution customers to fulfill their growing ATM and automated consumer financial services 
requirements. Further, we believe we can leverage these offerings to attract additional financial institutions as customers. For example, our 
services currently offered to financial institutions include branding our ATMs with their logos and providing surcharge-free access to their 
customers, and managing their off-premise ATMs (i.e., ATMs not located in a bank branch). Additionally, we can provide other automated 
consumer financial services for these financial institutions that are not routinely utilized, such as check cashing, remote deposit capture, 
money transfer, bill payment services, and stored-value card reload services through self-service kiosks. In addition, our EFT transaction 
processing capabilities provide us with the ability to provide customized control over the content of the information appearing on the screens 
of our ATMs and ATMs we process for financial institutions, which we believe increases the types of products and services that we are able 
to offer to financial institutions. In the United Kingdom, our armored courier operation, coupled with our existing in-house ATM 
maintenance and EFT transaction processing capabilities, provides us with a full suite of services that we can offer to financial institutions in 
that market. 

Continue to Capitalize on Surcharge-Free Network and Stored-Value Card Opportunities. We plan to continue pursuing opportunities 
with respect to our surcharge-free network offerings, where financial institutions pay us to allow their customers surcharge-free access to our 
ATM network on a non-exclusive basis. We believe surcharge-free arrangements will enable us to increase transaction counts and 
profitability on our existing machines. We also plan to pursue additional opportunities to work with financial institutions that issue and 
sponsor stored-value debit card programs. We believe that these programs represent significant transaction growth opportunities for us, as 
many users of stored-value debit cards do not have bank accounts, and consequently, have historically not been able to utilize our existing 
ATMs and financial services kiosks.  

Pursue Additional Managed Services Opportunities. During 2011, we expanded the number of ATMs that are operated under our managed 
services solution.  Under this arrangement, retailers and financial institutions generally pay us a fixed management fee and/or a fixed rate per 
transaction in return for handling some or all of the operational aspects associated with operating and maintaining their ATM fleets.  
Surcharge and interchange fees are earned by the retailer or the financial institution. As a result, in this arrangement type, our revenues are 
partly protected from variations in transaction levels of these machines and changes in network interchange rates. We plan to pursue 
additional opportunities with leading merchants and financial institutions in the United States, as well as international opportunities as they 
arise, working with our customers to provide them with a customized solution that fits their needs.  

Pursue International Growth Opportunities. We have invested significant amounts of capital in the infrastructure of our United Kingdom 
and Mexico operations, and we plan to continue selectively increasing the number of our ATMs in these markets by increasing the number of 
machines deployed with our existing customer base as well as adding new merchant customers. In 2011, we entered into the Canadian market 
with our acquisition of Mr. Cash, subsequently renamed Cardtronics Canada. We plan to expand in Canada, primarily through expanding our 
ATM footprint in that market and establishing relationships with leading financial institutions. Additionally, we may expand our operations 
into selected other international markets where we believe we can leverage our operational expertise, EFT transaction processing platform, 
and scale advantages. We plan to seek opportunities to expand into other international markets in the future. Our future international 
expansion will depend on a number of factors, including the estimated economic opportunity to us, the business and regulatory environment 
in the international market, risks associated with the international expansion, as well as other factors.   

Develop and Provide Additional Services at Our Existing Fleet. Service offerings by ATMs continue to evolve over time. Certain ATM 

models are now capable of providing numerous automated consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote 
deposit capture, and money transfers. Certain of our devices are capable of, and currently provide, these types of services. We believe these 
non-traditional consumer financial services offered by our devices, and other machines that we or others may develop, will provide us with 
additional growth opportunities as retailers and financial institutions seek to provide additional convenient self-service financial services to 
their customers. We also have begun to allow advertisers to place their messages on our ATMs equipped with third-party advertising software 
in both the United States and the United Kingdom. Offering additional services at our devices, such as advertising, allows us to create new 
revenue streams from assets that have already been deployed, in addition to providing value to our customers through beneficial offers and 
convenient services. 

For additional information on items that may impact our strategy, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 

Condition and Results of Operations, Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry. 

Our Products and Services 

We typically provide our Company-owned merchant customers with all of the services required to operate ATMs and financial services 
kiosks, which include monitoring, maintenance, cash management, customer service, and transaction processing. We believe our merchant 
customers value our high level of service, our 24-hour per day monitoring and accessibility, and that our devices are on-line and able to serve 
customers an average of approximately 99.0% of the time. In connection with the operation of our devices under our traditional ATM 
services model, we generate revenue on a per-transaction basis from the surcharge fees charged to cardholders for the convenience of using 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our devices and from interchange fees charged to such cardholders’ financial institutions for processing the related transactions conducted on 
those devices. As further described below, we also earn revenues on these devices based on our relationships with certain financial 
institutions and our Allpoint network. 

Under our merchant-owned arrangement type, we typically provide transaction-processing service, certain customer support functions, and 

settlement services. We generally earn surcharge and interchange revenue on a per transaction basis in this arrangement. In some cases, the 
surcharge is earned completely by the merchant, in which case our revenues are derived solely from interchange revenues. As of December 
31, 2011, we had approximately 6,100 ATMs operating under this arrangement type where we did not record the surcharge fee as our 
revenues because the merchant earned them.  

 For ATMs under managed services arrangements, we typically receive a fixed monthly management fee and/or fixed rate per transaction 
in return for providing the agreed-upon suite of services. We do not receive surcharge and interchange fees in these arrangements, but rather 
those amounts are earned by the customer.  

The following table provides detail relating to the number of devices we owned and operated under our various arrangements as of 

December 31, 2011: 

Number of devices at period end 
Percent of subtotal 

Owned 
30,643 
63.7% 

  Company- 

ATM Operations
Merchant- 
Owned
17,462 
36.3% 

  Company- 

Subtotal
48,105 
100.0% 

Owned
1,316 
27.5% 

Managed Services 
Merchant- 
Owned 
3,465 
72.5% 

  Subtotal
4,781 
100.0% 

Total
52,886 
100.0% 

We generally operate our ATMs and kiosks under multi-year contracts that provide a recurring and stable source of revenue and typically 

have an initial targeted term of five to seven years. As of December 31, 2011, our contracts with our top 10 merchant customers (based on 
2011 revenues) had a weighted average remaining life of 4.6 years. 

Additionally, we enter into arrangements with financial institutions to brand certain of our Company-owned ATMs with their logos. These 

bank branding arrangements allow a financial institution to expand its geographic presence for a fraction of the cost of building a branch 
location and typically for less than the cost of placing one of its own ATMs at that location. These arrangements allow a financial institution 
to rapidly increase its number of branded ATM sites and improve its competitive position. Under these arrangements, the branding 
institution’s customers are allowed to use the branded ATMs without paying a surcharge fee to us. In return, we receive monthly fees on a 
per-ATM basis from the branding institution, while retaining our standard fee schedule for other cardholders using the branded ATMs. In 
addition, our branded machines typically generate higher interchange revenue as a result of the increased usage of our ATMs by the branding 
institution’s customers and others who prefer to use a bank-branded ATM. We intend to continue pursuing additional bank branding 
arrangements as part of our growth strategy. As of December 31, 2011, we had bank branding arrangements in place with 53 domestic 
financial institutions, involving over 15,400 Company-owned ATMs, in addition to majority of our ATMs in Mexico with Bansi and Banorte 
and in Puerto Rico with Scotiabank. We saw growth in the past few years in bank branding arrangements as a result of our increased sales 
efforts, our acquisition of EDC in July 2011, and what we believe was the realization by financial institutions of the significant benefits and 
opportunities afforded to them through bank branding programs. 

In addition to our bank branding arrangements, we offer financial institutions another type of surcharge-free program through our Allpoint 
nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. Under the Allpoint network, financial institutions who are members of the network pay us either a 
fixed monthly fee per cardholder or a set fee per transaction in exchange for us providing their cardholders with surcharge-free access to 
ATMs in the Allpoint network, which now includes ATMs throughout the United States, United Kingdom, Mexico, Puerto Rico and 
Australia. We believe Allpoint offers an attractive alternative to financial institutions that lack their own distributed ATM network. Finally, 
our Company-owned ATMs deployed under our placement agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. (“7-Eleven”), as well as other select ATM 
portfolios that were acquired in 2011, participate in the CO-OP® network, the nation’s largest surcharge-free network for credit unions. 

We have found that the primary factor affecting transaction volumes at a given ATM or financial services kiosk is its location. Therefore, 

our strategy in deploying our devices, particularly those placed under Company-owned arrangements, is to identify and deploy them at 
locations that provide high visibility and high retail transaction volume. Our experience has demonstrated that the following locations often 
meet these criteria: convenience stores and combination of convenience stores and gas stations, grocery stores, drug stores, airports, and other 
major regional and national retail outlets. The 5,500 locations that we added to our portfolio as a result of the acquisition of the 7-Eleven 
Financial Services Business in July 2007 (the “7-Eleven ATM Transaction”) is a prime example of the types of locations that we seek when 
deploying our ATMs and financial services kiosks. In addition to our arrangement with 7-Eleven, we have also entered into multi-year 
agreements with a number of other merchants, including Chevron Corporation (“Chevron”), Costco Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”), CVS 
Caremark Corporation (“CVS”), Exxon Mobil Corporation (“ExxonMobil”), Hess Corporation (“Hess”), The Kroger Co. (“Kroger”), 
Safeway, Inc. (“Safeway”), Speedway LLC (“Speedway”), Target Corporation (“Target”), Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”), and Winn-Dixie 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stores, Inc. (“Winn-Dixie”) in the United States; ASDA Group Ltd. (a subsidiary of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.) (“Asda”), Bank of Ireland Group, 
Euro Garages Ltd., Stuart Harvey Insurance Brokers Ltd. (known under their trading name of “Forces Financial”), Inter IKEA Systems B.V. 
(“IKEA”), Martin McColl Ltd., Murco Petroleum Ltd., The Noble Organisation Ltd., Tates Ltd., and Welcome Break Holdings Ltd. 
(“Welcome Break”) in the United Kingdom; and Cadena Comercial OXXO S.A. de C.V. (“OXXO”) in Mexico. We believe that once 
consumers establish a pattern of using a particular device, they will generally continue to use that device. 

For additional information on the amount of revenue contributed by our various service offerings, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Overview of Business, Components of Revenues, Costs of 
Revenues, and Expenses – Revenues. 

Segment and Geographic Information 

As of December 31, 2011, our operations consisted of our United States, United Kingdom, and Other International segments (which 
currently consists of Mexico and Canada). Our operations in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are included in our United States 
segment. While each of these reporting segments provides similar kiosk-based and/or ATM-related services, each segment is currently 
managed separately, as they require different marketing and business strategies. 

A summary of our revenues from third-party customers by geographic region is as follows: 

United States 
United Kingdom 
Other International 

Total 

2011 

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
(In thousands) 

2009 

$ 

$ 

501,439 
97,665 
25,472 
624,576 

$ 

$ 

423,109 
82,583 
26,386 
532,078 

$ 

$ 

The net book value of our long-lived assets, including our intangible assets, in our various geographic locations is as follows: 

United States 
United Kingdom 
Other International 

Total 

2011 

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
(In thousands) 

2009 

$ 

$ 

484,440 
75,750 
14,306 
574,496 

$ 

$ 

313,119 
67,410 
15,293 
395,822 

$ 

$ 

401,934
73,096
18,323
493,353

317,139
70,368
14,043
401,550

For additional discussion of the revenue, profit information, and identifiable assets of our reporting segments, see Part II, Item 8. Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 20, Segment Information. Additionally, for a discussion of the risks associated with our 
international operations, see Item 1A. Risk Factors — Our international operations involve special risks and may not be successful, which 
would result in a reduction of our gross and net profits. 

Sales and Marketing 

Our sales and marketing teams are organized by customer type. We have a team principally focused on developing new relationships with 
national and regional merchants as well as building and maintaining relationships with our existing merchants. The team is further organized 
into groups that specialize in marketing to specific merchant industry segments, which allows us to tailor our offering to the specific 
requirements of each merchant customer. In addition to the merchant-focused sales and marketing group, we have a sales and marketing 
group that is focused on developing and managing our relationships with financial institutions, as we look to expand the types of services that 
we offer to such institutions. Our sales and marketing representatives also focus on identifying potential managed services opportunities with 
financial institutions and retailers alike.  

In addition to targeting new business opportunities, our sales and marketing team supports our customer retention and growth initiatives by 
building and maintaining relationships with our established and recently-acquired merchants. We seek to identify growth opportunities within 
each merchant account by analyzing the merchant’s sales at each of its locations, foot traffic, and various demographic data to determine the 
best opportunities for new ATM and financial services kiosk placements. As of December 31, 2011, our sales and marketing team was 
composed of approximately 62 employees, of which those who are focused on sales typically receive a combination of incentive-based 
compensation and a base salary. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology 

Our technology and operations platform consists of ATMs and financial services kiosks, network infrastructure components (including 

hardware, software, and telecommunication circuits used to provide real-time device monitoring, software distribution, and transaction 
processing services), cash management and forecasting software tools, full-service customer service, and ATM management infrastructure. 
This platform is designed to provide our customers with what we believe is a high-quality suite of services. 

Equipment. In the United States, Canada, and Mexico, we purchase our ATMs from global manufacturers, including, but not limited to, 

NCR Corporation (“NCR”), Triton Systems of Delaware, Inc. (“Triton”), Diebold Incorporated (“Diebold”), and Nautilus Hyosung, Inc. 
(“Hyosung”), and place them in our customers’ locations. The wide range of advanced technology available from these ATM manufacturers 
provides our customers with advanced features and reliability through sophisticated diagnostics and self-testing routines. The different 
machine types can all perform basic functions, such as dispensing cash and displaying account information. However, our technology is 
evolving to provide additional services in response to changing consumer demand. For example, a portion of our ATM locations can be 
upgraded to accept deposits through the installation of additional hardware and software components. Additionally, 2,200 of our devices, 
which are manufactured by NCR and located in selected 7-Eleven store locations, provide enhanced financial services transactions, including 
bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture, and money transfers.  

The ATMs we operate in the United Kingdom are principally manufactured by NCR and are categorized into three basic types: 
(1) “convenience,” which are internal to a merchant’s premises; (2) “through the wall,” which are external-facing from a merchant’s 
premises; and (3) “pods,” a free-standing kiosk style ATM, also located external to a merchant’s premises.  

Transaction Processing. We place significant emphasis on providing quality service with a high level of security and minimal interruption. 

We have carefully selected support vendors and developed internal professional staff to optimize the performance of our network. In 2006, 
we implemented our own EFT transaction processing operation, which is based in Frisco, Texas. This operation enables us to process and 
monitor transactions on our devices and to control the flow and content of information appearing on the screens of such devices. As with our 
existing network operation, we have carefully selected support vendors and developed internal professional staff to help provide sophisticated 
security analysis and monitoring 24 hours a day to ensure the continued performance of our ATM operation. With the acquisitions of EDC, 
Access to Money, and Mr. Cash during 2011, we are actively converting the transaction processing of the acquired ATMs to our in-house 
solution as previous contractual processing relationships expire. 

Internal Systems. Our internal systems, including our EFT transaction processing operation, include multiple layers of security to help 

protect the systems from unauthorized access. Protection from external sources is provided by the use of hardware and software-based 
security features that prevent and report unauthorized access attempts. Additionally, we utilize isolation techniques in order to separate our 
sensitive systems from the other systems in our internal network. We also use commercially-available encryption technology to protect 
information that is stored within our systems, as well as information that is being transmitted. On our internal network, we employ user 
authentication and antivirus tools at multiple levels. These systems are protected by detailed security rules to only allow appropriate access to 
information based on the employee’s job responsibilities. All changes to the systems are controlled by policies and procedures, with 
automatic prevention and reporting controls that are placed within our processes. Our gateway connections to our EFT network service 
providers provide us with real-time access to the various financial institutions’ authorization systems that allow withdrawals, balance 
inquiries, transfers, and advanced functionality transactions. We have installed these communications circuits with backup connectivity to 
help protect us from telecommunications interruption in any particular circuit. We use commercially-available and custom software that 
continuously monitors the performance of the devices in our network, including details of transactions at each device and expenses relating to 
those devices, further allowing us to monitor our on-line availability and financial profitability at each location. We analyze transaction 
volume and profitability data to determine whether to continue operating at a given site, to determine how to price various operating 
arrangements with merchants and branding partners, and to create a profile of successful locations to assist us in deciding the best locations 
for additional deployments. 

Cash Management. Our cash management department uses commercially-available software and proprietary analytical models to 

determine the necessary fill frequency and cash load amount for each ATM. We project cash requirements for each ATM on a daily basis, 
taking into consideration its location, the day of the week, the timing of holidays and events, and other factors. After receiving a cash order 
from us, the cash provider forwards the request to its vault location nearest to the applicable ATM. Personnel at the vault location then 
arrange for the requested amount of cash to be set aside and made available for the designated armored courier to access and subsequently 
transport to the ATM. Our cash management department utilizes data generated by the cash providers, internally-generated data, and a 
proprietary methodology to confirm daily orders, audit delivery of cash to armored couriers and ATMs, monitor cash balances for cash 
shortages, coordinate and manage emergency cash orders, and audit costs from both armored couriers and cash providers.  

In addition, during 2008, we implemented our own armored courier operation in the United Kingdom, Green Team Services Limited 
(“Green Team”) with a secure cash depot facility located outside of London, England. In 2010, we launched our second cash depot for this 
operation in Manchester, England. As of December 31, 2011, this operation was servicing approximately 1,790 of our ATMs in the United 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kingdom. We believe this operation allows us to provide higher-quality and more cost-effective cash-handling services in that market and has 
proven to be an efficient alternative to third-party armored providers.  

Customer Service. We believe one of the factors that differentiate us from our competitors is our customer service responsiveness and 

proactive approach to managing any downtime experienced by our devices. We use an advanced software package that monitors the 
performance of our Company-owned devices 24 hours a day for service interruptions and notifies our maintenance vendors for prompt 
dispatch of necessary service calls.  

Finally, we use proprietary software systems in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Mexico to maintain a database of transactions 
made on, and performance metrics for, each of our devices. This data is aggregated into individual merchant customer profiles that are readily 
accessible by our customer service representatives and managers. We believe our proprietary database enables us to provide superior quality 
and accessible and reliable customer support. 

Primary Vendor Relationships 

To maintain an efficient and flexible operating structure, we outsource certain aspects of our operations, including cash management, 
maintenance, and, in selected cases, certain transaction processing services. Due to the large number of devices we operate, we believe we 
have obtained favorable pricing terms from most of our major vendors. We contract for the provision of the services described below in 
connection with our operations. 

Transaction Processing. Although we have our own EFT processing platform that utilizes commercially available software from S1 

Corporation, our processing efforts are primarily focused on controlling the flow and content of information on the ATM screen. We refer to 
this process as terminal driving. As such, we mostly rely on third-party service providers to handle our connections to the EFT networks and 
to perform certain funds settlement and reconciliation procedures on our behalf. These third-party transaction processors communicate with 
the cardholder’s financial institution through various EFT networks to obtain transaction authorizations and to provide us with the 
information we need to ensure that the related funds are properly settled. These transaction processors include Elan Financial Services 
(“Elan”), Fidelity Information Services, Inc. (“FIS”) and Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (“Fiserv”) in the United States, LINK in the United Kingdom, 
Promoción y Operación S.A. de C.V. (“PROSA-RED”) in Mexico, and Interac Corporation (“Interac”) in Canada. As a result of our 2011 
acquisitions, approximately 21% of our domestic withdrawal transactions are currently processed through other third-party processors, with 
whom the acquired businesses had existing contractual relationships. As these contract terms expire, we plan to convert transaction 
processing services to our EFT processing platform.  

EFT Network Services. Our transactions are routed over various EFT networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to 
provide account balances. These networks include Star, Pulse, NYCE, Cirrus, and Plus in the United States; LINK in the United Kingdom; 
Interac in Canada; and PROSA-RED in Mexico. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge to the financial institutions, as well 
as the amount paid to us. We attempt to maximize the utility of our ATMs to cardholders by participating in as many EFT networks as 
practical. Additionally, we own the Allpoint network, the largest surcharge free network in the United States. Owning our own network 
further maximizes ATM utility by giving certain cardholders a surcharge-free option at our ATMs, as well as allowing us to receive network-
related economic benefits such as receiving switch revenue and setting surcharge-free interchange rates on our own ATMs as well as other 
participating ATMs. 

Equipment. As previously noted, we purchase substantially all of our ATMs from a number of global ATM manufacturers, including NCR, 

Triton, Diebold, and Hyosung. The large quantity of machines that we purchase from these manufacturers enables us to receive favorable 
pricing and payment terms. In addition, we maintain close working relationships with these manufacturers in the course of our business, 
allowing us to stay informed regarding product updates and to receive prompt attention for any technical problems with purchased equipment. 
During 2011, the favorable pricing we received from these manufacturers also allowed us to offer our merchants and distributors an 
affordable solution to replace their ATMs and their customers’ ATMs to be compliant with the new regulatory requirements of Americans 
with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), which resulted in higher ATM product sales during the year.  

Although we currently purchase a majority of our devices from NCR, we believe our relationships with our other suppliers are good and 

that we would be able to purchase the machines we require for our Company-owned operations from other manufacturers if we were no 
longer able to purchase them from NCR. 

Maintenance. In the United States, we typically contract with third-party service providers for on-site maintenance services. We have 
multi-year maintenance agreements with NCR, Pendum, Solvport and Diebold in the United States. In the United Kingdom, maintenance 
services are provided by our in-house technicians. In Mexico and Canada we outsource the ATM maintenance function to various third party 
service providers. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Management. We obtain cash to fill our Company-owned devices, and in some cases merchant-owned and managed services ATMs, 

under arrangements with our cash providers, which are Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), Elan (which is a business of U.S. 
Bancorp), Wells Fargo, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and another vault cash provider in the United States; Alliance & Leicester Commercial Bank 
(“ALCB”, and owned by The Santander Group) in the United Kingdom; and Bansi and Banorte in Mexico. In Canada, the vault cash has 
typically been provided by an armored courier, but we are currently negotiating with a large bank in this market for future service. We pay a 
monthly fee on the average amount outstanding to our primary vault cash providers under a formula, which is generally based on the London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) in the United States and in the United Kingdom, the Mexican Interbank Rate in Mexico, and either the 
Canadian Prime Rate or the Bankers Acceptance Rate in Canada. At all times, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash 
providers, and we have no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by our wholly-owned armored courier 
operation in the United Kingdom. While our armored courier operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial 
ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times. We also contract with third parties to provide us with cash management 
services, which include reporting, armored courier coordination, cash ordering, cash insurance, reconciliation of ATM cash balances, and 
claims processing with armored couriers, financial institutions, and processors. 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1.7 billion in cash in our domestic ATMs under these arrangements, of which 42.0% 
was provided by Bank of America under a vault cash agreement that expires in October 2013 and 40.4% was provided by Wells Fargo under 
a vault cash agreement that expires in July 2013. In the United Kingdom, the balance of cash held in our ATMs was $343.7 million, all of 
which was supplied by ALCB; in Mexico, our balance totaled approximately $53.7 million; and in Canada it was $0.7 million as of year-end. 
For additional information on our vault cash agreements, see Item 1A. Risk Factors – We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we 
require to operate many of our devices. If these third parties were unable or unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to operate our 
devices, we would need to locate alternative sources of cash to operate our devices or we would not be able to operate our business. 

Cash Replenishment. We contract with armored courier services to transport and transfer most of the cash to our devices. We use leading 
armored couriers such as Loomis and Garda in the United States and Sunwin, RMS Integrated Solutions Ltd., and our own armored carrier 
operation in the United Kingdom. Under these arrangements, the armored couriers pick up the cash in bulk and, using instructions received 
from our cash providers, prepare the cash for delivery to each ATM on the designated fill day. Following a predetermined schedule, the 
armored couriers visit each location on the designated fill day, load cash into each ATM by either adding additional cash into a cassette or by 
swapping out the remaining cash for a new fully loaded cassette, and then balance each machine and provide cash reporting to the applicable 
cash provider.  

We implemented our own armored courier operation in the United Kingdom during 2008 and expanded that operation in 2010 with the 
opening of a second depot. This operation, which is currently servicing approximately 1,790 of our ATMs in the United Kingdom, reduces 
our reliance on third parties and allows us greater flexibility in terms of servicing our ATMs. Additionally, as noted above, this operation 
allows us to provide higher-quality and more cost-effective cash-handling services in that market and has proven to be an efficient alternative 
to third-party armored providers.  

Merchant Customers 

In each of our markets, we typically deploy our Company-owned devices under long-term contracts with major national and regional 

merchants, including convenience stores, supermarkets, drug stores, and other high-traffic locations. Our merchant-owned ATMs are 
typically deployed under arrangements with smaller independent merchants.  

The terms of our merchant contracts vary as a result of negotiations at the time of execution. In the case of Company-owned devices, the 

contract terms vary, but typically include the following: 

 

 

 

 

a multi-year term;  

exclusive deployment of devices at locations where we install a device; 

the right to increase surcharge fees, with merchant consent required in some cases;  

in the United States, our right to terminate or remove devices or renegotiate the fees payable to the merchant if surcharge fees or 
interchange fees are generally reduced or eliminated as a result of regulatory action; and 

 

provisions that make the merchant’s fee dependent on the number of device transactions. 

Our contracts under merchant-owned arrangements typically include similar terms, as well as the following additional terms: 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

in the United States, provisions prohibiting in-store check cashing by the merchant and, in the United States and the United 
Kingdom, the operation of any other cash-back devices; 

 

provisions imposing an obligation on the merchant to operate the ATMs at any time its stores are open for business; and 

Finally, our managed services contracts are tailored to the needs of the merchant and therefore vary in scope and terms. Under these types 

of arrangements, our customers determine the location, the surcharge fee, and the services offered while we typically receive a fixed 
management fee on a per machine basis or a fixed rate per transaction. 

7-Eleven is the largest merchant customer in our portfolio, representing approximately 31% of our total revenues for the year ended 
December 31, 2011. The underlying merchant agreement with 7-Eleven, which had an initial term of 10 years from the effective date of the 
acquisition, expires in July 2017. In addition to 7-Eleven, our next four largest merchant customers (based on revenues) during 2011 were 
CVS, Walgreens, Martin McColl (in the United Kingdom), and Target, none of which individually generated in excess of 8% of our total 
revenues in 2011. 

Seasonality 

In the United States, Canada and Mexico, our overall business is somewhat seasonal in nature with generally fewer transactions occurring 

in the first quarter of the fiscal year. Transaction volumes at our devices located in regions affected by strong winter weather patterns 
typically experience declines in volume during the first and fourth quarters as a result of decreases in the amount of consumer traffic through 
such locations. These declines, however, have been offset somewhat by increases in the number of our devices located in shopping malls and 
other retail locations that benefit from increased consumer traffic during the summer vacation and holiday buying season. Similarly, we have 
seen increases in transaction volumes during the second quarter at our devices located near popular spring break destinations. We expect 
these location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction volumes to continue in the future. 

In the United Kingdom, seasonality in transaction patterns tends to be similar to the seasonal patterns in the general retail market. 

Generally, the highest transaction volumes occur on weekend days and, thus, monthly transaction volumes will fluctuate based on the number 
of weekend days in a given month. However, we, like other independent ATM operators, experience a drop in the number of transactions we 
process during the Christmas season due to consumers’ greater tendency to shop in the vicinity of free-to-use ATMs, which are ATMs that do 
not charge a surcharge to the cardholder, and the routine closure of some of our ATM sites over the Christmas break. We expect these 
location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction volumes to continue in the future. 

Competition  

Historically, we have competed with financial institutions and other independent ATM companies for additional ATM placements, new 
merchant accounts, and acquisitions. However, we also have established relationships with leading national and regional financial institutions 
in the United States through our bank branding program and our leading surcharge-free network, Allpoint. Both of these programs can be 
cost-efficient alternatives to banks and other financial service providers in lieu owning and operating extensive ATM networks. We believe 
the scale of our extensive network, our EFT transaction processing services and our focus on customer service provide us with competitive 
advantages for providing services to leading financial institutions.  However, our devices do compete with the devices owned and operated by 
financial institutions and other operators for underlying consumer transactions. In certain merchant location types, such as airports, large 
arenas or stadiums, we often will see competition from large financial institutions as the institutions may contemplate utilizing such locations 
for marketing and advertising purposes. With respect to independent operators of ATMs, our major domestic competitors include Payment 
Alliance International, Global Cash Access Holdings, and other independent ATM deployers (commonly referred to as “IADs”) and 
operators. 

Through our Allpoint surcharge-free network, we have significantly expanded our relationships with local and regional financial 
institutions as well as large issuers of stored-value debit card programs. With regard to Allpoint, we encounter competition from other 
organizations’ surcharge free networks who are seeking to both sell their network to retail locations and offer surcharge-free ATM access to 
issuers of stored-value debit cards as well as smaller financial institutions that lack large ATM footprints.  

As previously noted, we are increasing the types of services we provide to financial institutions and merchants, including providing 

services to manage their ATMs. With respect to our managed services offering, we believe we are well-positioned to offer a comprehensive 
ATM outsource solution with our breadth of services, in-house expertise, and network of existing locations, that can leverage the economies 
of the physical services required to operate an ATM portfolio. There are several large financial services companies, equipment 
manufacturers, and service providers that currently offer some of the services in our offering, with whom we expect to compete directly in 
this area. In spite of this, we believe that we have unique advantages that will allow us to offer a compelling solution to financial institutions 
and retailers alike.   

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the United Kingdom, we compete with banks such as the Royal Bank of Scotland, Barclays, and Lloyds for the free-to-use ATMs, while 

we also compete with several large non-bank ATM operators, including Cashzone (formerly Cardpoint and now a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of Payzone), Notemachine, and Paypoint for the pay-to-use ATMs. In Mexico, we compete primarily with national and regional financial 
institutions for multi-unit retail placements, including Banamex, Bancomer, and HSBC, and with small ATM operators for specific merchant 
locations. In Canada, we compete with ATM providers such as DirectCash Payments Inc. and GabEZEE ATM, as well as large banks for 
ATM placements. 

Government and Industry Regulation 

United States 

Our principal business, ATM network ownership and operation, is not subject to significant government regulation, though we are subject 

to certain industry regulations. Additionally, various aspects of our business are subject to state regulation. Our failure to comply with 
applicable laws and regulations could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and services in such states, as well as the 
imposition of civil fines. 

Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). The ADA requires that ATMs be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with 

disabilities, such as visually-impaired or wheel-chair bound persons. The U.S. Department of Justice has issued accessibility regulations 
under the ADA that become effective in March 2012.  We have been preparing for these new regulations for several years by ensuring that 
the ATMs that we purchase and deploy are compliant with these then proposed regulations. For that reason, we do not believe that these new 
guidelines will have an adverse effect on our business regarding Company-owned machines. We have also been working with our merchant-
owned ATM customer base to help them to achieve compliance with the ADA. However, as a result of the new requirements under the ADA, 
we could experience some account attrition in our merchant-owned business, as some merchants may elect to discontinue operating an ATM.  

Rehabilitation Act. On November 26, 2006, a U.S. District Court judge ruled that the United States’ currencies (as currently designed) 
violate the Rehabilitation Act, a law that prohibits discrimination in government programs on the basis of disability, as the paper currencies 
issued by the United States are identical in size and color, regardless of denomination. As a consequence of this ruling, the United States 
Treasury conducted a study to determine the options to make United States paper currency accessible to the blind or visually impaired. It is 
our understanding that the Bureau of Engraving and Printing (“BEP”) received that study on or about July 28, 2009, and together with the 
United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve, are reviewing the study. Upon the completion of that review, these institutions will publish 
their recommendations and thereafter seek public comments (in writing and at public forums) on those recommendations. Following the 
public comment period, a final recommendation will be made to the Secretary of the Treasury, who has authority to change the design and 
features of the currency notes utilized in the United States. While it is still uncertain at this time what impact, if any, this process will have on 
the ATM industry (including us), it is possible that any changes made to the design of the paper currency notes utilized in the United States 
could require us to incur additional costs, which could be substantial, to modify our ATMs in order to store and dispense such notes.  

Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which contains broad 

measures aimed at overhauling existing financial regulations within the United States, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Among many 
other things, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that (1) call for the establishment of a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, 
(2) limit the activities that banking entities may engage in, and (3) give the Federal Reserve the authority to regulate interchange transaction 
fees charged by electronic funds transfer networks for electronic debit transactions. Many of the detailed regulations required under the 
Dodd-Frank Act have still yet to be finalized. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, we have seen networks and banks take different actions to 
attempt to mitigate reductions to fees that they previously earned on certain transaction types, such as point-of-sale debit interchange. As 
potentially an indirect consequence, we have been notified by certain networks over which our ATM transactions are routed that the net 
interchange that the network will pay to us will be reduced in future periods. Other possible impacts of this broad legislation are unknown to 
us at this time, but we have seen certain actions taken by banks that indicate debit cards are no longer as an attractive form of payment. 
Decreased profitability on point-of-sale debit transactions could cause banks to provide incentives to their customers to use other payment 
types, such as cash or credit. However, it is too early to determine what ultimate impact the reduction in point-of-sale debit interchange will 
have on us. In addition, there are other components to the Dodd-Frank Act that may ultimately impact us, but at this time, we are uncertain as 
to what impact the existing laws and to be written laws and the resulting behavior by consumers and financial institutions will ultimately have 
on our business. Finally, the newly issued regulations require debit cards to be recognized (or authorized) over at least two non-affiliated 
networks and provide for rules that would allow merchants greater flexibility in routing transactions across networks that are more 
economical for the merchant.  

Surcharge Regulation. Although there was criticism by certain members of the U.S. Congress of the increase in surcharge fees by several 
financial institutions that were recipients of federal funding under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the amount of surcharge an 
ATM operator may charge a consumer is not currently subject to federal regulation. However, there have been, and continue to be, various 
state and local efforts to ban or limit surcharge fees on certain types of cash withdrawals, generally resulting from pressure created by 
consumer advocacy groups that believe that surcharge fees are unfair to certain cardholders. Generally, U.S. federal courts have ruled against 

11 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
these efforts. We are currently not aware of any existing bans on surcharge fees and only a small number of states currently impose a limit as 
to how much a consumer may be charged. Regardless, there can be no assurance that surcharge fees will not be banned or limited in the 
future by federal or local governments in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any such bans or limits could have a material adverse effect 
on us and other independent ATM operators. 

EFT Network Regulations. EFT networks in the United States are subject to extensive regulations that are applicable to various aspects of 

our operations and the operations of other ATM network operators. The major source of EFT network regulations is the Electronic 
Fund Transfer Act, commonly known as Regulation E. The federal regulations promulgated under Regulation E establish the basic rights, 
liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers who use EFT services and of financial institutions that offer these services. The services covered 
include, among other services, ATM transactions. Generally, Regulation E requires us to provide not only a surcharge notice on the ATM 
screens, but also on the ATM machines themselves; establishes limits on the consumer’s liability for unauthorized use of his card; requires us 
to provide receipts to the consumer; and establishes protest procedures for the consumer. During 2011, the number of putative class action 
lawsuits filed in connection with Regulation E disclosures against financial institutions and ATM operators alike appears to have increased 
dramatically. We have been named several lawsuits in the last couple of years.  We believe that we are in material compliance with the 
requirements of Regulation E.  Further, Regulation E provides two defenses: (1) that the fee disclosure notice was on the ATM, but was 
removed by someone other than the operator (the “safe harbor” defense); or (2) that the fee disclosure notice was unintentionally left off of an 
ATM despite ATM operator’s policies and procedures that provide for the installation of such fee disclosure notices on all of its ATMs (the 
“bona fide error” defense).  We believe these defenses will prevent any of these cases from having a material adverse impact on our business. 

Europay, MasterCard, Visa (“EMV”). The EMV standard provides for the security and processing of information contained on microchips 

embedded in certain debit and credit cards, known as “smart cards.”  In the last year, MasterCard announced plans for a liability shift from 
the issuers of these cards to the party that has not made the investment in EMV cards or equipment (issuer or acquirer) for cross-border 
transactions.  MasterCard’s liability shift occurs in April 2013.  Visa announced plans for a liability shift to occur in 2015 on point-of-sale 
(“POS”) transactions; however, their announcement specifically excluded ATM transactions.  It is possible in the future that Visa will include 
ATMs in their announced liability shift. At this time, neither MasterCard nor Visa are requiring mandatory upgrades to ATM equipment; 
however, increased fraudulent activity on ATMs in the future or the shifting of liability for fraudulent activity on all ATM transactions 
without EMV readers, or other business or regulatory factors could cause us to upgrade or replace a significant portion of our existing U.S. 
ATM fleet. 

United Kingdom 

In the United Kingdom, MasterCard International requires compliance with the EMV standard. We completed our compliance efforts in 

2008 and as of December 31, 2011, all of our ATMs in the United Kingdom were EMV compliant.  

Additionally, the Treasury Select Committee of the House of Commons heard evidence in 2005 from interested parties with respect to 

surcharges in the ATM industry. This committee was formed to investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry, including 
(1) adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding surcharges, (2) whether ATM providers should be required to provide free services 
in low-income areas, and (3) whether to limit the level of surcharges. While the committee made numerous recommendations to Parliament 
regarding the ATM industry, including a recommendation that ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code (a voluntary code of practice 
adopted by all financial institutions in the United Kingdom), the U. K. government did not accept the committee’s recommendations. Despite 
its rejection of the committee’s recommendations, the U.K. government sponsored an ATM task force to look at social exclusion in relation 
to ATM services. As a result of the task force’s findings, approximately 600 additional free-to-use ATMs (to be provided by multiple ATM 
deployers) were required to be installed in low income areas throughout the United Kingdom. While this was less than a 2% increase in free-
to-use ATMs through the United Kingdom, there is no certainty that other similar proposals will not be made and accepted in the future. 

Mexico 

The ATM industry in Mexico has been historically operated by financial institutions. The Central Bank of Mexico (“Banco de Mexico”) 

supervises and regulates ATM operations of both financial institutions and non-bank ATM deployers. Although Banco de Mexico’s 
regulations permit surcharge fees to be charged on ATM transactions, it has not issued specific regulations for the provision of ATM services. 
In addition, in order for a non-bank ATM deployer to provide ATM services in Mexico, the deployer must be affiliated with PROSA-RED or 
E-Global, which are credit card and debit card proprietary networks that transmit information and settle ATM transactions between their 
participants. As only financial institutions are allowed to be participants of PROSA-RED or E-Global, Cardtronics Mexico entered into a 
joint venture with Bansi, who is a member of PROSA-RED. As a financial institution, Bansi and all entities with which it participates, 
including Cardtronics Mexico, are regulated by Secretaria de Hacienda y Crédito Público (the “Ministry of Finance and Public Credit”) and 
supervised by Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores (the “Banking and Securities Commission”). Additionally, Cardtronics Mexico is 
subject to the provisions of the Ley del Banco de Mexico (“Law of the Bank of Mexico”), the Ley de Instituciones de Crédito (“Mexican 
Banking Law”), and the Ley para la Transparencia y Ordenamiento de los Servicios Financieros (“Law for the Transparency and 
Organization of Financial Services”). 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In May 2010, as supplemented in October 2010, rules promulgated by the Central Bank of Mexico became effective that require ATM 
operators to choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer’s card-issuing bank or a surcharge fee from the consumer. When 
a surcharge is received by the ATM operator, the rules prohibit a bank from charging its cardholder an additional fee. The rules also prohibit 
a bank from charging its cardholders a surcharge fee when those cardholders use its ATMs. Cardtronics Mexico elected to assess a surcharge 
fee rather than selecting the interchange fee-only option, and subsequently increased the amount of its surcharge fees to compensate for the 
loss of interchange fees that it previously earned on such ATM transactions. Although the total cost to the consumer (including bank fees) of 
an ATM transaction at a Cardtronics Mexico ATM has stayed approximately the same, average transaction counts, revenues, and profit per 
machine have declined. As a result of the above developments, we have reduced our ATM deployments in Mexico and are continuing to 
work on strategies to reverse or offset the negative effects of these events. If we are unsuccessful in such efforts, our overall profitability in 
that market will decline. If such declines are significant, we may be required to record an impairment charge in future periods to write down 
the carrying value of certain existing tangible and intangible assets associated with that operation. 

In January 2010, the Central Bank of Mexico decided that the ATMs in the country should be compliant with the EMV standard. The 

date of implementation of the EMV standard varies by the risk grade of the ATMs, with high risk ATMs to be compliant by February 8, 
2012; medium risk ATMs by September 1, 2013; and low risk ATMs by September 1, 2014.  In Mexico, liability for fraudulent transactions 
conducted on ATMs without EMV has effectively shifted to the ATM operator as of February 8, 2012. We are in the process of upgrading all 
of our ATMs in Mexico to be in compliance with the EMV standard. 

Canada 

In Canada, Interac announced their commitment to adopt the EMV standard in 2006. Since then, ATMs have migrated to the new 
technology. Deadlines were established by Interac to ensure industry cooperation in the migration, which the final deadline to comply is 
December 31, 2012. After this date, all noncompliant ATMs will be disconnected from the Shared Cash Dispensing (“SCD”) network. As of 
December 31, 2011, we were substantially in compliance with the EMV standard in our Canadian operations. 

Risk management 

Management has put in place a formalized Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) program that identifies the major risks we face.  The risks 

are prioritized, assigned to a member of the management team who develops mitigation plans, monitors the risk activity, and is responsible 
for implementation of the mitigation plan, if necessary.  The risks, plans, and activities are monitored by the management team and the Board 
of Directors on a regular basis. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 643 employees, none of which were represented by a union or covered by a collective 

bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

We depend on ATM and financial services transaction fees for substantially all of our revenues, and our revenues and profits would be 
reduced by a decline in the usage of our ATMs and financial services kiosks or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, 
whether as a result of global economic conditions or otherwise.  

Transaction fees charged to cardholders and their financial institutions for transactions processed on our ATMs and financial services 
kiosks, including surcharge and interchange transaction fees, have historically accounted for most of our revenues. We expect that transaction 
fees, including fees we receive through our bank branding and surcharge-free network offerings, will continue to account for a substantial 
majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Consequently, our future operating results will depend on (1) the continued market 
acceptance of our services in our target markets, (2) maintenance of the level of transaction fees we receive, (3) our ability to install, acquire, 
operate, and retain more devices, (4) continued usage of our devices by cardholders, and (5) our ability to continue to expand our surcharge-
free and other consumer financial services offerings. If alternative technologies to our services are successfully developed and implemented, 
we will likely experience a decline in the usage of our devices. Surcharge fees, which are determined through negotiations between us and 
our merchant partners, could be reduced over time. Further, growth in surcharge-free ATM networks and widespread consumer bias toward 
these networks could adversely affect our revenues, even though we maintain our own surcharge-free offerings. Many of our devices are 
utilized by consumers that frequent the retail establishments in which our devices are located, including convenience stores and gas stations, 
malls, grocery stores, drug stores, airports, and other large retailers. If there is a significant slowdown in consumer spending, and the number 
of consumers that frequent the retail establishments in which we operate our devices declines significantly, the number of transactions 
conducted on those devices, and the corresponding transaction fees we earn, may also decline.  

Although we experienced an increase in our monthly ATM operating gross profit per device during 2011, it cannot be assured that our 

transaction gross profits will not decline in the future. A decline in usage of our devices by cardholders or in the levels of fees received by us 
in connection with this usage, or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, would have a negative impact on our revenues and gross 
profits and would limit our future growth. 

The proliferation of payment options other than cash, including credit cards, debit cards, and stored-value cards, could result in a 
reduced need for cash in the marketplace and a resulting decline in the usage of our ATMs. 

The United States has seen a shift in consumer payment trends since the late 1990’s, with more customers now opting for electronic 
forms of payment (e.g., credit cards and debit cards) for their in-store purchases over traditional paper-based forms of payment (e.g., cash and 
checks). Additionally, some merchants offer free cash back at the point-of-sale for customers that utilize debit cards for their purchases, thus 
providing an additional incentive for consumers to use these cards. According to the Nilson Report issued in December 2011, cash transaction 
counts declined from approximately 38% of all payment transactions in 2005 to approximately 33% in 2010, with declines also seen in check 
usage as credit, debit and stored-value card transactions increased. However, in terms of absolute dollar value, the volume of cash used in 
payment transactions actually increased from $1.4 trillion in 2005 to $1.5 trillion in 2010. Furthermore, in the past few years, we saw an 
increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions conducted on our domestic ATMs, in part due to the proliferation of stored-value 
cards, thus implying a continued demand for cash and convenient, reliable access to that cash. Regardless, the continued growth in electronic 
payment methods could result in a reduced need for cash in the marketplace and ultimately, a decline in the usage of our ATMs. 

Interchange fees, which comprise a substantial portion of our transaction revenues, may be lowered at the discretion of the various EFT 
networks through which our transactions are routed, or through potential regulatory changes, thus reducing our future revenues. 

Interchange fees, which represented approximately 32% of our total ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, are 
in some cases set by the various EFT networks through which transactions conducted on our devices are routed, and typically vary from one 
network to the next. As of December 31, 2011, approximately one third of our total interchange revenues were subject to pricing changes by 
U.S. networks over which we currently have very limited ability to influence. Approximately one third of our interchange revenues are 
derived from our U.K. operation, where interchange rates are set by the major interbank network in that market Link, based on an annual 
cost-based study. The remainder of reported interchange revenue reflects transaction-based revenues whereby we have contractually agreed 
to the rate with a financial institution. Accordingly, if some of the networks through which our ATM transactions are routed were to reduce 
the interchange rates paid to us or increase their transaction fees charged to us for routing transactions across their network, or both, our 
future transaction revenues could decline.  

During 2010, certain networks reduced the net interchange fees paid to ATM deployers for transactions routed through their networks. For 

example, effective April 1, 2010, a global network reduced the interchange rates it pays to domestic ATM deployers for ATM transactions 
routed across its debit network. In addition to the impact of the net interchange rate decrease, we saw certain financial institutions migrate 
their volume away from other networks to take advantage of the lower pricing offered by this network, resulting in additional transaction 
volume at a lower rate. In mid-October 2011, another global network announced a reduction in interchange paid to ATM deployers and a 
significant increase in the acquirer fees paid by ATM deployers on withdrawal transactions processed over their network.  This new fee 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
structure is planned to go into effect in April 2012. Based on preliminary estimates and projections, our evaluation of the anticipated effect of 
this new fee structure indicates that prior to any mitigating efforts on our part, our revenues in 2012 will be lower by approximately $7.0 
million to $8.0 million and gross profits will be lower by approximately $6.0 million.   

Additionally, interchange rates in the United Kingdom, which are set by LINK, the United Kingdom’s primary ATM debit network, 

declined effective as of January 1, 2011. LINK sets the interchange rates in the United Kingdom annually by using a cost-based methodology 
that incorporates the interest rates and cash costs from the previous year. Since interest rates and cash costs were lower in 2010 than in 2009, 
LINK reduced the interchange rates effective January 1, 2011; therefore, the interchange revenues generated by certain of our ATMs in the 
United Kingdom declined in 2011. Further, the interchange rate for transactions routed through LINK in 2012 has been further reduced by 
3%, effective January 1, 2012. 

Finally, some government officials in the United States have expressed concern that consumers using an ATM may not be aware that in 
addition to paying the surcharge fee that is disclosed to them at the ATM, their financial institution may also assess an additional fee to offset 
any interchange fee assessed to the financial institution by the EFT networks with regard to that consumer’s transaction. While there are 
currently no pending legislative actions calling for limits on the amount of interchange fees that can be charged by the EFT networks to 
financial institutions for ATM transactions, there can be no assurance that such legislative actions will not occur in the future. 

Any potential future network or legislative actions that affect the amount of interchange fees that can be assessed on a transaction may 

adversely affect our revenues. Historically, we have been successful in offsetting the effects of any such reductions in interchange fees 
received by us through changes in our business. However, we can give no assurances that we will be successful in offsetting the effects of any 
future reductions in the interchange fees received by us, if and when they occur. 

We operate in a changing and unpredictable regulatory environment. If we are subject to new legislation regarding the operation of our 
ATMs, we could be required to make substantial expenditures to comply with that legislation, which may reduce our net income and our 
profit margins. 

With its initial roots in the banking industry, the United States ATM industry is regulated by the rules and regulations of the federal 
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which establishes the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in EFT systems. The vast majority 
of states have few, if any, licensing requirements. However, legislation related to the United States ATM industry is periodically proposed at 
the state and local level. In recent years, certain members of the U.S. Congress called for a re-examination of the interchange and surcharge 
fees that are charged for an ATM transaction. To date, no such legislation has been enacted that materially adversely affects our business. 
However, an amendment proposing limits on the fees that ATM operators, including financial institutions, can charge consumers was 
introduced in the United States Senate in 2010, but was ultimately not included in the final version of the Dodd-Frank Act that was signed 
into law. As a part of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) was created. The exact areas of oversight of 
this agency are still being determined, but it’s possible that this new governmental agency could enact new or modify existing regulations that 
could have a direct or indirect impact on our business. For further discussion on this topic, see the risk factor below entitled The passing of 
legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues. 

The Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) requires that ATMs be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with 
disabilities, such as visually-impaired or wheel-chair bound persons. The U.S. Department of Justice has issued accessibility regulations 
under the ADA that become effective in March 2012.  While we have taken measures to achieve compliance with the ADA, it is possible that 
certain of our ATMs may be deemed to be non-compliant and we may be forced to replace and or stop operating such ATMs until such time 
as compliance has been achieved. 

In the United Kingdom, the ATM industry is largely self-regulating. Most ATMs in the United Kingdom are part of the LINK network 
and must operate under the network rules set forth by LINK, including complying with rules regarding required signage and screen messages. 
Additionally, legislation is proposed from time-to-time at the national level, though to date, nothing has been enacted that materially affects 
our business. 

Finally, the ATM industry in Mexico has been historically operated by financial institutions. Banco de Mexico supervises and regulates 
ATM operations of both financial institutions and non-bank ATM deployers. Although Banco de Mexico’s regulations permit surcharge fees 
to be charged in ATM transactions, new rules became effective in May 2010 that required ATM operators to elect between receiving 
interchange fees from card-issuing banks or surcharge fees from consumers. For further discussion on this topic, see the risk factor below 
entitled The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our 
revenues. In addition, in order for a non-bank ATM deployer to provide ATM services in Mexico, the deployer must be affiliated with 
PROSA-RED or E-Global, which are credit card and debit card proprietary networks that transmit information and settle ATM transactions 
between their participants. As only financial institutions are allowed to be participants of PROSA-RED or E-Global, Cardtronics Mexico 
entered into a joint venture with Bansi, who is a member of PROSA-RED. As a financial institution, Bansi and all entities in which it 
participates, including Cardtronics Mexico, are regulated by the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit and supervised by the Banking and 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Commission. Additionally, Cardtronics Mexico is subject to the provisions of the Law of the Bank of Mexico, the Mexican 
Banking Law, and the Law for the Transparency and Organization of Financial Services. Legislation proposed by any of these regulatory 
bodies, or adverse changes in the laws that we are subject to, may materially affect our business through the requirement of additional 
expenditures to comply with that legislation. 

We will continue to monitor all such legislation and attempt, to the extent possible, to prevent the passage of such laws that we believe 

are needlessly burdensome or unnecessary. If regulatory legislation is passed in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate, we could be 
required to make substantial expenditures which would reduce our net income. 

Deterioration in global credit markets, as well as changes in legislative and regulatory requirements, could have a negative impact on 
financial institutions that we conduct business with.  

We have a significant number of customer and vendor relationships with financial institutions in all of our key markets, including 

relationships in which those financial institutions pay us for the right to place their brands on our devices. Additionally, we rely on a small 
number of financial institution partners to provide us with the cash that we maintain in our Company-owned devices and some of our 
merchant owned ATMs. Recent volatility in the global credit markets in the future, such as that recently experienced in 2008 to 2009, may 
have a negative impact on those financial institutions and our relationships with them. In particular, if the liquidity positions of the financial 
institutions with which we conduct business deteriorate significantly, these institutions may be unable to perform under their existing 
agreements with us. If these defaults were to occur, we may not be successful in our efforts to identify new branding partners and cash 
providers, and the underlying economics of any new arrangements may not be consistent with our current arrangements. Furthermore, if our 
existing bank branding partners or cash providers are acquired by other institutions with assistance from the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation (“FDIC”), or placed into receivership by the FDIC, it is possible that our agreements may be rejected in part or in their entirety.  

Finally, in response to the recent economic crisis, the Dodd-Frank Act, which contains broad measures that will affect almost all financial 

institutions within the United States, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Among many other things, the Act includes provisions that (1) 
call for the establishment of a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, (2) limit the activities that banking entities may engage in, and 
(3) give the Federal Reserve Bank the authority to regulate interchange transaction fees charged by electronic funds transfer networks for 
electronic debit transactions. Many of the detailed regulations required under the Act are still yet to be finalized. It is unclear at this point 
what impact these new regulations will ultimately have on financial institutions with whom we conduct business. However, if those financial 
institutions are negatively impacted by such regulations, our future operating results may be similarly impacted.  

We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we require to operate many of our devices. If these third parties were unable or 
unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to operate our devices, we would need to locate alternative sources of cash to operate our 
devices or we would not be able to operate our business. 

In the United States, including Puerto Rico, we rely on Bank of America, Wells Fargo, Elan, and another vault cash provider to provide 
us with the cash that we use in approximately 28,600 of our domestic devices where cash is not provided by the merchant (“vault cash”). In 
the United Kingdom, we rely on ALCB to provide us with the vault cash that we use in over 3,300 of our ATMs. In Mexico, Bansi and 
Banorte are our vault cash providers and provide us with the cash that we use in over 2,700 of our ATMs in that market.  In Canada, the vault 
cash has typically been provided by an armored courier, but we are currently negotiating with a large bank in this market for future service. 
Under our vault cash rental agreements with these providers, we pay a vault cash rental fee based on the total amount of vault cash that we 
are using at any given time. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of vault cash held in our United States, United Kingdom, Mexico, and 
Canada ATMs and financial services kiosks was approximately $1.7 billion, $343.7 million, $53.7 million, and $0.7 million, respectively. 

Under our vault cash rental agreements, at all times during this process, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash 
providers, and we have no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by our wholly-owned armored courier 
operation in the United Kingdom. While our armored courier operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial 
ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times.  

Our existing vault cash rental agreements expire at various times from March 2012 through December 2016. However, each provider has 
the right to demand the return of all or any portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain events beyond our control, including 
certain bankruptcy events of us or our subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of our cash provider agreements. Other key terms of our 
agreements include the requirement that the cash providers provide written notice of their intent not to renew. Such notice provisions 
typically require a minimum of 180 to 360 days’ notice prior to the actual termination date. If such notice is not received, then the contracts 
will typically automatically renew for an additional one-year period. Additionally, our contract with one of our vault cash providers contains 
a provision that allows the provider to modify the pricing terms contained within the agreement at any time with 90 days prior written notice. 
However, in the event both parties do not agree to the pricing modifications, then either party may provide 180 days prior written notice of its 
intent to terminate.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If our vault cash providers were to demand return of their cash or terminate their arrangements with us and remove their cash from our 

devices, or if they fail to provide us with cash as and when we need it for our operations, our ability to operate our devices would be 
jeopardized, and we would need to locate alternative sources of vault cash. In the event this was to happen, the terms and conditions of the 
new or renewed agreements could potentially be less favorable to us, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, 
restrictions on our access to cash to fill our devices could severely restrict our ability to keep our devices operating, and could subject us to 
contracted performance penalties. 

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from devices placed with a small number of merchants. If one or more of our top 
merchants were to suffer a material deterioration of their business and cease doing business with us, or to substantially reduce its 
dealings with us, our revenues could decline. 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived 50.2% of our total revenues from ATMs and financial services kiosks placed at the 
locations of our five largest merchant customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our top five merchants (based on our total revenues) 
were 7-Eleven, CVS, Walgreens, Martin McColl (in the United Kingdom), and Target. 7-Eleven, which is the single largest merchant 
customer in our portfolio, comprised approximately 31% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. Accordingly, a 
significant percentage of our future revenues and operating income will be dependent upon the successful continuation of our relationship 
with 7-Eleven as well as our other top merchants.  

The loss of any of our largest merchants or a decision by any one of them to reduce the number of our devices placed in their locations 

would result in a decline in our revenues. Furthermore, if their financial condition were to deteriorate in the future and, as a result, one or 
more of these merchants was required to close a significant number of their domestic store locations, our revenues would be significantly 
impacted. Additionally, these merchants may elect not to renew their contracts when they expire. The contracts we have with our top five 
merchants have a weighted average remaining life of 4.6 years. Even if such contracts are renewed, the renewal terms may be less favorable 
to us than the current contracts. If any of our five largest merchants enters bankruptcy proceedings and rejects its contract with us, fails to 
renew its contract upon expiration, or if the renewal terms with any of them are less favorable to us than under our current contracts, it could 
result in a decline in our revenues and gross profits. 

We rely on EFT network providers, transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance providers to provide services 

to our ATMs. If some of these providers that service a significant number of our ATMs fail or otherwise cease or no longer agree to 
provide their services, we could suffer a temporary loss of transaction revenues, incur significant costs or suffer the permanent loss of any 
merchant contract affected by such disruption in service. 

We rely on EFT network providers and have agreements with transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance 
providers and have more than one such provider in each of these key areas. These providers enable us to provide card authorization, data 
capture, settlement, and cash management and maintenance services to our ATMs. Typically, these agreements are for periods of two or three 
years each. If we improperly manage the renewal or replacement of any expiring vendor contract, or a key vendor fails or otherwise ceases to 
provide the services for which we have contracted and disruption of service to our ATMs occurs, our relationship with those merchants with 
the disrupted ATM service could suffer.  

While we do have more than one provider for each of the services that we rely on third parties to perform, certain of these providers 
currently provide services to or for a significant number of our ATMs. Although we may be able to transition these services to alternative 
service providers, this could be a time-consuming and costly process. In the event one of such service providers was unable to deliver 
services to us, we could suffer a significant disruption in our business, which could result in a material adverse impact to our financial results. 
Furthermore, any disruptions in service in any of our markets, whether caused by us or by third party providers, may result in a loss of 
revenues under certain of our contractual arrangements that contain minimum service-level requirements.  

In February 2010, we incurred a temporary disruption in our armored courier service on a portion of our domestic ATMs when Mount 

Vernon Money Center (“MVMC”), one of our third-party armored service providers in the Northeast United States, ceased all cash 
replenishment operations for its customers following the arrest of its founder and principal owner on charges of bank fraud. Shortly 
thereafter, the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) appointed a receiver (the “Receiver”) to, among other 
things, seize all of the assets in the possession of MVMC. As a result of these actions, we were required to convert over 1,000 ATMs that 
were being serviced by MVMC to another third-party armored service provider, resulting in a minor amount of downtime being experienced 
by those ATMs and some one-time service conversion costs. If any of our larger service providers cease or no longer agree to provide their 
services, we may experience additional disruptions in our services and may incur significant conversion costs to divert those services to 
another service provider. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we, our transaction processors, our EFT networks or other service providers experience system failures, the products and services we 
provide could be delayed or interrupted, which would harm our business. 

Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operations of our EFT transaction processing 
platform, third-party transaction processors, telecommunications network systems, and other service providers. Accordingly, any significant 
interruptions could severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of revenues. Additionally, if any such interruption is caused 
by us, especially in those situations in which we serve as the primary transaction processor, such interruption could result in the loss of the 
affected merchants or damage our relationships with such merchants. Our systems and operations and those of our transaction processors and 
our EFT network and other service providers could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disaster, unlawful acts, terrorist 
attacks, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry, and computer viruses. We cannot be certain that any measures we and 
our service providers have taken to prevent system failures will be successful or that we will not experience service interruptions. 

Our armored transport business exposes us to additional risks beyond those currently experienced by us in the ownership and operation 
of ATMs.  

During 2008, we implemented our own armored courier operation in the United Kingdom which was further expanded to two cash depot 

facilities during 2010. As of December 31, 2011, we were providing armored services to approximately 1,790 (about half) of our ATMs in 
that market. The armored transport business exposes us to significant risks, including the potential for cash-in-transit losses, as well as claims 
for personal injury, wrongful death, worker's compensation, punitive damages, and general liability. While we will seek to maintain 
appropriate levels of insurance to adequately protect us from these risks, there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant future claims 
or adverse publicity related thereto. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover potential 
liabilities or that insurance coverage will remain available at costs that are acceptable to us. The availability of quality and reliable insurance 
coverage is an important factor in our ability to successfully operate this aspect of our operations. A successful claim brought against us for 
which coverage is denied or that is in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Security breaches could harm our business by compromising cardholder information and disrupting our transaction processing services, 
thus damaging our relationships with our merchant customers and exposing us to liability. 

As part of our transaction processing services, we electronically process and transmit sensitive cardholder information. In recent years, 
companies that process and transmit this information have been specifically and increasingly targeted by sophisticated criminal organizations 
in an effort to obtain the information and utilize it for fraudulent transactions. Unauthorized access to our computer systems, or those of our 
third-party service providers, could result in the theft or publication of the information or the deletion or modification of sensitive records, 
and could cause interruptions in our operations. While the security risks outlined above are mitigated by the use of encryption and various 
layers of security techniques, any inability to prevent security breaches could damage our relationships with our merchant customers, cause a 
decrease in transactions by individual cardholders, expose us to liability including claims for unauthorized purchases, and subject us to 
network fines. These claims also could result in protracted and costly litigation. 

Computer viruses or unauthorized software (malware) could harm our business by disrupting our transaction processing services, 
causing noncompliance with network rules and damaging our relationships with our merchant customers, causing a decrease in 
transactions by individual cardholders. 

Computer viruses or malware could infiltrate our systems, thus disrupting our delivery of services and making our applications 

unavailable. Although we utilize several preventative and detective security controls in our network, any inability to prevent computer viruses 
or malware could damage our relationships with our merchant customers, cause a decrease in transactions by individual cardholders, and 
cause us to be in non-compliance with applicable network rules and regulations. 

Operational failures in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and our relationships with our merchant 
customers. 

An operational failure in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and damage our relationships with our 
merchant customers. Damage or destruction that interrupts our transaction processing services could damage our relationships with our 
merchant customers and could cause us to incur substantial additional expense to repair or replace damaged equipment. We have installed 
back-up systems and procedures to prevent or react to such disruptions. However, a prolonged interruption of our services or network that 
extends for more than several hours (i.e., where our backup systems are not able to recover) could result in data loss or a reduction in 
revenues as our devices would be unable to process transactions. In addition, a significant interruption of service could have a negative 
impact on our reputation and could cause our present and potential merchant customers to choose alternative service providers, as well as 
subject us to fines or penalties related to contractual service agreements. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Errors or omissions in the settlement of merchant funds could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and expose us to 
liability. 

We are responsible for maintaining accurate bank account information for certain of our merchant customers and accurate settlements of 

funds into these accounts based on the underlying transaction activity. This process relies on accurate and authorized maintenance of 
electronic records. Although we have certain controls in place to help ensure the safety and accuracy of our records, errors or unauthorized 
changes to these records could result in the erroneous or fraudulent movement of funds, thus damaging our relationships with our merchant 
customers and exposing us to liability. 

Changes in interest rates could increase our operating costs by increasing interest expense under our credit facilities and our vault cash 
rental costs. 

Interest on amounts borrowed under our revolving credit facility is based on a floating interest rate, and our vault cash rental expense is 

partially based on floating interest rates. As a result, our interest expense and cash management costs are sensitive to changes in interest rates. 
Vault cash is the cash we use in our machines in cases where cash is not provided by the merchant. We pay rental fees on the average amount 
of vault cash outstanding in our ATMs under floating rate formulas based on a spread above various LIBOR or prime rates to Bank of 
America, Wells Fargo, Elan, and another provider in the United States (including Puerto Rico) and ALCB in the United Kingdom. 
Additionally, in Mexico, we pay a monthly rental fee to one of our vault cash providers under a formula based on the Interbank Equilibrium 
Interest Rate (commonly referred to as the “TIIE”). Although we currently hedge a significant portion of our vault cash interest rate risk 
related to our operations in the United States through December 31, 2016 and in the United Kingdom through December 31, 2013 by using 
interest rate swap agreements, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for similar amounts in the future. Furthermore, we have 
not currently entered into any derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate exposure in Mexico. Any significant future 
increases in interest rates could have a negative impact on our earnings and cash flow by increasing our operating costs and expenses. See 
Part II, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, Interest Rate Risk. 

We maintain a significant amount of cash within our Company-owned devices, which is subject to potential loss due to theft or other 
events, including natural disasters. 

As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $2.1 billion in vault cash held in our domestic and international devices. Although 

legal and equitable title to such cash is held by the cash providers, any loss of such cash from our ATMs through theft or other means is 
generally our responsibility. We typically require that our cash service providers maintain adequate insurance coverage in the event cash 
losses occur as a result of theft, misconduct or negligence on the part of such providers. However, we also maintain our own insurance 
policies to cover a significant portion of any losses that may occur that may ultimately not be covered by the insurance policies maintained by 
our service providers. In the event we incur losses that are covered by our insurance carriers, we will be required to fund a portion of those 
losses through the payment of any related deductible amounts under those policies. Furthermore, any increase in the frequency and/or 
amounts of such thefts and losses could negatively impact our operating results as a result of higher deductible payments and increased 
insurance premiums. Additionally, any damage sustained to our merchant customers’ store locations in connection with any ATM-related 
thefts, if extensive and frequent enough in nature, could negatively impact our relationships with such merchants and impair our ability to 
deploy additional ATMs in those locations (or new locations) with those merchants in the future. Finally, impacted merchants may request, 
and have requested on a limited basis, that we remove ATMs from store locations that have suffered damage as a result of ATM-related 
thefts, thus negatively impacting our financial results. 

The ATM industry is highly competitive and such competition may increase, which may adversely affect our profit margins. 

The ATM business is and can be expected to remain highly competitive. Our principal competition comes from independent ATM 
companies and national and regional financial institutions in the United States, the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada. Our competitors 
could prevent us from obtaining or maintaining desirable locations for our devices, cause us to reduce the surcharge revenue generated by 
transactions at our devices, or cause us to pay higher merchant fees, thereby reducing our profits. In addition to our current competitors, 
additional competitors may enter the market. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively against these current and 
future competitors. Increased competition could result in transaction fee reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.  

The election of our merchant customers to not participate in our surcharge-free network offerings could impact the effectiveness of our 
offerings, which would negatively impact our financial results. 

Financial institutions that are members of Allpoint pay a fee in exchange for allowing their cardholders to use selected Company-owned 
and/or managed ATMs on a surcharge-free basis. The success of Allpoint is dependent upon the participation by our merchant customers in 
such networks. In the event a significant number of our merchants elect not to participate in such networks, the benefits and effectiveness of 
the networks would be diminished, thus potentially causing some of the participating financial institutions to not renew their agreements with 
us, and thereby negatively impacting our financial results. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to integrate our future acquisitions in an efficient manner and inefficiencies would increase our cost of operations and 
reduce our profitability. 

We have been an active business acquirer both in the United States and internationally, and may continue to be active in the future. The 
acquisition and integration of businesses involves a number of risks. The core risks are in the areas of valuation (negotiating a fair price for 
the business based on inherently limited due diligence) and integration (managing the complex process of integrating the acquired company’s 
people, products, technology and other assets so as to realize the projected value of the acquired company and the synergies projected to be 
realized in connection with the acquisition). 

The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our 

combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties 
encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of the companies’ operations could have an adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations, financial condition or prospects.  

In addition, acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flows. Any shortfall in anticipated revenues, 

earnings or cash flows could require us to write down the carrying value of the intangible assets associated with any acquired company, 
which would adversely affect our reported earnings. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million 
impairment charge to write down the value of the goodwill associated with our investment in our United Kingdom operations. 

Since May 2001, we have acquired 17 ATM portfolios, a surcharge-free ATM network, and a technology product offering that 

complements our surcharge-free offering. We have made acquisitions to obtain the assets of deployed ATM networks, as well as the related 
businesses and their infrastructure. We currently anticipate that our future acquisitions will likely reflect a mix of asset acquisitions and 
acquisitions of businesses, with each acquisition having its own set of unique characteristics. To the extent that we elect to acquire an existing 
company or the operations, technology, and personnel of another ATM provider, we may assume some or all of the liabilities associated with 
the acquired company and face new and added challenges integrating such acquisition into our operations. 

During 2011, we completed four business acquisitions.  Any inability on our part to effectively manage the acquisition process could 

limit our ability to successfully grow the revenue and profitability of our business. 

Our international operations involve special risks and may not be successful, which would result in a reduction of our gross and net 
profits. 

As of December 31, 2011, 13.0% of our devices were located in the United Kingdom, Mexico and Canada. Those devices contributed 
14.0% of our gross profits (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect to 
continue to expand in the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada, and potentially into other countries as opportunities arise. However, our 
international operations are subject to certain inherent risks, including: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

exposure to currency fluctuations, including the risk that our future reported operating results could be negatively impacted by 
unfavorable movements in the functional currencies of our international operations relative to the United States dollar, which 
represents our consolidated reporting currency; 

difficulties in complying with the different laws and regulations in each country and jurisdiction in which we operate, including 
unique labor and reporting laws; 

unexpected changes in laws, regulations, and policies of foreign governments or other regulatory bodies, including changes that 
could potentially disallow surcharging or that could result in a reduction in the amount of interchange or other transaction-based fees 
that we receive; 

unanticipated political and social instability that may be experienced; 

rising crime rates in certain of the areas we operate in, including increased incidents of crimes on our ATMs and against store 
personnel where our ATMs are located; 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including hiring and retaining skilled workers in those countries in which 
we operate; 

decreased ATM usage related to decreased travel and tourism in the markets that we operate in, such as our ATMs in Mexico that 
are located in tourist destinations; and 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

potential adverse tax consequences, including restrictions on the repatriation of foreign earnings. 

Any of these factors could reduce the profitability and revenues derived from our international operations and international expansion. For 
example, during the latter half of 2008 and during 2009, we incurred reduced reported revenues as a consequence of the United States dollar 
strengthening relative to the British pound and Mexican peso. Additionally, recent regulatory changes in Mexico have had an adverse impact 
on our transaction volumes in that market. Furthermore, the recent political and social instability in Mexico resulting from an increase in 
drug-related violence could negatively impact the level of transactions incurred on our existing devices in that market, as well as our ability to 
successfully grow our business there. See further discussion on this topic in the above risk factor entitled The passing of legislation banning 
or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues. 

Our possible expansion efforts into new international markets involve unique risks and may not be successful. 

We may continue to expand our operations internationally. The regulatory environments in many international markets are evolving and 

unpredictable, thus increasing the risk that a particular deployment model chosen at inception may not be economically viable in the future. 

Further consolidations within the banking industry may impact our branding relationships as existing branding customers are acquired 
by other financial institutions, some of which may not be existing branding customers.  

In recent years, an unprecedented amount of consolidation unfolded within the United States banking industry. For example, Washington 

Mutual, which had over 950 ATMs branded with us, was acquired by JPMorgan Chase, an existing branding customer of ours, in 2008. 
Additionally, Wachovia, which had 15 high-transaction ATMs branded with us, was acquired by Wells Fargo, a bank that was not an existing 
branding customer of ours, at the end of 2008. Furthermore, in 2009, Sovereign Bank, which currently has over 1,150 ATMs branded with us, 
was acquired by Banco Santander, one of the largest banks in Europe. Although our branding contracts were largely unaffected by these 
transactions, we cannot assure you that they will remain unaffected by future consolidations that may occur within the banking industry, and 
in particular, our branding partners.  

If we experience impairments of our goodwill or other intangible assets, we will be required to record a charge to earnings, which may be 
significant. 

We have a large amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and are required to perform periodic assessments for any possible 

impairment for accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2011, we had goodwill and other intangible assets of $383.2 million, or 53.7% of 
our total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we added $159.8 million in goodwill and intangible assets associated with the 
acquisition of four businesses in the year. We periodically evaluate the recoverability and the amortization period of our intangible assets 
under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Some of the factors that we consider to be important in 
assessing whether or not impairment exists include the performance of the related assets relative to the expected historical or projected future 
operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business, and significant negative 
industry or economic trends. These factors, assumptions, and any changes in them could result in an impairment of our goodwill and other 
intangible assets. In the event we determine our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets are impaired, we may be required to record a 
significant charge to earnings in our financial statements, which would negatively impact our results of operations and that impact could be 
material. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million goodwill impairment charge. Additionally, 
during the years ended December 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in net 
impairment charges associated with intangibles related to our acquired merchant contracts/relationships. Other impairment charges in the 
future may also adversely affect our results of operations. 

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, remain 
in compliance with debt covenants, and make payments on our indebtedness. 

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $370.9 million, which represents 76.6% of our total 

capitalization of $484.1 million. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could: 

  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the 

 

obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default 
under the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and the agreements governing our other indebtedness; 
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow in the future to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce 
the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes; 
limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate; 

 
  make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions, and adverse changes in 

government regulation; and 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, 
execution of our growth strategy, research and development costs, or other purposes. 

Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we do not have sufficient earnings to 

service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell securities, none of 
which we can guarantee we will be able to do. 

The terms of our credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes may restrict our current and future 
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions. 

Our credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes include a number of covenants that, among other items, 

restrict or limit our ability to: 

sell or transfer property or assets; 
pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock; 

 
 
  merge into or consolidate with any third party; 
 
create, incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; 
 
create certain liens; 
  make investments; 
 
 
 

engage in transactions with affiliates; 
issue or sell preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; and 
enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

In addition, we are required by our credit agreement to adhere to certain covenants and maintain specified financial ratios. While we 
currently have the ability to borrow the full amount available under our credit agreement, as a result of these ratios, we may be limited in the 
manner in which we conduct our business in the future and may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance our future 
operations or capital needs. Accordingly, these restrictions may limit our ability to successfully operate our business and prevent us from 
fulfilling our debt obligations. A failure to comply with the covenants or financial ratios could result in an event of default. In the event of a 
default under our credit agreement, the lenders could exercise a number of remedies, some of which could result in an event of default under 
the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes. An acceleration of indebtedness under our credit agreement would also likely result in 
an event of default under the terms of any other financing arrangement we have outstanding at the time. If any or all of our debt were to be 
accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay our indebtedness in full. If we are unable to repay any amounts 
outstanding under our bank credit facility when due, the lenders will have the right to proceed against the collateral securing our 
indebtedness. See Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and 
Capital Resources — Financing Facilities. 

The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our 
revenues. 

Despite the nationwide acceptance of surcharge fees at ATMs in the United States since their introduction in 1996, consumer activists 
have from time to time attempted to impose local bans or limits on surcharge fees. Even in the few instances where these efforts have passed 
the local governing body (such as with an ordinance adopted by the city of Santa Monica, California), federal courts have overturned these 
local laws on federal preemption grounds. Although Section 1044 of the Dodd-Frank Act passed in July 2010 contains a provision that will 
limit the application of federal preemption with respect to state laws that do not discriminate against national banks, federal preemption will 
not be affected by local municipal laws, where such proposed bans or limits often arise. More recently, some federal officials have expressed 
concern that surcharge fees charged by banks and non-bank ATM operators are unfair to consumers. To that end, an amendment proposing 
limits on the fees that ATM operators, including financial institutions, can charge consumers was introduced in the United States Senate, but 
was not ultimately included in the final version of the Dodd-Frank Act that was signed into law. If similar proposed legislation were to be 
enacted in the future, and the amount we were able to charge for consumers to use our ATMs was reduced, our revenues and related 
profitability would be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if such limits were set at levels that are below our current or future costs to operate 
our ATMs, it would have a material adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate under our current business model.  

In the United Kingdom, the Treasury Select Committee of the House of Commons published a report regarding surcharges in the ATM 

industry in March 2005. Following this report, this committee was formed to investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry, 
including (1) adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding surcharges, (2) whether ATM providers should be required to provide free 
services in low-income areas, and (3) whether to limit the level of surcharges. While the committee made numerous recommendations to 
Parliament regarding the ATM industry, including that ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code (a voluntary code of practice adopted by 
all financial institutions in the United Kingdom), the United Kingdom government did not accept the committee’s recommendations. Despite 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the rejection of the committee’s recommendations, the United Kingdom government sponsored an ATM task force to look at social exclusion 
in relation to ATM services. As a result of the task force’s findings, approximately 600 additional free-to-use ATMs (to be provided by 
multiple ATM providers) were required to be installed in low income areas throughout the United Kingdom. While this was less than a 2% 
increase in free-to-use ATMs throughout the United Kingdom, there is no certainty that other similar proposals will not be made and accepted 
in the future. If the legislature or another body with regulatory authority in the United Kingdom were to impose limits on the level of 
surcharges for ATM transactions, our revenue from operations in the United Kingdom would be negatively impacted.  

In Mexico, surcharging for off-premise ATMs was legalized in late 2003, but was not formally implemented until July 2005. In early 
October 2009, the Central Bank of Mexico adopted new rules regarding how ATM operators disclose fees to consumers. The objective of 
these rules was to provide more transparency to the consumer regarding the cost of a specific ATM transaction, rather than to limit the 
amount of fees charged to the consumer. Such rules, which became effective in May 2010, required ATM operators to elect between 
receiving interchange fees from card-issuing banks or surcharge fees from consumers. Cardtronics Mexico elected to assess a surcharge fee 
on the consumer rather than select the interchange fee-only option, and subsequently raised the level of its surcharge fees in order to recoup 
the interchange fees it is no longer receiving. Since the new fee structure became effective, the number of surcharge withdrawal transactions 
conducted on Cardtronics Mexico’s ATMs has substantially declined on a same-store basis, and, to date, there has been no indication that 
suggests transaction levels will recover to levels experienced prior to the new rules being in effect. At the current transaction levels, the 
additional surcharge fee amounts at a number of Cardtronics Mexico’s ATMs are not sufficient to offset the lost interchange revenues, which 
has resulted in lower revenues and profitability per ATM in that market.  

As a result of the above developments, we have reduced our ATM deployments in Mexico in order to better measure the impact of the 
above rules on our ATM transaction levels and related profits. In 2011, we reached an agreement with Banorte to provide certain services to a 
segment of our ATMs in Mexico in exchange for branding rights on these ATMs. Based on early analysis, it appears that our new branding 
relationship with Banorte has helped improve the profitability of our Mexico business. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to continue to 
mitigate the effects of the new rules in Mexico, our overall profitability in that market will decline and we may be required to record an 
impairment charge in future periods to write-down the carrying value of certain existing tangible and intangible assets associated with that 
operation. 

Furthermore, one of our primary merchant contracts in Mexico requires us to install a certain number of ATMs within a specified period 

of time in order to maintain exclusive rights to deploy ATMs at their retail locations. As a result of the negative effects of the recent 
regulatory changes to the Cardtronics Mexico business and our decision to reduce our ATM deployments, we could lose our exclusivity 
rights with this merchant. 

Potential new currency designs may require modifications to our ATMs that could severely impact our cash flows.  

On November 26, 2006, a U.S. District Court judge ruled that the United States’ currencies (as currently designed) violate the 

Rehabilitation Act, a law that prohibits discrimination in government programs on the basis of disability, as the paper currencies issued by the 
United States are identical in size and color, regardless of denomination. As a consequence of this ruling, the United States Treasury 
conducted a study to determine the options to make United States paper currency accessible to the blind or visually impaired. It is our 
understanding that the BEP received that study on or about July 28, 2009, and together with the United States Treasury and the Federal 
Reserve, are reviewing the study. Upon the completion of that review, these institutions will publish their recommendations and thereafter 
seek public comments (in writing and at public forums) on those recommendations. Following the public comment period, a final 
recommendation will be made to the Secretary of the Treasury, who has authority to change the design and features of the currency notes 
utilized in the United States. While it is still uncertain at this time what impact, if any, this process will have on the ATM industry (including 
us), it is possible that any changes made to the design of the paper currency notes utilized in the United States could require us to incur 
additional costs, which could be substantial, to modify our ATMs in order to store and dispense such notes.  

Noncompliance with established EFT network rules and regulations could expose us to fines and penalties and could negatively impact 
our results of operations. Additionally, new EFT network rules and regulations could require us to expend significant amounts of capital 
to remain in compliance with such rules and regulations. 

Our transactions are routed over various EFT networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to provide account balances. 
These networks include Star, Pulse, NYCE, Cirrus, and Plus in the United States; LINK in the United Kingdom; PROSA-RED in Mexico; 
and Interac in Canada. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge to the financial institutions, as well as the amounts paid to us. 
Additionally, EFT networks, including MasterCard and Visa, establish rules and regulations that ATM providers, including ourselves, must 
comply with in order for member cardholders to use those ATMs. Failure to comply with such rules and regulations could expose us to 
penalties and/or fines, which could negatively impact our financial results. For example, in the United Kingdom, MasterCard and Visa 
require compliance with the EMV security standard. This standard provides for the security and processing of information contained on 
microchips imbedded in certain debit and credit cards, known as “smart cards.” In January 2010, the Central Bank of Mexico decided that the 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATMs in the country should be compliant with the EMV standard as well. The date of implementation of the EMV standard varies by the risk 
grade of the ATMs, with high risk ATMs to be compliant by February 8, 2012; medium risk ATMs by September 1, 2013; and low risk 
ATMs by September 1, 2014.  In Mexico, liability for fraudulent transactions conducted on ATMs without EMV has effectively shifted to the 
ATM operator as of February 8, 2012. We are in the process of upgrading all of our ATMs in Mexico to be in compliance with the EMV 
standard. In October of 2011, we were notified by a major global network that certain of our United States dollar-dispensing ATMs (“USD 
ATMs”) in Mexico were not in compliance with that network’s procedures for settling U.S. dollar-denominated transactions through 
PROSA-RED.  We are working with PROSA-RED to begin offering an acceptable solution to continue operating the USD ATMs with some 
modifications to our current process. This solution could result in a reduction of the revenues and profits we earn from the USD ATMs in 
Mexico. 

In the last year, MasterCard announced plans that may require ATM transaction acquirers to comply with the EMV standard in the United 

States in order to process transactions over these networks or potentially face increased liability for fraudulent transaction activity. During 
2011, Visa announced plans for a liability shift to occur in 2015 on point-of-sale (“POS”) transactions; however, their announcement 
specifically excluded ATM transactions.  It is possible in the future that Visa will include ATMs in their announced liability shift. At this 
time, neither MasterCard nor Visa are requiring mandatory upgrades to ATM equipment; however, increased fraudulent activity on ATMs in 
the future or the shifting of liability for fraudulent activity on all ATM transactions without EMV readers, or other business or regulatory 
factors could cause us to upgrade or replace a significant portion of our existing U.S. ATM fleet. 

The majority of the electronic debit networks over which our transactions are conducted require sponsorship by a bank. 

In each of the geographic segments in which we operate, bank sponsorship is required in order to process transactions over certain 
networks. In the United States, our largest geographic segment by revenues, bank sponsorship is required on the significant majority of our 
transactions and we currently rely on one primary sponsor bank for access to the applicable networks. In our United Kingdom segment, only 
international transactions require bank sponsorship. In Mexico, all ATM transactions require bank sponsorship, which is currently provided 
by our banking partners in the country.  In Canada, bank sponsorship is also required and is obtained through our relationships with third 
party processors. If our current sponsor banks decide to no longer provide this service, or are no longer financially capable of providing this 
service as may be determined by certain networks, it may be difficult to find an adequate replacement at a cost similar to what we incur 
today, or potentially, we could incur a temporary service disruption for certain transactions in the event we lose or do not retain bank 
sponsorship.  

Developments in electronic financial transactions could materially reduce our transaction levels and revenues. 

Certain developments in the field of electronic financial transactions may reduce the need for services offered at our devices in the 
future. These developments could encompass technological changes and advancement in the areas of payments as well as physical self-
service financial devices, governmental actions, customer preferences, as well as other factors. If transaction levels over our existing ATM 
locations were to decrease as a result of one or several of these developments, our business could be adversely affected. 

The passing of anti-money laundering legislation could cause us to lose certain merchant accounts and reduce our revenues. 

Recent concerns by the U.S. federal government regarding the use of ATMs to launder money could lead to the imposition of additional 

regulations on our sponsoring financial institutions and our merchant customers regarding the source of cash loaded into their ATMs. In 
particular, such regulations could result in the incurrence of additional costs by individual merchants who load their own cash, thereby 
making their ATMs less profitable. Accordingly, some individual merchants may decide to discontinue their ATM operations, thus reducing 
the number of merchant-owned accounts that we currently manage. If such a reduction were to occur, we would see a corresponding decrease 
in our revenues. 

Our operating results have fluctuated historically and could continue to fluctuate in the future, which could affect our ability to maintain 
our current market position or expand. 

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of 

which are beyond our control, including the following: 

 
 
 
 

changes in general economic conditions and specific market conditions in the ATM and financial services industries;  
changes in payment trends and offerings in the markets in which we operate; 
competition from other companies providing the same or similar services that we offer; 
the timing and magnitude of operating expenses, capital expenditures, and expenses related to the expansion of sales, marketing, and 
operations, including as a result of acquisitions, if any; 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

the timing and magnitude of any impairment charges that may materialize over time relating to our goodwill, intangible assets or 
long-lived assets; 
changes in the general level of interest rates in the markets in which we operate; 
changes in regulatory requirements associated with the ATM and financial services industries; 
changes in the mix of our current services; 
changes in the financial condition and credit risk of our customers; and 
changes in the financial condition and operational execution of our key vendors and service providers. 

Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Although we have experienced growth in revenues in recent years, this growth rate is not necessarily indicative of future operating results. A 
relatively large portion of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to personnel expenses, depreciation and 
amortization expenses, and interest expense. Therefore, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. As 
such, comparisons to prior periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. 

If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract additional qualified personnel as we grow, our business could be adversely affected. 

We are dependent upon the ability and experience of a number of key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the 

rapidly changing automated consumer financial services industry, and the geographical segments in which we operate.  It is possible that the 
loss of the services of one or a combination of several of our senior executives would have an adverse effect on our operations. Our success 
also depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage, and retain other qualified management, as well as technical and operational 
personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain such personnel in the future, which could adversely impact our 
business.  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our principal executive offices are located at 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, and our telephone number is 
(832) 308-4000. We lease approximately 52,500 square feet of space under our Houston headquarters office lease. In addition, we lease 
approximately 41,300 square feet of office and warehouse space in north Houston. Furthermore, we lease approximately 25,500 square feet in 
Frisco, Texas, where we manage our EFT transaction processing operations.  We also lease various spaces in the state of New Jersey, which 
is where our Access to Money operations are located. We are in the process of consolidating these spaces into a single New Jersey office 
located in Whippany, New Jersey. Finally, we lease office space in Bethesda, Maryland, where we manage our Allpoint surcharge-free 
network operations. 

In addition to our domestic office space, we lease office and storage spaces in the countries that we operate in.  In the United Kingdom, we 

lease office space in Hatfield, Hertfordshire, England; two Green Team armored operations’ cash depot facilities located outside of London, 
England and Manchester, England; and warehouse space in Crawley, West Sussex, England.  In Mexico, we lease office and warehouse 
space in Mexico City, Mexico. In Canada, we lease office space in Lethbridge, Canada.  

Our facilities are leased pursuant to operating leases for various terms. We believe that our leases are at competitive or market rates and do 

not anticipate any difficulty in leasing suitable additional space upon expiration of our current lease terms. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

For a description of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data, Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Matters. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not Applicable. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CATM.”  As of February 24, 2012, there were 

106 shareholders of record of our common stock. 

Quarterly Stock Prices. The following table reflects the quarterly high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the 

NASDAQ Stock Market: 

2011 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

2010 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

$

$

High 

28.74 
25.92 
23.61 
20.50 

18.79 
15.47 
14.58 
13.44 

$

$

Low 

19.74 
19.46 
18.57 
16.40 

14.91 
11.55 
10.40 
9.51 

Dividend Information. We have historically not paid, nor do we anticipate paying, dividends with respect to our common stock. For 

information on restrictions regarding our ability to pay dividends, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financing Facilities — Revolving Credit Facility and – Senior Subordinated 
2018 Notes and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt.  

Stock Performance Graph. The following graph compares the cumulative three-year total return to holders of Cardtronics Inc.'s common 

stock, the NASDAQ Composite index (the “Index”), and a customized peer group of six companies that includes Coinstar, Inc., Euronet 
Worldwide, Inc., Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Heartland Payment Systems Inc., TNS, Inc. and Wright Express Corp. (collectively, the 
“Peer Group”). We selected the Peer Group companies because they are publicly traded companies that: (i) are competitors for products and 
services; (ii) may experience similar market cycles to ours; (iii) may be tracked similarly by analysts; (iv) are in a generally comparable 
bracket of market capitalization and/or revenue to ours; and (v) compete for the specialized talent of our executives. The performance graph 
was prepared based on the following assumptions: (i) $100 was invested in our common stock at $9.50 per share (the closing market price at 
the end of our first trading day), in the Peer Group, and the Index on December 11, 2007 (our first trading day); (ii) investment in the Peer 
Group was weighted based on the returns of each individual company within the Peer Group according to their market capitalization at the 
beginning of the period; and (iii) dividends were reinvested on the relevant payment dates. The stock price performance included in this graph 
is historical and not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. The following graph and related information shall not be 
deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, each as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such 
filing. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF 4 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Cardtronics Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, and a Peer Group 

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0 
12/11/07

12/07

6/08

12/08

6/09

12/09

6/10

12/10

6/11

12/11

Cardtronics Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

Peer Group 

*$100 invested on 12/11/07 in stock or 11/30/07 in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31. 

12/11/07 

12/07 

6/08 

Cardtronics Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
Peer Group 

100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

106.42 
99.60 
99.16 

93.37 
85.97 
84.38 

12/08

13.58
59.30
47.75

6/09

12/09

6/10 

12/10 

6/11

12/11

40.11
69.06
73.56

116.42
85.99
85.43

136.42 
80.33 
81.22 

186.32 
101.26 
101.16 

246.84
106.23
103.93

284.84
100.09
107.95

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers. The following table provides information about purchases of equity 

securities that are registered by us pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2011: 

Period 
October 1 – 31, 2011 
November 1 – 30, 2011 
December 1 – 31, 2011 
_________ 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share

—   
10,507(2)  
496(2)  

—   
26.40(3)  
27.05(3)  

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of a Publicly 
Announced Program 

     Approximate Dollar
Value that May Yet
be Purchased Under
the Program (1)

—     
—     
—     

$
$
$

— 
— 
— 

(1) 

In connection with the lapsing of the forfeiture restrictions on restricted shares granted by us under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which was adopted in 
December 2007 and expires in December 2017, we permitted employees and directors to sell a portion of their shares to us in order to satisfy their tax 
liabilities that arose as a consequence of the lapsing of the forfeiture restrictions. In future periods, we may not permit individuals to sell their shares to 
us in order to satisfy such tax liabilities. Since the number of restricted shares that will become unrestricted each year is dependent upon the continued 
employment of the award recipients, we cannot forecast either the total amount of such securities or the approximate dollar value of those securities that 
we might purchase in future years as the forfeiture restrictions on such shares lapse. 

(2)  Represents shares surrendered to us by participants in our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to settle the participants’ personal tax liabilities that resulted from 

the lapsing of restrictions on shares awarded to the participants under the plan. 

(3)  The price paid per share was based on the average high and low trading prices of our common stock on the dates that we repurchased shares from the 

participants under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.   

28 

 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table sets forth selected financial data derived from our consolidated financial statements. As a result of our acquisitions of 
the 7-Eleven Financial Services Business in July 2007 and the acquisition of EDC, LocatorSearch, Mr. Cash, and Access to Money during the 
second half of 2011, our financial results for the years presented below are not comparable in all periods. Additionally, these selected 
historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future. 

For the Years Ended December 31,  

2011

2010

2009

2008 

2007

(In thousands, except share and per share information and number of ATMs)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  

Revenues and Income: 
Total revenues 
Income (loss) from operations (1) 
Net income (loss) (1) (2) 
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests 
and available to common stockholders (1) (2) (3) 

Per Share Data: 

Basic net income (loss) per common share 

Diluted net income (loss) per common share 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data: 

  $ 

624,576 

$

532,078 

$ 

493,353 

$

493,014 

$ 

77,275 

70,146 

70,233 

66,263 

41,133 

40,959 

43,000 

5,771 

5,277 

(38,118)

(72,397)

(71,375)

  $ 

  $ 

1.60 

1.58 

$

$

0.98 

0.96 

$ 

$ 

0.13 

0.13 

$

$

(1.84)

(1.84)

$ 

$ 

42,201,491 

42,886,780 

40,347,194 

41,059,381 

39,244,057 

39,896,366 

38,800,782 

38,800,782 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

  $ 

5,576 

$

3,189 

$ 

10,449 

$

3,424 

$ 

Total assets 
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, 
including current portion 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) 

712,801 

370,949 

113,145 

455,315 

254,833 

44,254 

460,404 

480,828 

307,287 

(1,290) 

347,181 

(19,750)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data: 

Cash flows from operating activities 

  $ 

113,325 

$

105,168 

$ 

74,874 

$

16,218 

$ 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

(234,454)

123,532 

(50,652)

(62,150)

(26,031) 

(42,232) 

(60,476)

34,507 

Operating Data (Unaudited): 

Total number of ATMs (at period end): 
ATM operations 

Managed services 

Total number of ATMs (at period end) 

Total transactions (excluding managed services) 
Total cash withdrawal transactions (excluding 

managed services) 

48,105 

4,781 

52,886 

516,564 

318,615 

33,116 

3,854 

36,970 

413,780 

253,890 

32,413 

2,631 

35,044 

380,744 

241,928 

32,050 

1,705 

33,755 

351,931 

225,846 

378,298 

7,158 

(27,857)

(63,753)

(4.13)

(4.13)

15,423,744 

15,423,744 

13,439 

590,737 

310,744 

106,720 

55,108 

(202,529)

158,155 

31,515 

1,473 

32,988 

244,862 

163,840 

____________ 
(1)  

(2) 

(3) 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, amounts include a $50.0 million goodwill impairment charge associated with our United Kingdom operations.  
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, amounts include $37.0 and $27.2 million, respectively, in income tax benefits.  The income tax 
benefit in 2011 related to a tax reporting change that was implemented in our United Kingdom operations and the benefit in 2010 related to the reversal 
of previously-established valuation allowances on our domestic deferred tax assets. Additionally, 2010 includes a pre-tax charge of approximately 
$14.5 million related to certain charges associated with the refinancing of our outstanding debt obligations. 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, net loss attributable to controlling interests and available to common stockholders reflects a $36.0 million one-
time, non-cash charge associated with the conversion of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in 
conjunction with our initial public offering in December 2007 and the accretion of issuance costs associated with the Series B redeemable convertible 
preferred stock.  

29 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
     
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that are 
based on management’s current expectations, estimates, and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ 
materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements. Known material factors that could cause our 
actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements are those we discuss under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors. Additionally, 
you should read the following discussion together with the financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data. 

Our discussion and analysis includes the following:  

  Strategic Outlook 

  Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry  

  Recent Events  

  Overview of Business  

  Results of Operations  

  Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

  Liquidity and Capital Resources  

  Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

  New Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted  

  Commitments and Contingencies  

Strategic Outlook 

Over the past several years, we have expanded our operations through acquisitions, built an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) transaction 

processing platform, launched our armored courier operation in the United Kingdom, continually deployed ATMs in high-traffic locations 
under our contracts with well-known retailers, expanded our relationships with leading financial institutions, grown our surcharge-free ATM 
network, Allpoint, and developed new product offerings such as managed ATM services. 

During 2011, we completed four separate acquisitions: (1) in July, we acquired all of the outstanding securities of EDC ATM Subsidiary, 

LLC and Efmark Deployment I, Inc. (collectively referred to as “EDC”) from EDC Holding Company, LLC, which provided us with over 
3,600 ATMs that are primarily located in well-known convenience store locations throughout the United States; (2) in August, we completed 
the acquisition of LocatorSearch, LLC (“LocatorSearch”), a leading provider of location search technology deployed by financial institutions 
to help customers and members find the nearest, most appropriate and convenient ATM location based on the service they seek; (3) in 
October, we acquired Mr. Cash ATM Network, Inc. (“Mr. Cash”), a privately-held company with approximately 600 ATMs across Canada, 
which allowed us to expand our international presence into Canada; and (4) in November, we completed the acquisition of Access to Money, 
Inc. (“Access to Money”), a leading operator of ATMs, with approximately 10,000 ATMs across the United States, including both multi-unit 
regional retail chains and individual merchant ATM locations.  

We expect to continue to launch new initiatives in the future to further leverage the significant investment that we have made in the 
development of our extensive ATM and financial services kiosk network, and to continue to integrate the operations of the entities acquired 
during 2011.  In particular, we see opportunities to further expand our operations in 2012 and beyond through the following: 

 

Increasing our Number of Deployed Devices with Existing as well as New Merchant Relationships. We believe that there is a 
significant opportunity to deploy additional ATMs with our existing retail customers in locations that currently do not have ATMs. 
Furthermore, many of our retail customers continue to expand their number of active store locations, either through acquisitions or 
through new store openings, thus providing us with additional ATM deployment opportunities. Additionally, we are actively 
pursuing opportunities to deploy ATMs with new retailers, including retailers that currently do not have ATMs as well as those that 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
have existing ATM programs but that are looking for a new ATM provider. We believe that our size and scale, as well as our proven 
operational track record, position us well to capitalize on these opportunities as they arise.  

  Expand our Relationships with Leading Financial Institutions. Through our merchant relationships as well as our diverse product 

and service offerings, we believe we can provide our existing financial institution customers with convenient solutions to fulfill their 
growing ATM and automated consumer financial services requirements. Further, we believe we can leverage these offerings to 
attract additional financial institutions as customers. Our services currently offered to financial institutions include branding our 
ATMs with their logos, providing remote deposit capture and providing surcharge-free access to their customers through our 
Allpoint network. The number of machines and financial institutions participating in our Allpoint network are also increasing, 
enabling us to increase transaction counts and profitability on our existing machines. 

  Working with Non-Traditional Financial Institutions and Card Issuers to Further Leverage our Extensive ATM and Financial 

Services Kiosk Network. We believe that there are opportunities to develop relationships with non-traditional financial institutions 
and card issuers that are seeking an extensive and convenient ATM network to complement their new card offerings. Additionally, 
we believe that many of the prepaid debit card issuers that exist today in the United States can benefit by providing their cardholders 
with access to our ATM network on a discounted or fee-free basis. For example, through our Allpoint network, we have sold access 
to our ATM network to issuers of stored value prepaid debit cards to enable the customers of such issuers with convenient and 
surcharge-free access to cash. 

 

Increasing Transaction Levels at our Existing Locations. We believe that there are opportunities to increase the number of 
transactions that are occurring today at our existing ATM locations. On average, only a small fraction of the customers that enter our 
retail customers’ locations utilize our ATMs and financial services kiosks. In addition to our existing initiatives that tend to drive 
additional transaction volumes to our ATMs, such as bank branding and network branding, we are working on developing new 
initiatives to potentially drive incremental transactions over our existing ATM locations. A recent example of this effort is our recent 
LocatorSearch acquisition, which helps locate convenient access to our ATMs. 

  Pursue Additional Managed Services Opportunities. Over the last couple of years, we significantly expanded the number of ATMs 
that are operated under our managed services arrangement type.  We plan to pursue additional opportunities with leading merchants 
and financial institutions in the United States, as well as international opportunities as they arise, working with our customers to 
provide them with a customized solution that fits their needs. 

 

International Expansion. We currently operate in the United States (including the territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin 
Islands), the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada. We believe that there may be further opportunities to expand our business 
outside the United States.  

Longer term, we believe there are opportunities to not only expand our ATM and financial services kiosk network, but to also expand the 

types of services that we offer through that network. We believe that recent industry regulatory changes coupled with the proliferation of 
stored-value prepaid debit cards provide us with a unique opportunity to leverage our extensive retail ATM and financial services kiosk 
network to provide a broader array of automated financial services to financial institutions and card issuers. For example, with recently 
enacted and pending regulatory changes with respect to credit cards, debit cards, and traditional demand deposit accounts, there is a 
considerable amount of uncertainty surrounding many of the revenue streams traditionally earned by financial institutions. As a result, we 
believe that our network of ATMs located in prime retail locations represents an attractive and affordable option for financial institutions 
looking to continue to expand their ATM network in a cost-effective manner. Additionally, we believe that the deployment of devices that 
perform other financial services, including check cashing, remote deposit capture, money transfer, bill payment services, and stored-value 
card reload services, could provide a compelling and cost-effective solution for financial institutions and stored-value prepaid debit card 
issuers looking to provide the convenience of branch banking in an off-premise retail setting. 

Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry  

Increase in Surcharge-Free Offerings. Many United States banks providing banking services are aggressively competing for market share, 
and part of their competitive strategy is to increase their number of customer touch points, including the establishment of an ATM network to 
provide convenient, surcharge-free access to cash for their customers. While a large owned-ATM network would be a key strategic asset for a 
bank, we believe it would be uneconomical for all but the largest banks to build and operate an extensive ATM network. Bank branding of 
ATMs and participation in surcharge-free networks allow financial institutions to rapidly increase surcharge-free ATM access for their 
customers at substantially less cost than building their own ATM networks. These factors have led to an increase in bank branding and 
participation in surcharge-free networks, and we believe that there will be continued growth in such arrangements. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in Usage of Stored-Value Prepaid Debit Cards. In the United States, we have seen a proliferation in the issuance and acceptance 

of stored-value prepaid debit cards as a means for consumers to access their cash and make routine retail purchases. Based on published 
studies, the value loaded on stored-value prepaid cards such as open loop network-branded money and financial services cards, payroll cards, 
social security cards, and unemployment benefit cards, is expected to double in the next three years. These figures do not include card types 
less likely or unable to be used at ATMs such as gift cards, consumer incentive cards, and transit cards. 

 We believe that our network of ATMs and financial services kiosks, located in well-known retail establishments throughout the United 

States, provides a convenient and cost-effective way for holders of such cards to access their cash and potentially conduct other financial 
services transactions. Furthermore, through Allpoint, which partners with financial institutions that issue and sponsor stored-value prepaid 
debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental organizations, we are able to provide holders of such cards convenient, 
surcharge-free access to their cash. While it is difficult to measure the precise number of cash withdrawal transactions occurring from stored-
value cards on our network, we believe that such number increased significantly over the last couple of years and represented a significant 
portion of the year-over-year withdrawal transaction count gains that we saw in the United States. 

Growth in Other Automated Consumer Financial Services. Approximately 75% of all ATM transactions in the United States are cash 
withdrawals, with the remainder representing other basic banking functions such as balance inquiries, transfers, and deposits. We believe that 
there are significant opportunities for a large non-bank ATM operator to provide additional financial services to customers, such as check 
cashing, remote deposit capture, money transfer, bill payment services, and stored-value card reload services through self-service kiosks. 
These additional consumer financial services would result in additional revenue streams for us and could ultimately result in increased 
profitability. It would require additional capital expenditures on our part to offer these services more broadly. 

Managed Services. While many banks own significant networks of ATMs that serve as extensions of their branch networks and increase 
the level of service offered to their customers, large ATM networks are costly to operate and typically do not provide significant revenue for 
banks and smaller financial institutions. Similarly, there are retailers that own their own network of ATMs for added services to their 
customers. Operating a network of ATMs is not a core competency for the majority of banks or other financial institutions and for retailers; 
therefore, we believe there is an opportunity for a large non-bank ATM and financial services kiosk operator such as ourselves, with lower 
costs and an established operating history, to contract with financial institutions and retailers to manage their ATM networks. Such an 
outsourcing arrangement could reduce a financial institution’s operational costs while extending their customer service. Additionally, we 
believe there are opportunities to provide selected services on an outsourced basis, such as transaction processing services, to other 
independent owners and operators of ATMs and financial services kiosks.  

Growth in International Markets. In most regions of the world, ATMs are less common than in the United States. We believe the ATM 

industry will grow faster in certain international markets than in the United States, as the number of ATMs per capita in those markets 
increases and begins to approach the levels in the United States. In addition, there has been a trend towards growth of off-premise ATMs in 
several international markets, including the United Kingdom, Mexico and Canada. 

  United Kingdom. The United Kingdom is the largest ATM market in Europe. Until the late 1990s, most United Kingdom ATMs 
were installed at bank and building society branches. Non-bank operators began to deploy ATMs in the United Kingdom in 
December 1998 when LINK (which connects the ATM networks of all United Kingdom ATM operators) allowed them entry into its 
network via arrangements between non-bank operators and the United Kingdom financial institutions. We believe that non-bank 
ATM operators have benefited in recent years from customer demand for more conveniently located cash machines, the emergence 
of internet banking with no established point of presence, and the closure of bank branches due to consolidation. According to 
LINK, approximately 65,000 ATMs were deployed in the United Kingdom as of December 2011 (latest statistics date), of which 
approximately 30,000 were operated by non-banks. The current number of ATMs has grown from approximately 36,700 ATMs in 
the United Kingdom in 2001, with less than 7,000 operated by non-banks. Similar to the United States, electronic payment 
alternatives have gained popularity in the United Kingdom in recent years. However, cash is still the primary payment method 
preferred by consumers, representing approximately 56% of total transaction spending according to the UK Payments 
Administration Ltd’s UK Cash & Cash Machines 2011 publication. We expect to continue to grow in this market through new 
locations with existing merchant customers along with new merchants with whom we may acquire relationships. 

  Mexico. Historically, surcharge fees were not allowed pursuant to Mexican law. In July 2005, the Mexican government approved a 

measure that allowed ATM operators to charge a fee to individuals withdrawing cash from their ATMs. However, effective May, 
2010, the Central Bank of Mexico adopted new rules that required ATM operators to elect between receiving interchange fees from 
card issuers or surcharge fees from consumers. Cardtronics Mexico elected to assess a surcharge fee to the consumer rather than 
receive an interchange payment from the consumer’s financial institution (i.e., the card issuer). According to the Central Bank of 
Mexico, as of September 2011, Mexico had approximately 35,900 ATMs operating throughout the country, substantially all of 
which were owned by national and regional banks.  

32 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Canada. We entered the Canadian market in October of 2011 through our acquisition of Mr. Cash. We expect to continue to acquire 
new ATM locations in this market and plan to leverage our United States operations to support our anticipated growth in this market. 
We believe that we can leverage our existing relationships with merchant retailer with whom we have significant existing 
relationships in place in the United States to service their Canadian operations. In addition, we plan to seek to partner with financial 
institutions in this market to implement bank branding and other financial services, similar to our bank branding and surcharge-free 
strategy in the United States.  

Increases in Surcharge Rates. As financial institutions in the United States increase the surcharge rate charged to non-customers for the 

use of their ATMs, it enables us to increase the surcharge rates charged on our ATMs in selected markets and with certain merchant 
customers as well. We also believe the higher surcharge rates make our surcharge-free offerings more attractive to consumers and other 
financial institutions. In 2009 and 2010, we saw significant increases in surcharge rates in the industry. During 2011, we saw a slowing of 
surcharge rate increases and expect to see more modest increases in surcharge rates in the near future. 

Decrease in Interchange Rates. The interchange rates paid to independent ATM deployers, such as ourselves, are in some cases set by the 

various EFT networks over which the underlying transactions are routed.  Over the last couple of years, several networks have not only 
reduced the per transaction interchange paid to ATM deployers for transactions routed through their networks, but also increased the fees 
they charge ATM deployers to have access to their networks. These access fees are referred to as “acquirer fees”. As a result of these actions, 
we have experienced a decrease in the net interchange rate we receive on transactions performed at our ATMs.  In mid-October 2011, another 
major global network announced a reduction in interchange paid to ATM deployers and an increase in the acquirer fees paid by ATM 
deployers. The new fee structure takes effect in April 2012. We expect that this rate decrease will result in approximately $7 to 8 million in 
lower revenues than we otherwise would have earned. If additional financial institutions move to take advantage of the lower interchange 
rate, or if additional networks reduce the interchange rates they currently pay to ATM deployers or increase their network fees, our future 
revenues and gross profits would be further negatively impacted.  We have taken certain measures to mitigate our exposure to interchange 
rate reductions by networks, including: 1) where possible, routing transactions through a preferred network such as Allpoint, where we have 
influence over the per transaction rate; 2) negotiating directly with our financial institution partners for contractual interchange rates on 
transactions involving their customers; 3) developing contractual protection from such rate changes in our agreements with merchants and 
financial institution partners; and 4) other measures.   

Additionally, interchange rates in the United Kingdom, which are set by LINK, the United Kingdom’s primary ATM debit network, 
declined effective as of January 1, 2011 and also further declined effective January 1, 2012. LINK sets the interchange rates in the United 
Kingdom annually by using a cost-based methodology that incorporates interest rates and other ATM service costs from two years back (i.e., 
interest rates and other costs from 2010 are considered for determining the 2012 interchange rate). As a result, the interchange revenues per 
transaction generated by certain of our ATMs in that market declined in 2011 and are expected to decline slightly more in 2012.  

Recent Events 

Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – United States. For year ended December 31, 2011, total same-store cash withdrawal 

transactions conducted on our domestic ATMs increased by 3.8% over the prior year. We define same-store ATMs as all ATMs that were 
continuously transacting for the trailing 24-month period to ensure the exclusion of any new growth or mid-month installations.  

The increase in transactions was primarily attributable to two factors: (1) a continued shift in the mix of withdrawal transactions being 
conducted on our domestic network of ATMs (i.e., more surcharge-free and less surcharge-based withdrawal transactions) resulting from the 
continued evolution and growth of our surcharge-free product offerings; and (2) the proliferation in the use of network-branded stored-value 
cards by employers and governmental agencies for payroll and benefit-related payments. With respect to the latter, the increase in the number 
of stored-value cards in circulation has served to increase our potential customer base, as these stored-value cards are capable of being used at 
ATMs, and many of the individuals to whom the cards have been issued are traditionally unbanked or under-banked and have not historically 
been able to utilize ATMs. We expect to continue to see an increase in the number of stored-value cards in the future, which we believe will 
result in an increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions being conducted on our domestic ATMs.  

In addition, many United States banks serving the market for consumer banking services are aggressively competing for market share, and 

part of their competitive strategy is to increase their number of customer touch points, including the establishment of an ATM network to 
provide convenient, surcharge-free access to cash for their customers. While a large owned-ATM network would be a key strategic asset for a 
bank, we believe it would be uneconomical for all but the largest banks to build and operate an extensive ATM network. Bank branding of 
ATMs and participation in surcharge-free networks allow financial institutions to rapidly increase surcharge-free ATM access for their 
customers at substantially less cost than building their own ATM networks. We also believe there is an opportunity for a large non-bank 
ATM and financial services kiosk operator such as ourselves, with lower costs and an established operating history, to contract with financial 
institutions and retailers to manage their ATM networks. Such an outsourcing arrangement could reduce a financial institution’s operational 
costs while extending their customer service. Furthermore, we believe there are opportunities to provide selected services on an outsourced 
basis, such as transaction processing services, to other independent owners and operators of ATMs and financial services kiosks. These 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
factors have led to an increase in bank branding, participation in surcharge-free networks, and managed services arrangements and we believe 
that there will be continued growth in such arrangements. 

Financial Regulatory Reform in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank 

Act”), which contains broad measures aimed at overhauling existing financial regulations within the United States, was signed into law on 
July 21, 2010. Among many other things, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that (1) call for the establishment of a new Bureau of 
Consumer Financial Protection, (2) limit the activities that banking entities may engage in, and (3) give the Federal Reserve the authority to 
regulate interchange transaction fees charged by electronic funds transfer networks for electronic debit transactions. Many of the detailed 
regulations required under the Dodd-Frank Act have still yet to be finalized. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, we have seen networks and 
banks take different actions to attempt to mitigate reductions to fees that they previously earned on certain transaction types, such as point-of-
sale debit interchange. As potentially an indirect consequence, we have been notified by certain networks over which our ATM transactions 
are routed that the net interchange that the network will pay to us will be reduced in future periods. Other possible impacts of this broad 
legislation are unknown to us at this time, but we have seen certain actions taken by banks that indicate debit cards are no longer as an 
attractive form of payment. Decreased profitability on point-of-sale debit transactions could cause banks to provide incentives to their 
customers to use other payment types, such as cash or credit. However, it is too early to determine what ultimate impact the reduction in 
point-of-sale debit interchange will have on us. In addition, there are other components to the Dodd-Frank Act that may ultimately impact us, 
but at this time, we are uncertain as to what impact the existing laws and to be written laws and the resulting behavior by consumers and 
financial institutions will ultimately have on our business. Finally, the newly issued regulations require debit cards to be recognized (or 
authorized) over at least two non-affiliated networks and provide for rules that would allow merchants greater flexibility in routing 
transactions across networks that are more economical for the merchant.  

Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – United Kingdom. For the year ended December 31, 2011, withdrawal transactions per 

ATM in the United Kingdom increased by 33% over the prior year. We continued to see a shift in the mix of ATMs in the United Kingdom 
from fewer pay-to-use ATMs and more surcharge-free, or “free-to-use” ATMs. As a result, we have installed more free-to-use machines in 
this market in recent periods. Specifically, the average number of free-to-use machines we had in the United Kingdom during 2011 increased 
by approximately 63% compared to 2010, whereas the number of pay-to-use machines decreased by approximately 13%. Although we earn 
less revenue per cash withdrawal transaction on a free-to-use machine, the increase in the number of transactions conducted on free-to-use 
machines has generally translated into higher overall revenues. However, excluding the impact of the LINK interchange rate decrease 
discussed above, the interchange revenues generated by some of our ATMs in that market would have been higher by approximately $7.4 
million in 2011. 

Recent Events – Mexico. In May 2010, as supplemented in October 2010, rules promulgated by the Central Bank of Mexico became 
effective that require ATM operators to choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer’s card-issuing bank or a surcharge 
fee from the consumer. When a surcharge is received by the ATM operator, the rules prohibit a bank from charging its cardholder an 
additional fee. The rules also prohibit a bank from charging its cardholders a surcharge fee when those cardholders use its ATMs. 

Our majority-owned subsidiary, Cardtronics Mexico, elected to assess a surcharge fee-only rather than selecting the interchange fee-only 
option, and subsequently increased the amount of our surcharge fees to compensate for the loss of interchange fees that we previously earned 
on such ATM transactions. Although the total cost to the consumer (including bank fees) of an ATM transaction at a Cardtronics Mexico 
ATM has stayed approximately the same, average transaction counts, revenues, and profit per machine have declined. As a result of the 
above developments, we are working on strategies to mitigate the negative effects of these events, such as the bank branding agreement that 
was executed during the first quarter of 2011 with Grupo Financiero Banorte S.A. de C.V. (“Banorte”), to brand up to 2,000 machines in that 
market. As a result of this agreement, we have experienced improved profitability on the machines covered by the agreement. If we are 
unsuccessful in our efforts to continue to mitigate the negative effects of the new regulations, our overall profitability in that market will 
decline. If such declines are significant, we may be required to record an impairment charge in future periods to write down the carrying 
value of certain existing tangible and intangible assets associated with that operation. 

 In October of 2011, we were notified by a major global network that certain of our United States dollar-dispensing ATMs (“USD 

ATMs”) in Mexico were not in compliance with that network’s procedures for settling U.S. dollar-denominated transactions through 
Promoción y Operación S.A. de C.V. (“PROSA-RED”).  We are working with PROSA-RED to begin offering an acceptable solution to 
continue operating the USD ATMs, with some modifications to our current process. This solution could result in a reduction of the revenues 
and profits we earn from the USD ATMs in Mexico. 

Factors Impacting Comparability 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. Our reported financial results are subject to fluctuations in exchange rates. Due to minor fluctuations 

in the average rates between 2009 and 2011, our overall results were not significantly positively or negatively impacted.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions. Our results for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes the effect of the acquisitions that were completed during the year, 

which includes EDC in July 2011, LocatorSearch in August 2011, Mr. Cash in October 2011, and Access to Money in November 2011. The 
results of operations for the acquired entities have been included in our consolidated results for the year ended December 31, 2011 since the 
respective dates of acquisition.  

Overview of Business 

As of December 31, 2011, we operated a network of approximately 52,900 ATMs and financial services kiosks throughout the United 
States (including the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands), the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada. Our extensive 
network is strengthened by multi-year contractual relationships with a wide variety of nationally and internationally-known merchants 
pursuant to which we operate ATMs and financial services kiosks in their locations. We offer ATM services, in which we deploy our devices 
under two distinct arrangements with our merchant partners: Company-owned and merchant-owned arrangements, as well as offer various 
forms of managed services solutions. 

Company-owned Arrangements. Under a Company-owned arrangement, we own or lease the device and are responsible for controlling 
substantially all aspects of its operation. These responsibilities include what we refer to as first line maintenance, such as replacing paper, 
clearing paper or bill jams, resetting the device, resolving any telecommunications and power issues, or performing other maintenance 
activities that do not require a trained service technician. We are also responsible for what we refer to as second line maintenance, which 
includes more complex maintenance procedures that require trained service technicians and often involve replacing component parts. In 
addition to first and second line maintenance, we are responsible for arranging for cash, cash loading, supplies, transaction processing, 
telecommunications service, and all other services required for the operation of the device, other than electricity. We typically pay a fee, 
either periodically, on a per-transaction basis or a combination of both, to the merchant on whose premises the device is physically located. 
We operate a limited number of our Company-owned devices on a merchant-assisted basis. In these arrangements, we own the device and 
provide all transaction processing services, but the merchant generally is responsible for providing and loading cash and performing first line 
maintenance. 

Typically, we deploy our devices under Company-owned arrangements for our national and regional merchant customers. Our customers 

include 7-Eleven, Chevron, Costco, CVS, ExxonMobil, Hess, Rite Aid, Safeway, Speedway, Target, Walgreens, and Winn-Dixie in the 
United States; Asda, Euro Garages Ltd., Forces Financial, IKEA, Martin McColl Ltd., Murco Petroleum Ltd., Tates Ltd., and Welcome Break 
in the United Kingdom; and OXXO in Mexico. Because Company-owned locations are controlled by us (i.e., we control the on-line 
availability of the machines) and are usually located in major national chains, they are more likely candidates for additional sources of 
revenue such as bank branding. In addition, they generally offer higher transaction volumes and greater profitability, which we consider 
necessary to justify the upfront capital cost of installing such machines. As of December 31, 2011, we operated approximately 30,600 devices 
under Company-owned arrangements. 

Merchant-owned Arrangements. Under a merchant-owned arrangement, a merchant owns the device and is generally responsible for its 
first-line maintenance and the majority of the operating costs; however, we generally continue to provide all transaction processing services, 
second-line maintenance, 24-hour per day monitoring and customer service, and, in some cases, retain responsibility for providing and 
loading cash. We typically enter into merchant-owned arrangements with smaller, independent merchant customers, but we now also have 
large retail merchant customers as a result of our acquisitions in 2011. In situations where a merchant purchases a device from us, the 
merchant normally retains responsibility for providing cash for the device. Because the merchant bears more of the operating costs under this 
arrangement, the merchant typically receives a higher fee on a per-transaction basis than is the case under a Company-owned arrangement. In 
merchant-owned arrangements under which we have assumed responsibility for providing and loading cash and/or second line maintenance, 
the merchant receives a smaller fee on a per-transaction basis than in the typical merchant-owned arrangement. As of December 31, 2011, we 
operated approximately 17,500 devices under merchant-owned arrangements. 

In the future, we expect the percentage of our Company-owned and merchant-owned arrangements to continue to fluctuate in response to 

the mix of devices we add through internal growth and acquisitions.  

Managed Services. Over the last few years, we expanded the type of products we offer by providing various forms of managed services 

solutions. Under a managed services arrangement, retailers and financial institutions rely on us to handle some or all of the operational 
aspects associated with operating and maintaining, as well as at times owning, their ATM fleets. Under these types of arrangements, we 
typically receive a fixed management fee or fixed fee per transaction in return for providing certain services, including monitoring, 
maintenance, cash management, customer service, and transaction processing. We do not receive surcharge and interchange fees in these 
arrangements, but rather those amounts are earned by our customer. Our domestic customers include Carnival Corporation, The Kroger Co., 
and Travelex Currency Services Inc. We also offer these services in the United Kingdom, and plan to grow internationally, as well as 
domestically, in the future. As of December 31, 2011, we provided managed services solutions to approximately 4,800 ATMs.   

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Electronic Funds Transfer (“EFT”) Transaction Processing. As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of our fleet operated on our EFT 
transaction processing platform except for certain acquired ATMs during 2011. Our EFT transaction processing capabilities provide us with 
the ability to control the processing of transactions conducted on our network and allow us to control the content of the information appearing 
on the screens of our devices, which increases the types of products and services that we are able to offer to financial institutions. For 
example, with the ability to control screen flow, we are able to offer customized branding solutions to financial institutions, including one-to-
one marketing and advertising services at the point of transaction. Additionally, the transition of our devices to our own EFT transaction 
processing platform has provided us with operational cost savings in terms of lower overall processing costs.  

As our EFT transaction processing efforts are focused on controlling the flow and content of information on the device screens, we 

typically rely on third-party service providers to handle the generic back-end connections to the EFT networks and limited funds settlement 
and reconciliation processes for our Company-owned accounts.  

Armored Courier Services in the United Kingdom. We operate our own armored courier operation in the United Kingdom, Green Team 
Services Limited (“Green Team”), with two secure cash depot facilities located outside of London, England and Manchester, England. As of 
December 31, 2011, this operation was servicing roughly 1,790 of our ATMs in the United Kingdom. We believe this operation allows us to 
provide higher-quality and more cost-effective cash-handling services in that market and has proven to be an efficient alternative to third-
party armored providers.  

Components of Revenues, Cost of Revenues, and Expenses 

Revenues 

We derive our revenues primarily from providing ATM and automated consumer financial services and, to a lesser extent, from branding 
arrangements, surcharge-free network offerings, and sales of ATM equipment. We currently classify revenues into two primary categories: 
ATM operating revenues and ATM product sales and other revenues.  

ATM Operating Revenues. We present revenues from ATM and automated consumer financial services, branding arrangements, surcharge-

free network offerings and managed services as “ATM operating revenues” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These revenues 
include the fees we earn per transaction on our ATMs, fees we generate from bank branding arrangements and our surcharge-free network 
offerings, fees we earn on managed services arrangements, and fees earned from providing certain maintenance services. Our revenues from 
ATM services have increased rapidly in recent years due to the acquisitions we have completed, by unit growth expansion with our customer 
base, acquisition of new merchant relationships and the growth of our Allpoint network.  

ATM operating revenues primarily consist of the four following components: (1) surcharge revenue, (2) interchange revenue, (3) branding 

and surcharge-free network revenue, and (4) managed services revenue. 

 

Surcharge revenue. A surcharge fee represents a convenience fee paid by the cardholder for making a cash withdrawal from an 
ATM. Surcharge fees often vary by the type of arrangement under which we place our ATMs and can vary widely based on the 
location of the ATM and the nature of the contracts negotiated with our merchants. In the future, we expect that surcharge fees per 
surcharge-bearing transaction will vary depending upon the competitive landscape for surcharge fees at newly-deployed ATMs, the 
roll-out of additional branding arrangements, and future negotiations with existing merchant partners. For those ATMs that we own 
or operate that participate in surcharge-free networks, we do not receive surcharge fees related to withdrawal transactions from 
cardholders who are participants of such networks; rather we receive interchange and branding or surcharge-free network revenues, 
which are further discussed below. For certain ATMs owned and primarily operated by the merchant, we do not receive any portion 
of the surcharge but rather the entire fee is earned by the merchant. In the United Kingdom, ATM operators must either operate 
ATMs on free-to-use (surcharge-free) or on a pay-to-use (surcharging) basis. On free-to-use ATMs in the United Kingdom, we only 
earn interchange revenue on withdrawal transactions that is paid to us by the customer’s financial institution through the ATM 
network in the United Kingdom. On pay-to-use ATMs, we only earn surcharge fee and no interchange is paid to us by the 
cardholder’s financial institution. These surcharge fees are typically somewhat higher in the United Kingdom compared to surcharge 
fees in the United States. In Mexico, domestic surcharge fees are generally similar to those charged in the United States, except for 
machines that dispense U.S. dollars, where we charge an additional foreign currency convenience fee. Finally, in Canada, surcharge 
fees are comparable to those charged in the United States as well. 

 

Interchange revenue. An interchange fee is a fee paid by the cardholder’s financial institution for its customer’s use of an ATM 
owned by another operator and for the EFT network charges to transmit data between the ATM and the cardholder’s financial 
institution. We typically receive a majority of the interchange fee paid by the cardholder’s financial institution, with the remaining 
portion being retained by the EFT network. In the United States, interchange fees are earned not only on cash withdrawal 
transactions but on any ATM transaction, including balance inquiries, transfers, and surcharge-free transactions. On approximately 
half of our United States transactions, the interchange fees that we earn are set by the EFT networks and vary according to EFT 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
network arrangements with financial institutions, as well as the type of transaction. Such fees are typically lower for balance 
inquiries and fund transfers and higher for withdrawal transactions. On the other half of our U.S. transactions, we have negotiated 
with the financial institution for the per transaction interchange fees that we earn. In the United Kingdom, interchange fees are 
earned on all ATM transactions other than pay-to-use cash withdrawals. LINK, the United Kingdom’s primary ATM debit network, 
sets the interchange rates in the United Kingdom annually by using a cost-based methodology that incorporates the interest rates and 
cash costs from the previous year. Currently, we do not receive interchange revenue from domestic transactions in Mexico due to 
rules promulgated by the Central Bank of Mexico, which became effective in May 2010.  These rules require ATM operators to 
choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer’s card-issuing bank or a surcharge fee from the consumer.  When a 
surcharge is received by the ATM operator, the rules prohibit a bank from charging its cardholder an additional fee.  In Canada, 
interchange fees are determined Interac, and have remained at a fairly steady rate over the past few years. 

  Branding and surcharge-free network revenue. Under a bank branding agreement, ATMs that are owned and operated by us are 
branded with the logo of the branding financial institution. Customers of the branding institution can use those machines without 
paying a surcharge, and, in exchange for that value, the customer’s financial institution typically pays us a monthly per-machine fee 
for such branding. Historically, this type of branding arrangement has resulted in an increase in transaction levels at the branded 
ATMs, as existing customers continue to use the ATMs and new customers of the branding financial institution are attracted by the 
surcharge-free service. Additionally, although we forego the surcharge fee on transactions by the branding institution’s customers, 
we continue to earn interchange fees on those transactions along with the monthly branding fee, and typically enjoy an increase in 
surcharge-bearing transactions from users who are not customers of the branding institution as a result of having a bank brand on the 
devices. Based on these factors, we believe a branding arrangement can substantially increase the profitability of an ATM versus 
operating the same machine without a bank brand. Fees paid for branding vary widely within our industry, as well as within our own 
operations, depending on the ATM location, financial institutions operating in the area, and other factors. Regardless, we typically 
set branding fees at levels that more than offset our anticipated lost surcharge revenue. 

Under the Allpoint network, financial institutions who are members of the network pay us either a fixed monthly fee per cardholder 
or a set fee per transaction in exchange for us providing their cardholders with surcharge-free access to most of our ATMs. These 
fees are meant to compensate us for the loss of surcharge revenues. Although we forego surcharge revenues on those transactions, 
we do continue to earn interchange revenues. Allpoint also works with financial institutions that manage stored-value debit card 
programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general purpose, payroll, and electronic benefits 
transfer (“EBT”) cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint either a per transaction fee or a fee per 
issued stored-value card in return for allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s participating network. 

In addition to Allpoint, the ATMs that we operate in 7-Eleven stores, as well as select other merchant locations, participate in the 
CO-OP network, the nation’s largest surcharge-free network devoted exclusively to credit unions.  

  Managed services revenue. Under a managed service arrangement, we offer ATM-related services depending on the needs of our 

customers, including monitoring, maintenance, cash management, customer service, and transaction processing. Our customers, 
which include retailers and financial institutions, may also at times request that we own the ATM fleets. Under a managed services 
arrangement, all of the transaction-based surcharge and interchange fees are earned by our customer, whereas we typically receive a 
fixed management fee or fixed rate per transaction for the services we provide.  This arrangement allows our customers to have 
greater flexibility to control the profitability per ATM by managing the surcharge fee levels.  Currently, we offer managed services 
in the United States, and recently began offering these services in the United Kingdom, and plan to grow internationally, as well as 
domestically, in the future.   

In addition to the above, we also earn ATM operating revenues from the provision of more sophisticated financial services transactions at 
approximately 2,200 financial services kiosks that, in addition to standard ATM services, offer bill payment, check cashing, remote deposit 
capture, and money transfer services.  

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following table presents the components of our total ATM operating revenues for the years indicated:  

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues 
Other ATM operating revenues, including managed services 
Total ATM operating revenues 

2011  

48.7%     
31.7 
15.6 
 4.0  
 100.0%     

2010

51.2%     
30.3 
15.6 
2.9  
100.0%     

2009
52.9%  
30.7 
14.0 
2.4  
100.0%  

Growth in our interchange revenues as a percentage of our total revenues from 2010 to 2011 is principally being driven by a higher 
percentage of our United Kingdom operation operating under a free-to-use (interchange only) model, partially offset by lower interchange 
rates earned on withdrawal transactions in the United Kingdom and the United States. Growth in our other ATM operating revenues is 
principally driven by an increase in the number of locations operating under a managed service arrangement. 

ATM Product Sales and Other Revenues. We present revenues from the sale of ATMs and other non-transaction-based revenues as “ATM 

product sales and other revenues” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These revenues consist primarily of sales of ATMs and 
related equipment to merchants operating under merchant-owned arrangements, as well as sales under our value-added reseller (“VAR”) 
program with NCR. Under our VAR program, we primarily sell ATMs to associate VARs who in turn resell the ATMs to various financial 
institutions throughout the United States in territories authorized by the equipment manufacturer. We expect to continue to derive a portion of 
our revenues from sales of ATMs in the future, and in the near term expect to continue to benefit from new requirements under the 
Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), which calls for ATMs to be accessible to persons with disabilities. As a result of this regulation, 
ATM owners are required to operate ADA-compliant equipment by March 2012. 

Cost of Revenues 

Our cost of revenues primarily consists of those costs directly associated with transactions completed on our network of ATMs and 

financial services kiosks. These costs include merchant commissions, vault cash rental expense, other cost of cash, repairs and maintenance 
expense, communications expense, transaction processing fees, and direct operations expense. To a lesser extent, cost of revenues also 
includes those costs associated with the sales of ATMs. The following is a description of our primary cost categories: 

  Merchant Commissions. We pay our merchants a fee for allowing us an exclusive right to place our ATM at their location and that 
fee amount depends on a variety of factors, including the type of arrangement under which the device is placed, the type of location 
and the number of transactions on that device. For the year ended December 31, 2011, merchant commissions represented 31.2% of 
our ATM operating revenues. 

  Vault Cash Rental Expense. We pay a fee to our vault cash providers for renting the cash that is maintained in our devices. As the 
fees we pay under our contracts with our vault cash providers are based on market rates of interest, changes in interest rates affect 
our cost of cash. In order to limit our exposure to increases in interest rates, we have entered into a number of interest rate swaps on 
varying amounts of our current and anticipated outstanding cash balances in our domestic operations through 2016 and in our United 
Kingdom operations through 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2011, vault cash rental expense, inclusive of our interest rate 
swap expense, represented 6.8% of our ATM operating revenues. 

  Other Costs of Cash. Other costs of cash includes all costs associated with the provision of cash for our devices except for rental 

expense, including armored courier services, insurance, cash reconciliation, associated wire fees, and other costs. For the year ended 
December 31, 2011, other costs of cash represented 9.2% of our ATM operating revenues. 

  Repairs and Maintenance. Depending on the type of arrangement with the merchant, we may be responsible for first and/or second 
line maintenance for the device. We typically use third parties with national operations to provide these services. Our primary 
maintenance vendors are Diebold, NCR, and Pendum. For the year ended December 31, 2011, repairs and maintenance expense 
represented 6.9% of our ATM operating revenues. 

  Communications. Under our Company-owned arrangements, we are responsible for expenses associated with providing 

telecommunications capabilities to the devices, allowing them to connect with the applicable EFT network. 

  Transaction Processing. We maintain our own EFT transaction processing platform, through which the majority of our ATMs are 

driven and monitored from these terminal-driving platforms.  We continue to pay fees to third-party processors to gateway 
transactions to the EFT networks for authorization by the cardholders’ financial institutions and to settle transactions.  As a result of 
acquisitions completed during 2011, we have inherited transaction processing contracts with certain third party providers that have 

38 

 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
varying lengths of remaining contractual terms. Over the next couple of years, we expect to migrate ATMs currently operating under 
these contracts to our own EFT transaction processing platform. 

  Other Expenses. Other expenses primarily consists of direct operations expenses, which are costs associated with managing our 

network, including expenses for monitoring the devices, program managers, technicians, cash ordering and forecasting personnel,  
and customer service representatives. Additionally, it includes personnel-related costs for maintaining our in-house armored courier 
operation and maintenance teams in our operations in the United Kingdom. 

  Cost of ATM Product Sales. In connection with the sale of equipment to merchants and VAR, we incur costs associated with 

purchasing equipment from manufacturers, as well as delivery and installation expenses. 

We define variable costs as those that vary based on transaction levels. The majority of merchant commissions, vault cash rental expense, 
transaction processing, and other costs of cash fall under this category. The other categories of cost of revenues are generally fixed in nature, 
meaning that any significant decrease in transaction volumes would lead to a decrease in the profitability of our operations, unless there was 
an offsetting increase in per-transaction revenues or decrease in our fixed costs. Although the majority of our operating costs are variable in 
nature, an increase in transaction volumes may lead to an increase in the profitability of our operations due to the economies of scale obtained 
through increased leveraging of our fixed costs and incremental preferential pricing obtained from our vendors. We exclude depreciation, 
accretion, and amortization of ATMs and ATM-related assets from our cost of ATM revenues.  

The profitability of any particular location, and of our entire ATM and financial services kiosk operation, is driven by a combination of 
surcharge, interchange, branding and surcharge-free network revenues, and managed services revenues, as well as the level of our related 
costs. Accordingly, material changes in our surcharge or interchange revenues may be offset and in some cases more than offset by branding 
revenues, surcharge-free network fees, managed services revenues or other ancillary revenues, or by changes in our cost structure.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Our other operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses related to salaries, benefits, advertising and marketing, 
professional services, and overhead. Acquisition-related costs, depreciation and accretion of the ATMs, ATM-related assets, and other assets 
that we own, amortization of our acquired merchant contracts and other amortizable intangible assets are also components of our other 
operating expenses. We depreciate our capital equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of such equipment and amortize the 
value of acquired intangible assets over the estimated lives of such assets. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth our statement of operations information as a percentage of total revenues for the years indicated. Percentages 

may not add due to rounding. 

Revenues: 
ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total revenues 
Cost of revenues: 
Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, 

and amortization, shown separately below) (1) 
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total cost of revenues 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses (2) 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense (3) 
Loss on disposal of assets 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 
Other expense (income): 
Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt 
Other (income) expense 
Total other expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense (4) 
Net income 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to 

common stockholders 
____________ 
(1)  

2011

Years Ended December 31, 
2010 

2009

95.6% 
4.4
100.0

98.3% 
1.7
100.0

97.9% 
2.1 
100.0 

63.5
3.8
67.3
32.7

8.9
0.8
7.7
2.9
0.2
20.4
12.4

3.2
0.2
—
—
(0.1) 
3.3
9.1
(2.1) 
11.2
0.0

66.1
1.7
67.7
32.3

8.4
—
8.0
2.9
0.5
19.8
12.5

5.0
0.4
1.4
1.4
(0.2) 
7.9
4.5
(3.2) 
7.7
0.0

67.7 
2.1 
69.8 
30.2 

8.4 
— 
8.0 
3.8 
1.2 
21.5 
8.7 

6.1 
0.5 
— 
— 
0.1 
6.7 
2.0 
0.9 
1.2 
0.1 

11.2% 

7.7% 

1.1% 

Excludes effects of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $59.3 million, $51.0 million, and $51.5 million, for the years ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The inclusion of this depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense in “Cost of ATM operating 
revenues” would have increased our Cost of ATM operating revenues as a percentage of total revenues by 9.5%, 9.6%, and 10.4% for the years ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  

(2)   Year ended December 31, 2011 includes $8.4 million in stock-based compensation expense, compared to $5.3 million and $3.8 million in the years 
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Year ended December 31, 2010 includes $1.0 million of costs associated with the preparation and 
filing of a shelf registration statement and the completion of two secondary equity offerings, and $0.7 million in severance costs associated with a 
management reorganization.  Year ended December 31, 2009 includes the effect of $1.2 million in severance costs associated with the departure of our 
former Chief Executive Officer in March 2009.   

(3)  

(4) 

Includes pre-tax impairment charges of $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 
respectively. 

Year ended December 31, 2011 includes $37.0 million in income tax benefits that was realized as a result of a tax reporting change implemented in our 
U.K. operations. Year ended December 31, 2010 includes $27.2 million in income tax benefits related to the reversal of previously-established 
valuation allowances on our domestic deferred tax assets. 

40 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Operating Metrics 

We rely on certain key measures to gauge our operating performance, including total transactions, total cash withdrawal transactions, 
ATM operating revenues per ATM per month, and ATM operating gross profit margin. The following table sets forth information regarding 
certain of these key measures for the years indicated, excluding the effect of acquisitions completed in 2011 for EDC, Access to Money, and 
Mr. Cash. 

EXCLUDING 2011 ACQUISTIONS: 

Average number of transacting ATMs: 
United States: Company-owned 
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
  Subtotal 
United States: Merchant-owned 
  Average number of transacting ATMs – ATM operations 

United States: Managed services (1) 
United Kingdom: Managed services 
  Average number of transacting ATMs – Managed services 

2011

2010 

2009

19,318       
3,255       
2,897       
—
25,470       
8,086  
33,556       

4,319  
18  
4,337  

18,272  
2,832  
2,867  
—

23,971  
8,626  
32,597  

3,241
—
3,241

   Total average number of transacting ATMs 

37,893  

35,838  

Total transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
  Total transactions 

Total cash withdrawal transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
  Total cash withdrawal transactions  

Per ATM per month amounts (excludes managed services):

Cash withdrawal transactions 

ATM operating revenues  
Cost of ATM operating revenues (2) 
ATM operating gross profit (2) (3) 

491,041  
26,107
517,148

300,799
17,241
318,040

413,780
17,580
431,360

253,890
13,020
266,910

747

649

  $

  $

1,374     $
902       
472     $

1,327  
891  
436  

  $

  $

18,190  
2,606  
2,197  
—

22,993  
9,124  
32,117  

2,450  
—  
2,450  

34,567  

380,744  
11,621
392,365

241,928
9,938
251,866

628

1,249  
864  
385  

ATM operating gross profit margin (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, 

and amortization) 

34.4%     

32.9% 

30.8%

____________ 
(1)  

The number of ATMs for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 includes 2,523 and 2,535 ATMs, respectively, for which we only provided 
EFT transaction processing services.  We provided various other services to the remainder of the ATMs included in this number, including a 
combination of monitoring, maintenance, cash management, customer service, and other services depending on the needs of our customers. During 
the year ended December 31, 2009, we only provided EFT transaction processing services to the ATMs represented in this category. 

(2) 

(3) 

Excludes effects of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $59.3 million, $51.0 million and $51.5 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The inclusion of this depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense in Cost of ATM operating 
revenues would have increased our Cost of ATM operating revenues per ATM per month and decreased our ATM operating gross profit per ATM 
per month by $147, $130 and $134 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  

ATM operating gross profit is a measure of profitability that uses only the revenues and expenses that relate to operating the ATMs in our portfolio. 
Revenues and expenses relating to managed services and ATM equipment sales and other ATM-related services are not included.

41 

 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
       
          
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
       
       
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
       
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
       
          
  
    
  
       
          
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
       
          
  
       
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information regarding certain of these key measures for the years indicated, including the effect of 

acquisitions completed in 2011 for EDC, Access to Money, and Mr. Cash. 

INCLUDING 2011 ACQUISTIONS: 

Average number of transacting ATMs: 
United States: Company-owned 
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
  Subtotal 
United States: Merchant-owned 
  Average number of transacting ATMs – ATM operations 

United States: Managed services 
United Kingdom: Managed services 
  Average number of transacting ATMs – Managed services 

2011

2010 

2009

21,125  
3,255  
2,897  
105
27,382  
9,934  
37,316  

4,319  
18  
4,337  

18,272  
2,832  
2,867  
—

23,971  
8,626  
32,597  

3,241
—
3,241

   Total average number of transacting ATMs 

41,653  

35,838  

Total transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
  Total transactions 

Total cash withdrawal transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
  Total cash withdrawal transactions  

516,564  
26,107
542,671

318,615
17,241
335,856

413,780
17,580
431,360

253,890
13,020
266,910

Per ATM per month amounts (excludes managed services):

Cash withdrawal transactions 

712

649

ATM operating revenues  
Cost of ATM operating revenues (1) 
ATM operating gross profit (1) (2) 

ATM operating gross profit margin (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, 

and amortization)  

ATM operating gross profit margin (inclusive of depreciation, accretion, 

and amortization) 

  $

  $

1,310  
866  
444  

  $

  $

33.6%     

23.7%     

1,327  
891  
436  

  $

  $

32.8% 

23.0% 

18,190  
2,606  
2,197  
—

22,993  
9,124  
32,117  

2,450  
—  
2,450  

34,567  

380,744  
11,621
392,365

241,928
9,938
251,866

628

1,249  
864  
385  

30.9%

20.2%

____________ 
(1) 

Excludes effects of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $59.3 million, $51.0 million and $51.5 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The inclusion of this depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense in Cost of ATM operating 
revenues would have increased our Cost of ATM operating revenues per ATM per month and decreased our ATM operating gross profit per ATM 
per month by $132, $130 and $134 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  

(2) 

ATM operating gross profit is a measure of profitability that uses only the revenues and expenses that relate to operating the ATMs in our portfolio. 
Revenues and expenses relating to managed services and ATM equipment sales and other ATM-related services are not included.

42 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Revenues 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 
Total revenues 

   $ 

   $ 

597,219  
27,357  
624,576  

   $

   $

522,900     
9,178     
532,078     

14.2%       $ 
198.1%         
17.4%       $ 

483,138     
10,215     
493,353     

8.2%
(10.2)%
7.8%

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010 

ATM operating revenues. ATM operating revenues generated during the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $74.3 million over the 

year ended December 31, 2010. Below is a detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of ATM operating revenues: 

2010 to 2011 Variance 

Other 

U.S.

U.K.

 International      

Total

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues 
Managed services revenues 
Other revenues 
Total increase (decrease) in ATM operating revenues 

$

$

26,454
14,555
10,819
6,479
1,116
59,423

$

$

(3,671) 
18,452

$ 

—   
214
—   
$ 

14,995

5

$

(1,763) 
1,295

—   
364
(99) 

$

22,788
31,244
12,114
6,693
1,480
74,319

United States. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our United States operations experienced a $59.4 million, or 14%, increase in 

ATM operating revenues over 2010.  Of this increase, $33.4 million was attributable to the contribution of acquired entities since their 
respective acquisition dates.  The remaining $26.0 million increase was due to a combination of growth achieved from several revenue 
sources, including: (1) an increase in bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues that resulted from the continued growth of 
participating banks and other financial institutions in our bank branding program and Allpoint surcharge-free network; (2) an increase in 
managed services revenue as a result of the expansion of these services in the past year, which resulted in the addition of approximately 900 
machines operating under managed services arrangements; (3) increased surcharge revenue as a result of a slightly higher average surcharge 
rate and a higher machine count; and (4) increased interchange revenue as a result of higher withdrawal transactions, slightly offset by a 
decline in the per withdrawal interchange rate. 

For additional information on recent trends that have impacted, and may continue to impact, the revenues generated by our United States 

operations, see Recent Events – Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – United States above. 

United Kingdom. Our United Kingdom operations experienced a $15.0 million, or 18%, increase in ATM operating revenues during 2011 
when compared to 2010. This increase was due primarily to higher interchange revenues as a result of a 53% increase in the total number of 
transactions conducted on our ATMs in that market. The increased level of transactions was primarily attributable to three factors: (1) a 15% 
increase in the average number of transacting ATMs, which was the result of additional ATM deployments made throughout 2011 at 
locations of new and existing customers; (2) an 8% increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions conducted on our free-to-use 
ATMs on a same-store basis; and (3) conversion of many ATMs from surcharging to free-to-use during the past year, resulting in a higher 
percentage of our revenues being from this machine type. Conversely, we experienced a decline in surcharge revenues generated by our 
United Kingdom operations as a result of same-store transaction declines and the conversion discussed above. Excluding the favorable impact 
of foreign currency exchange rate movements between the two years, the total increase in ATM operating revenues during 2011 would have 
been $11.5 million, or 14%, when compared to 2010.  

For additional information on recent trends that have impacted, and may continue to impact, the revenues generated by our United 

Kingdom operations, see Recent Events – Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – United Kingdom above. 

Other International. This segment now includes the results of our newly acquired Canadian subsidiary since the date of its acquisition on 

October 28, 2011, and this operation contributed $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Offsetting the increase in ATM 
operating revenues from our Canada operations was a decrease in ATM operating revenues from our Mexico operations, as the decrease in 

43 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
interchange revenue was not fully offset by the increase in bank branding and other revenues during 2011.  The decrease in interchange 
revenue was attributable to the decrease in transaction levels as a result of regulatory change by the Central Bank of Mexico, which went into 
effect in May 2010, and required ATM operators to choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer’s card issuing bank or a 
surcharge fee from the consumer. We elected to receive surcharge-only fees, which caused us to effectively no longer receive interchange 
fees after May 2010. The increase in bank branding revenues was a result of the new bank branding agreement with Banorte that was 
executed in the first quarter of 2011. Foreign currency exchange rate movements in Canada and Mexico had an insignificant impact on our 
consolidated revenues.  

For additional information on the new ATM fee rules and recent trends that may impact the revenues generated by our Mexico operations, 

see Recent Events – Recent Events – Mexico above. 

ATM product sales and other revenues. ATM product sales and other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were significantly 

higher than those generated during 2010 due principally to increased equipment sales and higher value-added reseller (“VAR”) program 
sales. Under our VAR program, we primarily sell ATMs to associate VARs who in turn resell the ATMs to various financial institutions 
throughout the United States in territories authorized by the equipment manufacturer. Over the past few years, financial institutions and other 
businesses reduced their ATM purchases in response to the weak economic climate. However, new regulations under the ADA that will come 
into effect in 2012 are driving the replacement of certain noncompliant ATMs and are driving the increase in our VAR sales. 

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to year ended December 31, 2009 

ATM operating revenues. ATM operating revenues generated during the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $39.8 million over the 

year ended December 31, 2009. Below is a detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of ATM operating revenues: 

U.S.

U.K.

      Other International     

Total

2009 to 2010 Variance 

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues 
Managed services revenues 
Other revenues 
Total increase in ATM operating revenues 

$

$

4,902
(144)
13,758
2,396
1,641
22,553

$

$

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 
$ 

(2,940)
12,322

—   
—   
—   
$ 

9,382

10,362
(2,813)

$

—   
—   
278
7,827

$

12,324
9,365
13,758
2,396
1,919
39,762

United States. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our United States operations experienced a $22.6 million increase in ATM 
operating revenues over 2009. This increase was primarily due to a 20% increase in bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues that 
resulted from the continued growth of participating banks and other financial institutions in our bank branding programs and our Allpoint 
surcharge-free network. Also contributing to the increase in ATM operating revenues were the surcharge rate increases that we implemented 
in certain retail partner locations during the latter half of 2009 and the first half of 2010. Although these surcharge rate increases resulted in 
an increase in surcharge revenues, the rate increases somewhat negatively impacted the level of surcharge transactions conducted on our 
machines, which in turn contributed to a slight decline in the total number of transactions conducted on our domestic devices when compared 
to the prior year. The decline in total transactions, combined with the loss of two significant customers in late 2009 and in the first half of 
2010 and the recent reduction in the net interchange fees paid to ATM deployers by certain networks, caused our interchange revenues to 
decline slightly in the United States. Finally, managed services revenue increased as a result of our expansion of these services, which 
resulted in the addition of approximately 1,200 machines under managed services arrangements during 2010.  

United Kingdom. Our United Kingdom operations also contributed to the higher ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 

31, 2010, increasing by $9.4 million, or 13%, over 2009.  This increase was primarily driven by a 37% increase in the total number of 
transactions conducted on our ATMs in that market.  The increased level of transactions was primarily attributable to two factors:  (1) a 9% 
increase in the average number of transacting ATMs, which was the result of additional ATM deployments made throughout 2009 and the 
first half of 2010 at locations of new and existing customers; and (2) a 65% increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions conducted 
on our free-to-use ATMs.  Conversely, we experienced a decline in surcharge transactions per pay-to-use ATM, which resulted in a decline in 
the amount of surcharge revenues generated by our United Kingdom operations.   

Other International. The $7.8 million, or 44%, increase in ATM operating revenues generated by our Mexico operations during the year 

ended December 31, 2010 was mainly the result of a 30% increase in the average number of transacting ATMs associated with these 
operations.  The new ATMs, many of which were installed during the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, contributed to an 
11% increase in total transactions during 2010 compared to a year ago.  As is further discussed above in Recent Events – Recent Events – 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Mexico, our transaction volumes per unit were significantly impacted by the new regulations in Mexico, and while our total revenues grew 
over the same period in 2009, our revenues per unit declined. Also contributing to the year-over-year increase in ATM operating revenues 
was increased revenues per transaction from our ATMs deployed in resort locations during 2010.  Finally, foreign currency exchange rate 
movements between the years favorably impacted the revenues earned by our Mexico business during 2010, contributing approximately 9% 
of the total increase. 

ATM product sales and other revenues. ATM product sales and other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 were lower than 

those generated during 2009 by $1.0 million primarily due to lower equipment sales and lower VAR program sales which was in turn reduced 
in response to the economic climate in which the financial institutions were operating then.  

Cost of Revenues 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 
of depreciation, accretion, and amortization)    $ 
Cost of ATM product sales and other 
revenues 
Total cost of revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization) 

   $ 

396,347  

   $

351,490     

12.8%       $ 

333,907     

5.3%

23,768  

8,902     

167.0%         

10,567     

(15.8)%

420,115  

   $

360,392     

16.6%       $ 

344,474     

4.6%

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization). The cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 
of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) incurred during the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $44.9 million from the year ended 
December 31, 2010. Below is a detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 
of depreciation, accretion, and amortization): 

Merchant commissions 
Vault cash rental expense 
Other cost of cash 
Repairs and maintenance 
Communications 
Transaction processing 
Stock-based compensation 
Other expenses 
Total increase in cost of ATM revenues 

2010 to 2011 Variance 
Other 

U.S.

U.K.

 International      

Total

$

$

16,509
2,520
5,191
4,301
1,569
(1,665) 
151
3,552
32,128

$

$

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

$ 

2,702
(189) 
3,471
875
348
1,765

—   

3,749
12,721

$ 

$

455
(155) 
(189) 
(9) 

132
(209) 

—   
(17) 
8

$

19,666
2,176
8,473
5,167
2,049
(109)
151
7,284
44,857

United States. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our United States operations experienced a $32.1 million increase in cost of 

ATM operating revenues compared to the same period in 2010. As was the case with the increase in ATM revenues explained above, the 
acquisitions completed in the second half of 2011 contributed to $24.4 million of the increase. The remaining $7.7 million increase was 
mostly due to a higher total machine count and higher transaction volumes on our domestic devices. $2.4 million of the increase included in 
Other expenses in the table above was related to payments made to third parties for transactions on their ATMs through our Allpoint network. 
The higher vault cash rental expense resulted from higher average cash balances outstanding and additional interest rate swap contracts 
entered into in January 2011 to further extended the terms of our interest rate hedging program through the end of 2016.  These interest rate 
swaps serve to fix the interest rate on a portion of the monthly vault cash rental fees we pay under our domestic vault cash rental 
agreements.  These interest rate swaps are currently at higher than current market floating interest rates; however, the fixed rates under these 
swap contracts extend through various periods into the future up to 2016 and serve to reduce our risk exposure in the event market rates rise 
over the next few years.  The remainder of the costs of ATM operating revenues generally increased as a result of higher total machine count 
in the United States for which we provide services (including managed services). The cost increases were partially offset by a decrease in 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
transaction processing expense due to the conversion of our ATMs located in 7-Eleven locations to our EFT processing platform from a third-
party processor during 2010. 

United Kingdom. Our United Kingdom operations experienced an overall increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of 

depreciation, accretion, and amortization) by $12.7 million during 2011 compared to 2010. This overall increase was due primarily to the 
15% year-over-year increase in the number of average transacting ATMs associated with these operations, increased cash losses due to theft, 
and an increase in employee-related costs.  As noted above in our discussion of revenues, the majority of our newly-deployed ATMs in the 
U.K. market are high transacting, free-to-use ATMs, which frequently carry increased operating costs due to the higher amounts of cash and 
more frequent fill rates that are required to keep them operating.  As a result, we expected to see an overall increase in several of the cost of 
ATM operating revenue expense categories.  Also contributing to the increased cost of ATM operating revenues was an increase in 
employee-related costs for the additional personnel to operate a second cash depot for Green Team, our United Kingdom operations’ armored 
courier operation, which is included in Other expenses above. The foreign currency exchange rate movements between periods also 
significantly contributed to the overall increase in cost of ATM operating revenues, which contributed $2.7 million of the increase.  

Other International. As noted above in our discussion of revenues, this segment now includes the effect of our Canadian subsidiary, which 

increased the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) by $0.3 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2011, which was offset by a decrease of $0.3 million from our Mexico operations.  The decrease in Mexico was primarily due 
to a 25% decrease in the number of surcharge transactions conducted on our ATMs in that market, which was mainly attributable to the 
change in regulations and effectively lowered our merchant commission expenses compared to the prior year. The impact of exchange rate 
movements had an insignificant impact on our consolidated costs of revenues. 

Cost of ATM product sales and other revenue. Relatively consistent with the 198.1% increase in ATM product sales and other revenues 
discussed above, the cost of ATM product sales and other revenues increased by 167.0% during 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to the 
increased equipment and VAR program sales during the period to comply with the new ADA rules.  

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to year ended December 31, 2009 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization). The cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 
of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $17.6 million from the year ended 
December 31, 2009. Below is the detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 
of depreciation, accretion, and amortization): 

U.S.

U.K.

      Other International     

Total

2009 to 2010 Variance 

Merchant commissions 
Vault cash rental expense 
Other cost of cash 
Repairs and maintenance 
Communications 
Transaction processing 
Stock-based compensation 
Other expenses 
Total increase in cost of ATM revenues 

$

$

4,571
2,225
(3,050)
(2,332)
(4)
(2,624)
(46)
1,418
158

$

$

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 
$ 

2,492
1,843
3,266
356
236
944
—   

1,841
10,978

$ 

$

2,378
624
2,871
(457)
406
191
—   
434
6,447

$

9,441
4,692
3,087
(2,433)
638
(1,489)
(46)
3,693
17,583

United States. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and 
amortization) incurred by our United States operations increased $0.2 million from the costs incurred during 2009. Although the total cost of 
ATM revenues did not increase significantly, the variance in the individual components of the total increased or decreased significantly 
depending on the nature of the expense.  Merchant commissions increased by approximately 3%, which is consistent with the 3% increase in 
domestic surcharge transaction revenues during 2010 as our domestic merchant commissions are primarily calculated based on the surcharge 
revenues generated by the devices. We also incurred higher vault cash rental expense, which resulted from certain domestic vault cash rental 
agreements being renewed at slightly less favorable terms during the year, and additional interest rate swap contracts entered into during the 
latter half of 2009 and the first half of 2010.   

The majority of the increased expenses were offset by declines in other cost of cash, repairs and maintenance, and transaction processing. 

Other cost of cash decreased due to a decline in armored courier expense, resulting from more favorable pricing terms in place with our 
armored service providers and fewer cash fills during the year as a result of our efforts to aggressively manage our costs.  Similarly, our 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
primary domestic maintenance service agreements were renewed on more favorable terms in 2009; however, the benefits from the improved 
pricing terms were somewhat offset by additional costs incurred to load certain software upgrades on a number of our ATMs during the year.  
Additionally, our transaction processing costs decreased due to the conversion of our ATMs located in 7-Eleven locations over to our EFT 
processing platform from a third-party processor.   

United Kingdom. Our United Kingdom operations experienced an overall increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization) of $11.0 million. This overall increase was due primarily to the 9% year-over-year increase in the 
number of average transacting ATMs associated with these operations.  As noted above in our discussion of revenues, the majority of our 
newly-deployed ATMs in the U.K. market are high transacting, free-to-use ATMs, which frequently carry increased operating costs due to 
the higher amounts of cash and more frequent fill rates that are required to keep them operating.  As a result, we expected to see an overall 
increase in several of the cost of ATM operating revenue expense categories.  The 37% increase in total transactions during 2010 also 
contributed to the increase in merchant commissions during the period.  Finally, contributing to the increased cost of ATM operating 
revenues was (1) an increase in vault cash rental expense and other costs of cash, which increased 41% on a combined basis during the period 
as a result of certain interest rate swap transactions that we entered into during the latter half of 2009 and became effective in January 2010, 
and (2) higher vault cash rental costs, which occurred as a result of slightly higher renegotiated pricing terms with our vault cash provider and 
as a result of higher cash management fees paid to our vault cash provider in that market.  As is the case with our domestic interest rate 
swaps, the interest rate swaps serve to fix the interest rate on a portion of the monthly vault cash rental fees we pay under our vault cash rental 
agreement in the United Kingdom.  While the fixed rates are higher than current market floating interest rates, they serve to reduce our risk 
exposure in the event market rates rise over the next few years.   

Other International. Also contributing to the consolidated increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, 
accretion, and amortization) during 2010 compared to 2009 were the costs incurred by our Mexico operations. The higher costs in Mexico 
were primarily attributable to the 30% increase in the average number of transacting ATMs and the 11% increase in the total number of 
transactions conducted on these machines during 2010 when compared to 2009.  However, we also saw a disproportionate increase in 
armored courier expense, which is included in the other costs of cash line item above, as a result of incremental distance-based charges to 
service our additional ATMs in that market and higher costs associated with servicing our U.S. dollar-dispensing ATMs in that market.  
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we worked with our armored courier vendors in Mexico to maximize the efficiency of their service routes 
and minimize these distance-based charges prospectively. 

Cost of ATM product sales and other revenue. Relatively consistent with the 10.2% decrease in ATM product sales and other revenues 
discussed above, the cost of ATM product sales and other revenues decreased 15.8% during 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to lower 
equipment and VAR program sales during the period.  

Gross Profit Margin 

ATM operating gross profit margin: 

Exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
Inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
ATM product sales and other revenues gross profit margin 
Total gross profit margin: 

Exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
Inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2010

2011  

2009

33.6 %    
23.7 %     
13.1 %     

32.7 %     
23.2 %     

32.8%    
23.0%     
3.0%     

32.3%     
22.7%     

30.9%
20.2%
(3.4)%

30.2%
19.7%

ATM operating gross profit margin. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our ATM operating gross profit margin exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization increased by 0.8 percentage points, when compared to 2010.  Additionally, our ATM operating 
gross profit margin inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization increased by 0.7 percentage points when compared to 2010.  These 
increases were due to higher margins earned in our United States operating segment during 2011.  The margin improvements in the United 
States were primarily attributable to the year-over-year increase in revenues from our surcharge-free offerings, bank branding, and our new 
managed services offerings. Offsetting this margin increase from our United States operating segment were decreases in the gross profit 
margins generated by our United Kingdom and Mexico operating segments.   

In the United Kingdom, the gross margin decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in the withdrawal interchange rate in 2011 and 
the increase in cash withdrawal transactions conducted on our free-to-use ATMs, which have a lower margin but generates higher volume 
and the reduction in the interchange rate as set by LINK for 2011. In Mexico, gross profit margin for 2011 continued to be negatively 
impacted by the change in ATM fee rules adopted by the Central Bank of Mexico, which went into effect in May 2010. See Recent Events – 
Recent Events – Mexico above. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
    
 
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
   
We expect that our gross margin in the near term will be relatively consistent with our 2011 results, as our 2011 acquisitions carried lower 

margins than that of our overall business. Additionally, interchange rate declines in the United States will tend to negatively impact margins 
in 2012. This margin pressure associated with the 2011 acquisitions and the interchange rate declines will largely offset margin increases we 
would otherwise expect to gain through organic revenue growth. 

ATM product sales and other revenues gross profit margin. ATM product sales and other revenues gross profit margin during 2011 
increased by 10.1 percentage points compared to 2010 due to higher sales volumes and the corresponding margins achieved on VAR sales.  
This is contrary to what we experienced in 2009, when we had lower margins but higher volume of ATM product sales that resulted from 
lowered sales prices in light of the reduced market demand for ATM product sales, which started to improve during 2010.  

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses, 
excluding stock-based compensation 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Total selling, general, and administrative 
expenses 

   $ 

   $ 

   $

47,161  
8,421  
4,747

39,297     
5,284     
—

20.0%       $ 
59.4%         

100.0% 

37,705     
3,822     
—

60,329  

   $

44,581     

35.3%       $ 

41,527     

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

4.2%
38.3%
0.0%

7.4%

Percentage of revenues: 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses, 
excluding stock-based compensation 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Total selling, general, and administrative 
expenses 

7.6%   
1.3%   
0.8%

9.7%   

7.4%  
1.0%  
0.0%

8.4%  

7.6%  
0.8%  
0.0%

8.4%  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&A expenses”), excluding stock-based compensation. For the year ended December 31, 

2011, SG&A expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, increased $7.9 million compared to 2010. This increase was due to: (1) higher 
employee-related costs compared to the same periods last year due to increased headcount, including employees added from the acquisitions 
during the second half of 2011; (2) increased incentive-based compensation; (3) higher professional costs; (4) higher legal expense related to 
ongoing litigation and other matters; and (5) costs related to the expansion of our corporate marketing function.  

For the year ended December 31, 2010, SG&A expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, increased $1.6 million compared to 2009. 

This increase was primarily attributable to approximately $1.0 million of costs incurred related to the preparation and filing of a shelf 
registration statement during the first quarter of 2010 and the completion of two secondary equity offerings during the first and third quarters 
of 2010, as well as overall higher employee-related costs compared to the same periods last year due to increased headcount and increased 
compensation costs.  These increases were offset by a decrease in severance costs recognized during the year as we recognized $0.7 million 
in 2010 associated with our recent management reorganization, whereas we recognized $1.2 million in 2009 associated with the departure of 
our former Chief Executive Officer in March 2009. 

Stock-based compensation. The increases in stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were due to 
the issuance of additional shares of restricted stock and stock options during the periods. Particularly, in early 2011, we issued awards under 
our 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2011 LTIP”), which initially vest based on performance-based requirements followed by continued 
service-based vesting requirements. Although these awards were not considered to be earned and outstanding during 2011 (although included 
in the calculation of diluted earnings per share), we recognized compensation expense based on the ultimate awards we expected to issue in 
2012 as a result of the Company’s performance. For additional details on these equity awards, see Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Note 3, Stock-Based Compensation. In 2012, we expect that our stock-based compensation costs will further increase 
due to additional equity grants that were made throughout 2011 and additional equity grants that are planned for 2012. 

Acquisition-related expenses.  We incurred an additional $4.7 million of costs in 2011 associated with the acquisition of four entities 

(EDC, LocatorSearch, Mr. Cash, and Access to Money), which were expensed as incurred as required by the current accounting standards. 
These costs included professional fees, such as legal and accounting fees, incurred to execute the acquisitions, severance payments made to 
employees of acquired businesses, and other non-recurring costs associated with the execution and integration of the acquisitions. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Accretion Expense 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

Depreciation expense 
Accretion expense 
Depreciation and accretion expense 

   $ 

   $ 

45,716  
2,246  
47,962  

   $

   $

40,126     
2,598     
42,724     

13.9%       $ 
(13.5)%         
12.3%       $ 

37,403     
2,017     
39,420     

7.3%
28.8%
8.4%

Percentage of revenues: 
Depreciation expense 
Accretion expense 
Total depreciation and accretion expense 

7.3%   
0.4%   
7.7%   

7.5%  
0.5%  
8.0%  

7.6%  
0.4%  
8.0%  

For the year ended December 31, 2011, depreciation expense increased 13.9% when compared to 2010.  This increase was primarily the 

result of the deployment of additional Company-owned ATMs throughout 2011, as well as the acquisition of assets completed during the 
year.  Accretion expense decreased slightly compared to 2010 due primarily to a change in estimate during 2011. When we install our ATMs, 
we estimate the fair value of future retirement obligations associated with those ATMs, including the anticipated costs to deinstall, and in 
some cases refurbish, certain merchant locations. Accretion expense represents the increase of this liability from the original discounted net 
present value to the amount we ultimately expect to incur.  

For the year ended December 31, 2010, both depreciation expense and accretion expense increased when compared to 2009.  These 
increases were primarily the result of the deployment of additional Company-owned ATMs in the fourth quarter of 2009 and throughout 
2010.  Also contributing to the increase in accretion expense was our change in the estimated useful life of our asset retirement obligation 
assets.  As we decreased the number of years over which our asset retirement obligation assets are being depreciated, we also made a 
corresponding decrease to the number of years over which the related liabilities are being accreted, which resulted in increased accretion in 
2010 and 2011 compared to 2009.   

Amortization Expense 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

Amortization expense 

   $ 

17,914  

   $

15,471     

15.8%       $ 

18,916     

(18.2)%

Percentage of revenues 

2.9%   

2.9%  

3.8%  

Amortization expense is primarily comprised of the amortization of intangible assets related to merchant contracts and relationships 
associated with our acquisitions. The increase in amortization during 2011 as compared to 2010 was due to the addition of $52.7 million in 
intangible assets from the four acquisitions completed during the second half of 2011.  Amortization expense decreased during 2010 as 
compared to 2009 as certain domestic contract intangible assets from previous acquisitions were fully amortized during 2009 and 2010.   

Amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2009 included a $1.2 million impairment charge recorded by our U.S. reporting 

segment related to the unamortized intangible asset associated with one of our merchant contracts. The impairment resulted from the higher-
than-anticipated attrition of sites in this portfolio, stemming from the merchant’s decision to divest of the majority of its domestic retail 
locations. Although this merchant announced its divestiture program in 2007, it was not until the fourth quarter of 2009 that the full impact of 
the sales and attrition was evident. As a result of the anticipated reduction in future cash flows from the portfolio, we concluded in the fourth 
quarter of 2009 that an impairment of the related contract intangible asset was warranted. It should be noted, however, that we received a one-
time payment from this merchant in May 2009 totaling $0.8 million relating to termination fees as a result of certain divestitures made by the 
merchant in prior periods. At the time, we concluded that the future cash flows under the remaining portfolio of ATMs would be sufficient to 
recover the carrying value of the related tangible and intangible assets. Accordingly, this amount was recorded as other income in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As such, the net amount impacting our consolidated results in 2009 totaled $0.4 
million. 

49 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
 
 
 
Loss on Disposal of Assets 

Loss on disposal of assets 

   $ 

981  

   $

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
2,647     

(62.9)%       $ 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

6,016     

(56.0)%

Percentage of revenues 

0.2%   

0.5%  

1.2%  

During 2011 and 2010, we recognized significantly lower losses on disposal of assets than the comparable prior years as a result of a 

decrease in the number of assets that we removed during 2011 compared to the past few years.   

Interest Expense, net 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and 
bond discounts 
Total interest expense, net 

   $ 

20,116  

   $

26,629     

(24.5)%       $ 

30,133     

(11.6)%

   $ 

993  
21,109  

   $

2,029     
28,658     

(51.1)%         
(26.3)%       $ 

2,395     
32,528     

(15.3)%
(11.9)%

Percentage of revenues 

3.4%   

5.4%  

6.6%  

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net, decreased during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, compared to the prior years, 

due to the reduction in the average balances outstanding and the interest rate on our senior subordinated notes as a result of a series of 
transactions completed in the third quarter of 2010. Our total debt outstanding was also significantly lower for the first half of 2011 compared 
to the first half of the prior year; however, in July 2011, we borrowed $145.0 million under our revolving credit facility to fund the EDC 
acquisition and made subsequent additional borrowings to fund other acquisitions completed during the second half of 2011, which resulted 
in a year-over-year increase in debt outstanding over the last five months of 2011. For additional details, see Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts. The decrease in the amortization of deferred financing costs and bond 
discounts during 2011 was due to a decrease in the deferred financing cost balance after the write-off of these costs related to the previously 
outstanding senior subordinated notes and our previous $175.0 million revolving credit facility, as described below in Write-off of Deferred 
Financing Costs and Bond Discounts and Redemption Costs for Early Extinguishment of Debt.  However, related to these refinancing 
activities, we capitalized approximately $1.7 million of costs incurred in conjunction with entering into our new revolving credit facility and 
approximately $3.7 million of costs incurred in conjunction with the issuance of the $200.0 million 8.25% senior subordinated notes due 
2018 (“2018 Notes”), which are being amortized over the underlying term of the agreement. Additionally, because the 2018 Notes were 
issued at par, we no longer have amortization expense related to bond discounts. Finally, in connection with a credit facility modification 
during the third quarter of 2011, an additional $0.7 million was deferred which is being amortized through the new facility termination date of 
July 2016. 

Write-off of Deferred Financing Costs and Bond Discounts and Redemption Costs for Early Extinguishment of Debt 

As noted above in Interest expense, net, during the year ended December 31, 2010, we redeemed all $300.0 million of our previously 
outstanding 9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2013.  In connection with the redemption of the notes, we recorded $6.9 million of pre-tax, 
non-cash charges to write off the remaining unamortized original issuance discounts and deferred financing costs associated with the notes 
and $7.2 million of pre-tax charges associated with the payments of call premiums.  Additionally, during 2010, we recorded a $0.4 million 
pre-tax, non-cash charge to write off a portion of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related to our previous $175.0 million 
revolving credit facility.  For additional information on our redemption of these notes and refinancing of our revolving credit facility, see Item 
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

50 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense 

2011

For the Years Ended December 31, 
% Change 

2010

 2010 to 2011      
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

2009 

% Change 
 2009 to 2010

Income tax (benefit) expense 

   $ 

(13,176)      $

(17,139)    

23.1%       $ 

4,245     

(503.7)%

Effective tax rate 

(23.1)%   

(71.4)%  

42.4%  

We recognized net income tax benefits during the year ended December 31, 2011, due to our tax reporting change with respect to our 
United Kingdom operations in the third quarter of 2011. As a result, we recorded a $37.0 million net benefit during the third quarter of 2011. 
During the third quarter of 2010, we released all of our domestic deferred tax asset valuation allowances based on the determination that it 
was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefits associated with our net deferred tax asset positions in the future.  As a 
result, we now record federal and state income tax expense based on earnings in our United States segment. We will continue to maintain 
valuation allowances for our local net deferred tax asset positions in the United Kingdom and Mexico, as we currently believe that it is more 
likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.  We had approximately $53.6 million of United States federal net operating loss 
carryforwards for federal income tax purposes as of December 31, 2011, which includes $14.9 million from acquired entities. 

For further information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18, Income Taxes. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Included below are certain non-GAAP financial measures that we use to evaluate the performance of our business. We believe that the 

presentation of these measures and the identification of unusual or certain non-recurring adjustments and non-cash items enhance an 
investor’s understanding of the underlying trends in our business and provide for better comparability between periods in different years. 
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income, and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures provided as a complement to 
results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures reported by other companies. 

Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense as these amounts can vary substantially from company to 
company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures, and the method by which the 
assets were acquired. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA also do not reflect acquisition-related costs and our obligations for the payment of 
income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as capital expenditures. Free Cash Flow is defined as cash provided by operating 
activities less payments for capital expenditures, including those financed through direct debt but excluding acquisitions. The measure of Free 
Cash Flow does not take into consideration certain other non-discretionary cash requirements such as, for example, mandatory principal 
payments on portions of our long-term debt. The non-GAAP financial measures presented herein should not be considered in isolation or as a 
substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities, or other income or cash flow 
statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

A reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to Net Income Attributable to Controlling Interests, their most 

comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, and a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to cash provided by operating activities, the most 
comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, are presented as follows: 

51 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Controlling Interests to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2011
2009
2010 
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
70,233

40,959

 $

 $

5,277 

Net income attributable to controlling interests 
Adjustments: 

Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 

EBITDA 

Add back: 

Loss on disposal of assets 
Other income (1) 
Noncontrolling interests (2) 
Stock-based compensation expense (3) 
Acquisition-related costs (4) 
Other adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues 
Other adjustments to selling, general, and administrative expenses 

Adjusted EBITDA 
Less: 

Interest expense, net (3) 
Depreciation and accretion expense (3) 

Adjusted pre-tax income 
Income tax expense (at 35%) (5) 

Adjusted Net Income 

Adjusted Net Income per share 
Adjusted Net Income per diluted share 

 $

 $

20,116
993
—   
—   

(13,176) 
47,962
17,914
144,042

 $

26,629
2,029
7,296
7,193
(17,139) 
42,724
15,471
125,162

 $

981
(849) 
(1,897) 
9,283
4,747

—   
—   

2,647
(1,004) 
(1,984) 
5,998
—
—   
—   

 $

156,307

 $

130,819

 $

19,771
46,465
90,071
31,525
58,546

1.39
1.37

 $

 $
 $

26,161
41,322
63,336
22,168
41,168

1.02
1.00

 $

 $
 $

 $

 $
 $

30,133 
2,395 
— 
— 
4,245 
39,420 
18,916 
100,386 

6,016 
(982) 
(1,281) 
4,617 
— 
154 
1,463 
110,373 

29,811 
38,539 
42,023 
14,708 
27,315 

0.70 
0.68 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic 
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted  
_________________ 
(1)  Amounts exclude unrealized (gains) losses related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments. 
(2)  Noncontrolling interests adjustment made such that Adjusted EBITDA includes only our 51% ownership interest in the Adjusted EBITDA of our 

42,201,491
42,886,780

40,347,194
41,059,381

39,244,057 
39,896,366 

Mexico subsidiary. 

(3)  Amounts exclude 49% of the expenses incurred by our Mexico subsidiary as such amounts are allocable to the noncontrolling interest shareholders. 
(4)  Acquisition-related costs include costs incurred for professional and legal fees and certain transition and integration-related costs, related to the 

acquisition of EDC, LocatorSearch, Access to Money, and Mr. Cash. 

(5)  35% represents our estimated long-term, cross-jurisdictional effective tax rate. 

52 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Calculation of Free Cash Flow 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Payments for capital expenditures: 

Cash used in investing activities, excluding acquisitions 
Capital expenditures financed by direct debt 

Total payments for capital expenditures 

Free cash flow 

 $

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Overview 

2011

 $

113,325

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2010 
(In thousands)  
105,168

 $

 $

(66,886) 

—   

(66,886) 
46,439

 $

(50,652) 
(542) 
(51,194) 
53,974

 $

2009

74,874 

(26,031) 
(2,499) 
(28,530) 
46,344 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $5.6 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand and approximately $370.9 million in 

outstanding long-term debt obligations. 

We have historically funded our operations primarily through cash flows from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, 

and the issuance of debt and equity securities.  Furthermore, we have historically used cash to invest in additional ATMs, either through the 
acquisition of ATM networks or through organically-generated growth. We have also used cash to fund increases in working capital and to 
pay interest and principal amounts outstanding under our borrowings. Because we collect a sizable portion of our cash from sales on a daily 
basis but generally pay our vendors on 30-day terms and are not required to pay certain of our merchants until 20 days after the end of each 
calendar month, we are able to utilize the excess available cash flow to reduce borrowings made under our revolving credit facility and to 
fund our ongoing capital expenditure program. Accordingly, we will typically reflect a working capital deficit position and carry a small cash 
balance on our books. 

We believe that our cash on hand and our current bank credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and 
contractual commitments for the next 12 months. We expect to fund our working capital needs from revenues generated from our operations 
and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to the extent needed. As we expect to continue to generate positive free cash flows in 2012 
and beyond, we expect to continue repaying the amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility while enabling us to fund our future 
cash needs through operations rather than financing activities. See additional discussion under Financing Facilities below. 

Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $113.3 million, $105.2 million, and $74.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 
2010, and 2009, respectively. The primary reason for the increase in 2011 and 2010 when compared to the previous years was the generation 
of substantially higher operating profits as a result of improved operating margins. Key drivers of the margin expansion included the increase 
in revenues, as discussed in Results of Operations – Revenues above, and our ability to leverage our partially fixed-cost infrastructure to 
generate strong margins from those higher revenues. The increase in cash flows from operations was partially offset by a net increase in 
working capital during 2011, driven by an increase in a long-term receivable related to insurance proceeds. For further information, see Item 
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8, Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets.  

Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $234.5 million, $50.7 million, and $26.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 
2010, and 2009, respectively. The increase from 2010 to 2011 was primarily the result of $167.6 million paid for the four acquisitions during 
2011. The increase from 2009 to 2010 was a result of the higher capital expenditures incurred during 2010 as a result of our decision to 
increase our capital spending budget in 2010 relative to 2009, for machine count growth in all of our segments, equipment upgrades in the 
United States, and the launch of our second cash depot for our armored courier operation in the United Kingdom. Finally, during 2010 and 
2009, we received the benefit of the disbursement of approximately $0.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of funds under financing 
facilities entered into by our majority-owned Mexican subsidiary, Cardtronics Mexico, for the purchase of ATMs. These transactions were 
considered as non-cash activities to us, since they were not remitted by Cardtronics Mexico but rather remitted by the finance company, on 
our behalf, directly to our vendors. 

Total capital expenditures, including exclusive license payments and site acquisition costs but excluding acquisitions, were $66.9 million, 

$50.7 million, and $26.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. 

53 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anticipated Future Capital Expenditures. We currently anticipate that the majority of our capital expenditures for the foreseeable future 
will be driven by organic growth projects, including the purchasing of ATMs for existing as well as new ATM management agreements. We 
expect that our capital expenditures for 2012 will total approximately $70.0 million, the majority of which will be utilized to purchase 
additional devices for our Company-owned accounts and enhance our existing devices with additional functionalities. We expect such 
expenditures to be funded with cash generated from our operations. In addition, we will continue to evaluate selected acquisition 
opportunities that complement our existing ATM network, some of which could be material. We believe that significant expansion 
opportunities continue to exist in all of our current markets, as well as in other international markets, and we will continue to pursue those 
opportunities as they arise. Such acquisition opportunities, either individually or in the aggregate, could be material. 

Financing Activities 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $123.5 million, $(62.2) million, and $(42.2) million for the years ended 

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. In 2011, we borrowed $167.6 million under our amended revolving credit facility to pay 
for the EDC acquisition and our other 2011 acquisitions. The borrowings to finance the 2011 acquisitions were partially offset by repayments 
on our outstanding long-term debt during the period, attributable to operating cash flows in excess of our capital expenditures and by the 
receipt of approximately $11.4 million from the proceeds from exercises of stock options during the year. In 2010, we used our excess cash 
from operations after capital expenditures along with incremental borrowings under our revolving credit facility to fund the reduction of our 
senior subordinated notes outstanding in 2010. During 2009, we generated sufficient cash flows after capital expenditures that allowed us to 
repay all previously outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.   

Financing Facilities 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $370.9 million in outstanding long-term debt, which was comprised of (1) $200.0 million 

of senior subordinated notes, (2) $166.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and (3) $4.9 million in notes payable 
outstanding under equipment financing lines of Cardtronics Mexico. 

Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2011, we had a $250.0 million revolving credit facility that was led by a syndicate of banks 
including JPMorgan Chase, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. This facility, which was entered into on July 15, 2010 and amended on July 25, 
2011, provides us with $250.0 million in available borrowings and letters of credit (subject to the covenants contained within the facility) and 
has a expiration date of July 2016. The facility contains the ability to further increase the borrowing capacity to $325.0 million, subject to the 
availability of additional bank commitments by existing or new syndicate participants and other conditions.  

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate based upon our total leverage ratio and the London 

Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Alternative Base Rate (as defined in the agreement) at our option. Additionally, we are required to pay 
a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Substantially all of our assets, including the stock of our wholly-
owned domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of our foreign subsidiaries, are pledged to secure borrowings made under the revolving 
credit facility. Furthermore, each of our domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed our obligations under such facility. There are currently no 
restrictions on the ability of our wholly-owned subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends directly to us. The primary restrictive covenants 
within the facility include (1) limitations on the amount of senior debt and total debt that we can have outstanding at any given point in time 
and (2) the maintenance of a set ratio of earnings to fixed charges, as computed quarterly on a trailing 12-month basis. Additionally, we are 
limited on the amount of restricted payments, including dividends, which we can make pursuant to the terms of the facility. Under the 
amended credit agreement, these limitations are generally governed by a senior leverage ratio test and a fixed charge ratio covenant. For 
additional information on our new facility, including descriptions of the intra-period variations in our borrowings, see Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding revolving credit facility borrowings was approximately 
2.7%.  Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all the covenants contained within the facility and would continue 
to be in compliance even in the event of substantially higher borrowings or substantially lower earnings.  As of December 31, 2011, we had 
$82.0 million in available borrowing capacity under the $250.0 million revolving credit facility.   

Senior Subordinated 2018 Notes. In August 2010, we issued $200.0 million in 2018 Notes. The 2018 Notes are subordinate to borrowings 

made under the revolving credit facility and carry an 8.25% coupon. Interest is paid semi-annually in arrears on March 1st and September 
1st of each year. The 2018 Notes, which are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries, contain no maintenance covenants and only limited 
incurrence covenants, under which we have considerable flexibility. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, we are limited on the amount of 
restricted payments including dividends that we can make. These limitations are generally governed by a fixed charge ratio incurrence test 
and an overall restricted payments basket.  

As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants required under the Notes. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Borrowing Facilities 

  Bank Machine overdraft facility. In addition to Cardtronics, Inc.’s $250.0 million revolving credit facility, Bank Machine has a 

£1.0 million overdraft facility. This facility, which bears interest at 1.0% over the Bank of England’s base rate (0.5% as of December 
31, 2011) and is secured by a letter of credit posted under our revolving credit facility, is utilized for general purposes for our United 
Kingdom operations. As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately £136,000 ($0.2 million U.S.) outstanding under this 
overdraft facility, which had been utilized to help fund certain working capital commitments. Amounts outstanding under the 
overdraft facility are reflected in accounts payable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as any borrowings are automatically repaid 
once cash deposits are made to the underlying bank accounts. The letter of credit we have posted that is associated with this overdraft 
facility reduces the available borrowing capacity under our corporate revolving credit facility.  

  Cardtronics Mexico equipment financing agreements. Between 2007 and 2010, Cardtronics Mexico entered into nine separate five-

year equipment financing agreements with a single lender. These agreements, which are denominated in pesos and bear interest at an 
average fixed rate of 10.27%, were utilized for the purchase of ATMs to support our Mexico operations. As of December 31, 2011, 
approximately $68.8 million pesos ($4.9 million U.S.) were outstanding under the agreements, with any future borrowings to be 
individually negotiated between the lender and Cardtronics Mexico. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreements, we have issued 
guarantees for 51.0% of the obligations under this agreement (consistent with its ownership percentage in Cardtronics Mexico). As of 
December 31, 2011, the total amount of the guarantees was $35.1 million pesos ($2.5 million U.S.). 

Effects of Inflation 

Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our non-monetary assets, 
consisting primarily of tangible and intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture, 
and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for 
employee compensation and telecommunications, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered by us. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table reflects our significant contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2011:  

Long-term financings: 

Principal (1) 
Interest (2) 
Operating leases 
Merchant space leases 
Other (3) 
Total contractual obligations 
____________ 

2012 

2013

2014

2015
(In thousands) 

2016 

   Thereafter    

Total

Payments Due by Period 

$ 

$ 

2,344  $ 
21,330    
2,975    
3,833    
10,255    
40,737  $ 

1,363 $
21,147   
2,667   
3,668   
1,380   
30,225 $

1,205 $
21,011   
2,435   
1,792   
426   
26,869 $

37 $
20,948   
2,321   
1,200   
426   
24,932 $

166,000   $ 
18,909     
1,754     
412     
—     
187,075   $ 

200,000 $
33,000   
5,032   
620   
—   
238,652 $

370,949
136,345
17,184
11,525
12,487
548,490

(1)  

(2)  

(3) 

Represents the $200.0 million face value of our senior subordinated notes, $166.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, and 
$4.9 million outstanding under our Mexico equipment financing facilities.  

Represents the estimated interest payments associated with our long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2011, assuming current interest rates 
and consistent amount of debt outstanding over the periods presented in the table above.  

Represents commitment to purchase $6.8 million of ATM equipment for the United States from one of our primary ATM suppliers in 2012, $1.9 
million of ATMs and armored courier vans for the United Kingdom in 2012, and $3.8 million of minimum service requirement for certain processing 
fees over the next year and a half to four years. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Our consolidated financial statements included in this 2011 Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), which require that management make numerous estimates and assumptions. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates and assumptions, thus impacting our reported results of operations and financial position. The 
critical accounting policies and estimates described in this section are those that are most important to the depiction of our financial condition 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
    
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and results of operations and the application of which requires management’s most subjective judgments in making estimates about the effect 
of matters that are inherently uncertain. We describe our significant accounting policies more fully in Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Note 1, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. We have accounted for our acquisitions of the 7-Eleven Financial Services Business, E*TRADE Access, 
Bank Machine, ATM National, LLC, EDC, LocatorSearch, Mr. Cash, and Access to Money as business combinations. Additionally, due to 
our purchase of a majority (51.0%) interest in CCS Mexico (i.e., Cardtronics Mexico), we have accounted for this acquisition as a business 
combination as well. Accordingly, the amounts paid for such acquisitions have been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
based on their respective fair values as of each acquisition date. Intangible assets that met the criteria established by U.S. GAAP for 
recognition apart from goodwill included the acquired ATM operating agreements and related customer relationships, branding agreements 
acquired in the 7-Eleven and EDC acquisitions, the Bank Machine and Allpoint (via the ATM National, Inc. acquisition) trade names, and the 
non-compete agreements entered into in connection with the CCS Mexico, EDC, LocatorSearch, and Mr. Cash acquisitions. 

The excess of the cost of the above acquisitions over the net of the amounts assigned to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed is reflected as goodwill in our consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011, our goodwill balance totaled 
$271.6 million, $104.1 million of which related to our acquisition of EDC, $84.5 million of which related to our acquisition of E*TRADE 
Access, $62.2 million of which related to our acquisition of the 7-Eleven Financial Services Business, and $13.4 million of which related to 
our acquisition of Bank Machine. The remaining balance was comprised of goodwill related to our other acquisitions. Other intangible assets, 
net, totaled $111.6 million as of December 31, 2011, and included the intangible assets described above, as well as deferred financing costs, 
exclusive license agreements, and upfront merchant site acquisition costs.  

Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead tested at least annually for impairment, 
and intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We follow the specific guidance provided in 
U.S. GAAP for testing goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for impairment. The guidance requires management to make 
certain estimates and assumptions in order to allocate goodwill to reporting units and to determine the fair value of a reporting unit’s net 
assets and liabilities, including, among other things, an assessment of market condition, projected cash flows, interest rates, and growth rates, 
which could significantly impact the reported value of goodwill and other intangible assets. Furthermore, this requirement exposes us to the 
possibility that changes in market conditions could result in potentially significant impairment charges in the future. We have determined the 
reporting units based on whether the components within our geographical segments were managed separately from the rest of the segment 
and if discrete financials were available for that component.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, we performed our annual goodwill 
impairment test for five separate reporting units – (1) the Company’s domestic reporting segment, excluding Allpoint; (2) the acquired Bank 
Machine operations; (3) the acquired CCS Mexico (subsequently renamed to Cardtronics Mexico) operations; (4) the acquired ATM National 
operations (Allpoint); and (5) the acquired Canadian operations (Mr. Cash, subsequently renamed to Cardtronics Canada). 

We evaluate the recoverability of our goodwill and non-amortized intangible assets by estimating the future discounted cash flows of the 
reporting units to which the goodwill and non-amortized intangible assets relate. We use discount rates corresponding to our cost of capital, 
risk-adjusted as appropriate, to determine the discounted cash flows, and consider current and anticipated business trends, prospects, and 
other market and economic conditions when performing our evaluations. These evaluations are performed on an annual basis at a minimum, 
or more frequently based on the occurrence of events that might indicate a potential impairment. Examples of events that might indicate 
impairment include, but are not limited to, the loss of a significant contract, a material change in the terms or conditions of a significant 
contract or significant decreases in revenues associated with a contract or business.  

Valuation of Long-lived Assets. We place significant value on the installed ATMs that we own and manage in merchant locations and the 

related acquired merchant contracts/relationships. Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and purchased contract intangibles 
subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment at least annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We test our acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets for impairment 
quarterly, along with the related ATMs, on an individual contract/relationship basis for our significant acquired contracts/relationships, and 
on a pooled or portfolio basis (by acquisition) for all other acquired contracts/relationships.  

In determining whether a particular merchant contract/relationship is significant enough to warrant a separate identifiable intangible asset, 
we analyze a number of relevant factors, including: (1) estimates of the historical cash flows generated by such contract/relationship prior to 
its acquisition; (2) estimates regarding our ability to increase the contract/relationship’s cash flows subsequent to the acquisition through a 
combination of lower operating costs, the deployment of additional ATMs, and the generation of incremental revenues from increased 
surcharges and/or new bank branding arrangements; and (3) estimates regarding our ability to renew such contract/relationship beyond its 
originally scheduled termination date. An individual contract/relationship, and the related ATMs, could be impaired if the 
contract/relationship is terminated sooner than originally anticipated, or if there is a decline in the number of transactions related to such 
contract/relationship without a corresponding increase in the amount of revenue collected per transaction. A portfolio of purchased contract 
intangibles, including the related ATMs, could be impaired if the contract attrition rate is materially more than the rate used to estimate the 
portfolio’s initial value, or if there is a decline in the number of transactions associated with such portfolio without a corresponding increase 
56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in the revenue collected per transaction. Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a merchant contract/relationship 
intangible asset may be impaired, we evaluate the recoverability of the intangible asset, and the related ATMs, by measuring the related 
carrying amounts against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related contract or portfolio of contracts. Should 
the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying values of the tangible and intangible assets being evaluated, an 
impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying values of the ATMs and 
intangible assets exceeded the calculated fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recorded approximately 
$0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, in additional amortization expense related to the impairments of certain previously-
acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets associated with our U.S. reporting segment. 

Income Taxes. Income tax provisions are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary 
differences between the amount of taxable income and income before taxes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their 
reported amounts in our financial statements. We include deferred tax assets and liabilities in our financial statements at currently enacted 
income tax rates. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, we adjust our deferred tax assets and liabilities through income tax provisions. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during 
the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected 
future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In the event we do not believe we will be able to utilize the 
related tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets, we record valuation allowances to reserve for the assets. We released the valuation 
allowance of approximately $27.2 million associated with our domestic deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2010. We 
believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize the benefits associated with our net deferred tax asset positions in the 
United States and did not record a valuation allowance in 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we released 
approximately $43,000 and $0.2 million, respectively, in valuation allowances associated with our Mexico operations based on our 
determination that it was more likely than not that we will be able to realize the benefits associated with our net deferred tax asset positions in 
the future. In the United Kingdom, we established an additional $1.4 million and $4.0 million in valuation allowances for the years ended 
December 31, 2011and 2010, respectively, to reserve for various deferred tax assets associated with that operation. Finally, in Canada, we 
established approximately $136,000 in valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2011 to reserve for the deferred tax assets 
associated with that operation. 

Asset Retirement Obligations. We estimate the fair value of future retirement obligations associated with our ATMs, including costs 

associated with deinstalling the ATMs and, in some cases, refurbishing the related merchant locations. Such estimates are based on a number 
of assumptions, including (1) the types of ATMs that are installed, (2) the relative mix where those ATMs are installed (i.e., whether such 
ATMs are located in single-merchant locations or in locations associated with large, geographically-dispersed retail chains), and (3) whether 
we will ultimately be required to refurbish the merchant store locations upon the removal of the related ATMs. Additionally, we are required 
to make estimates regarding the timing of when such retirement obligations will be incurred. We utilize a pooled approach in calculating and 
managing our retirement obligations, as opposed to a specific machine-by-machine approach, by pooling the retirement obligation of assets 
based on the estimated deinstallation dates. We periodically review the reasonableness of the retirement obligations balance by obtaining the 
current machine count and updated estimates to deinstall such machines. 

The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred and can be reasonably 
estimated. Such asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the 
asset’s estimated useful life. Fair value estimates of liabilities for asset retirement obligations generally involve discounted future cash flows. 
Periodic accretion of such liabilities due to the passage of time is recorded as an operating expense in the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements. Upon settlement of the liability, we recognize a gain or loss for any difference between the settlement amount and the 
liability recorded. 

Share-Based Compensation. We calculate the fair value of stock-based instruments awarded to employees and directors on the date of 
grant and recognize the calculated fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, as compensation expense over the requisite service periods of the 
related awards. In determining the fair value of our share-based awards, we are required to make certain assumptions and estimates, including 
(1) the number of awards that may ultimately be forfeited by the recipients, (2) the expected term of the underlying awards, and (3) the future 
volatility associated with the price of our common stock. Such estimates, and the basis for our conclusions regarding such estimates for the 
year ended December 31, 2011, are outlined in detail in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3, Stock-Based 
Compensation. 

Derivative Financial Instruments. We recognize all of our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Balance 
Sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (e.g., gains or losses) of those derivative instruments depends on (1) whether 
such instruments have been designated (and qualify) as part of a hedging relationship, and (2) on the type of hedging relationship actually 
designated. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, we designate the hedging instrument, based 
upon the exposure being hedged, as a cash flow hedge, a fair value hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. These 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
instruments are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy 
established by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each 
trade. As of December 31, 2011, the majority of our derivatives were designated as cash flow hedges, and, accordingly, changes in the fair 
values of such derivatives have been reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive loss line in the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheet. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, we had derivatives that were designated as economic hedges, for which the gain or loss was 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the current period. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data, Note 16, Derivative Financial Instruments for more details on our derivative financial instrument transactions. 

New Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted 

For information on new accounting pronouncements that had been issued as of December 31, 2011 but not yet adopted by us, see Item 8. 

Financial Statement and Supplementary Data, Note 1(v), New Accounting Pronouncements. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect that the outcome in 

any of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flows. See Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies for additional 
details regarding our commitments and contingencies. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Disclosure about Market Risk 

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk. The following quantitative 
and qualitative information is provided about financial instruments to which we were a party at December 31, 2011, and from which we may 
incur future gains or losses from changes in market interest rates or foreign currency exchange prices. We do not enter into derivative or other 
financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

Hypothetical changes in interest rates and foreign currencies chosen for the following estimated sensitivity analysis are considered to be 
reasonably possible near-term changes generally based on consideration of past fluctuations for each risk category.  However, since it is not 
possible to accurately predict future changes in interest rates and foreign currencies, these hypothetical changes may not necessarily be an 
indicator of probable future fluctuations. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Vault cash rental expense. Because our ATM vault cash rental expense is based on market rates of interest, it is sensitive to changes in the 
general level of interest rates in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Mexico. In the United States and the United Kingdom, we pay a 
monthly fee to our vault cash providers on the average amount of vault cash outstanding under a formula based on the U.S. and U.K. LIBOR 
rates, respectively. In Mexico, we pay a monthly fee to our vault cash provider under a formula based on the Interbank Equilibrium Interest 
Rate (commonly referred to as the “TIIE”).  We currently do not have a material amount of vault cash in Canada, but expect to incur 
additional ATM vault cash rental expense in 2012 as we expand those operations. 

As a result of the significant sensitivity surrounding the vault cash interest expense for our United States and United Kingdom operations, 

we have entered into a number of interest rate swaps to effectively fix the rate of interest we pay on the amounts of our current and 
anticipated outstanding vault cash balances. The following swaps currently in place serve to fix the interest rate utilized for our vault cash 
rental agreements in the United States and the United Kingdom for the following notional amounts and periods: 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional Amounts      Notional Amounts  
   United Kingdom  

United States  

   Notional Amounts   Weighted Average     
   Consolidated (1)  

Fixed Rate  

Term  

$
$
$
$
$

750,000  
750,000  
750,000  
550,000  
350,000  

(in thousands)  
50,000  
£
25,000  
£
—  
£
—  
£
—  
£

$
$
$
$
$

827,451  
788,726  
750,000  
550,000  
350,000  

3.45%  
3.35%  
3.29%  
3.27%  
3.28%  

  January 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012 
  January 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013 
  January 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014 
  January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015  
  January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016  

____________ 
(1) 

United Kingdom pound sterling amounts have been converted into United States dollars at approximately $1.55 to £1.00, which was the exchange rate in effect as of 
December 31, 2011. 

The following table presents a hypothetical sensitivity analysis of our vault cash interest expense in 2011 based on our outstanding vault 

cash balances as of December 31, 2011 and assuming a 100 basis point increase in interest rates: 

Vault Cash Balance as of 
December 31, 2011 
(U.S. 
dollars) 

(Functional 
currency) 

United States 
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
Total 

$
£
p$
c$

(In millions) 
1,729.1  $
221.9   
307.3   
0.7   
  $

1,729.1 
343.7 
22.0 
0.7 
2,095.5 

  As of December 31, 2011
% 
Hedged

Amount 
Hedged 
(In millions) 

$
£
p $
c$

625.0
75.0
—
—

36.1% 
33.8% 

$
£
—  p$
—  c$

Additional Interest 
Incurred on 100 Basis 
Point Increase (Excluding 
Impact of Interest Rate 
Swaps)

(Functional
currency) 

(U.S. 
dollars) 

Additional Interest 
Incurred on 100 Basis 
Point Increase (Including 
Impact of All Interest 
Rate Swaps Currently 
under Contract)

(Functional
currency) 

(U.S. 
dollars) 

(In millions) 

(In millions) 
17.3  $
2.2    
3.1    
—   
  $

$
17.3 
3.4 
£
0.2  p$
c$
— 
20.9 

11.0  $
1.5    
3.1    
—   
  $

11.0
2.3
0.2
—
13.5

The following table presents a similar hypothetical sensitivity analysis of as the above table, but based on our average outstanding vault 

cash balances for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and assuming a 100 basis point increase in interest rates: 

Average Vault Cash 
Balance For the Six 
Months Ended December 
31, 2011 

(Functional 
currency) 

(U.S. 
dollars) 

United States 
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
Total 

$
£
p$
c$

(In millions) 
1,414.1  $ 
167.1   
289.5   
0.2   
  $ 

1,414.1  
265.7  
22.5  
0.2  
1,702.5  

  As of December 31, 2011
% 
Hedged

Amount 
Hedged 
(In millions) 

$
£
p $
c$

625.0
75.0
—
—

44.2% 
44.9% 

$
£
—  p$
—  c$

Additional Interest 
Incurred on 100 Basis 
Point Increase (Excluding 
Impact of Interest Rate 
Swaps)

(Functional
currency) 

(U.S. 
dollars) 

Additional Interest 
Incurred on 100 Basis 
Point Increase (Including 
Impact of All Interest 
Rate Swaps Currently 
under Contract)

(Functional
currency) 

(U.S. 
dollars) 

(In millions) 
14.1  $
1.7    
2.9    
—   
  $

$
14.1 
£
2.7 
0.2  p$
c$
— 
17.0 

(In millions) 
7.9  $
0.9    
2.9    
—   
  $

7.9
1.5
0.2
—
9.6

As of December 31, 2011, we had a net liability of $70.5 million recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to our interest rate 
swaps, which represented the fair value liability of the agreements, as derivative instruments are required to be carried at fair value. Fair value 
was calculated as the present value of amounts estimated to be received or paid to a marketplace participant in a selling transaction. These 
swaps are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy established 
by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each trade. The 
vast majority of these swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges; accordingly, changes in the fair values of the swaps have been reported in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certain interest rate swaps in the United Kingdom 
are not accounted for as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of such swaps are recorded in other expense (income) in 

59 

 
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. However, due to certain offsetting interest rate swap transactions that were entered 
into in December 2009, changes in the values of these swaps have not had, and are not expected to have, a significant impact on our ongoing 
results of operations. Due to our determination that net deferred tax assets are realizable in the future, we now record the unrealized loss 
amounts related to our interest rate swaps net of estimated taxes in the Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net line item within 
Stockholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Net amounts paid or received under our cash flow hedges are recorded as adjustments to our “Cost of ATM operating revenues” in the 

accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, as we utilize the interest rate swaps to economically hedge exposure to variable 
interest rates charged on outstanding vault cash balances, a cost of revenues activity. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 
2009, the gains or losses as a result of ineffectiveness associated with our existing cash flow hedges were immaterial. However, we recorded 
unrealized (losses) gains of $(0.1) million, $(0.1) million, and $1.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 
respectively, associated with changes in the mark-to-market values of certain interest rate swap contracts in the United Kingdom that did not 
qualify as cash flow hedges.  

As of December 31, 2011, we had not entered into any derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate exposure in the 

Mexico, as we have historically not deemed it to be cost effective to engage in such a hedging program.  However, we may enter into 
derivative financial instruments in the future to hedge our interest rate exposure in this market. 

Interest expense. Our interest expense is also sensitive to changes in the interest rates in the United States, as our borrowings under our 
revolving credit facility accrue interest at floating rates. Based on the $166.0 million outstanding under the facility as of December 31, 2011, 
an increase of 100 basis points in the underlying interest rate would have had a $1.7 million impact on our interest expense. However, there is 
no guarantee that we will not borrow additional amounts under the facility in the future, and, in the event we borrow amounts and interest 
rates significantly increase, the interest that we would be required to pay would be more significant. 

Outlook. If we continue to experience low short-term interest rates in the United States and the United Kingdom, it will serve to be 

beneficial to the amount of interest expense we incur under our bank credit facilities and our vault cash rental expense. Although we currently 
hedge a substantial portion of our vault cash interest rate risk, as noted above, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for 
similar amounts in the future, and any significant increase in interest rates in the future could have an adverse impact on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations by increasing our operating costs and expenses. However, the impact on our financial statements 
from a significant increase in interest rates would be partially mitigated by the interest rate swaps that we currently have in place associated 
with our vault cash balances in the United States and the United Kingdom. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 

As a result of our operations in the United Kingdom, Mexico, and now Canada, we are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates, specifically with respect to changes in the United States dollar relative to the British pound, Mexican peso, and the 
Canadian dollar. All of our international subsidiaries are consolidated into our financial results and are subject to risks typical of international 
businesses including, but not limited to, differing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations 
and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility. Furthermore, we are required to translate the financial condition and results of our 
international operations into United States dollars, with any corresponding translation gains or losses being recorded in other comprehensive 
income (loss) in our consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011, this translation loss totaled approximately $27.1 million 
compared to approximately $26.6 million as of December 31, 2010. 

Our consolidated financial results for 2011 were positively impacted by the increases in the value of the British pound relative to the 
United States dollar, but experienced a negative impact from the reduction in the value of the British pound relative to the United States 
dollar in the prior years (See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of 
Operations for additional details on the impact of changes in the foreign exchange rate between the United States dollar and the British 
pound.) Our consolidated financial results were also slightly positively impacted by changes in the value of the Mexican peso relative to the 
United States dollar in 2011 and 2010, but experienced a similar negative impact from the changes in the value of the Mexican peso relative 
to the United States dollar in 2009. The overall combined effect of foreign currency exchange rates to our consolidated financial results was 
immaterial in 2011. A sensitivity analysis indicates that, if the United States dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the 
British pound, the effect upon our United Kingdom operations’ operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 would have been 
immaterial. Similarly, a sensitivity analysis indicates that if the United States dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the 
Mexican peso or the Canadian dollar for the year ended December 31, 2011, the effect upon the respective country’s operating income would 
have also been immaterial. At this time, we have not deemed it to be cost effective to engage in a program of hedging the effect of foreign 
currency fluctuations on our operating results using derivative financial instruments. 

Certain intercompany balances between our U.S. parent company and our United Kingdom operations are designated as short-term in 
nature, and the changes in these balances are translated in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. As a result, we are exposed to foreign 
60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
currency exchange risk as it relates to these intercompany balances. As of December 31, 2011, the intercompany payable balance from our 
United Kingdom operations to the parent totaled $31.7 million, of which $5.8 million was deemed to be short-term in nature. A sensitivity 
analysis indicates that, if the United States dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the British pound, based on the 
intercompany payable balance as of December 31, 2011, the effect upon our Consolidated Statements of Operations would be approximately 
$0.6 million. 

We do not hold derivative commodity instruments, and all of our cash and cash equivalents are held in money market and checking 

funds. 

61 

 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INDEX 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. Acquisitions 

3. Stock-Based Compensation 

4. Earnings per Share 

5. Related Party Transactions 

6. Property and Equipment, net 

7. Intangible Assets 

8. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets 

9. Accrued Liabilities 

10. Long-Term Debt 

11. Asset Retirement Obligations 

12. Other Liabilities 

13. Capital Stock 

14. Employee Benefits 

15. Commitments and Contingencies 

16. Derivative Financial Instruments 

17. Fair Value Measurements 

18. Income Taxes 

19. Concentration Risk 

20. Segment Information 

21. Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information 

22. Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

62 

Page
63

65

66

67

68

69

70

70

78

80

82

83

84

84

86

87

87

89

90

90

90

91

93

96

97

100

101

103

110

 
 
 
 
  
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cardtronics, Inc.: 

We have audited Cardtronics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in the 

Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
Cardtronics Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Cardtronics, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission. 

Cardtronics, Inc. acquired EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC and Efmark Deployment I, Inc.; LocatorSearch, LLC; Mr. Cash ATM Network, 
Inc.; and Access to Money, Inc. (the “acquired companies”) during 2011, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness 
of Cardtronics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, the acquired companies’ internal control over 
financial reporting associated with 30% of total gross assets (of which 22% represents goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of 
the assessment) and total revenues of 5% included in the consolidated financial statements of Cardtronics Inc. as of and for the year ended 
December 31, 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Cardtronics, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal 
control over financial reporting of the acquired companies. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 

consolidated balance sheets of Cardtronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
stockholders’ (deficit) equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2011, 
and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Houston, Texas 
February 27, 2012 

/s/  KPMG LLP 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cardtronics, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cardtronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cardtronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Cardtronics, 

Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 
2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/  KPMG LLP 

Houston, Texas 
February 27, 2012 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, excluding share and per share amounts) 

December 31, 2011 

  December 31, 2010 

$ 

 5,576  

$ 

 3,189

ASSETS 

Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $251 and $507 as of December 31, 
2011 and 2010, respectively 
Inventory 
Restricted cash 
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net 
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other current assets 
Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax asset, net 
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other assets 

Total assets 

$ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 
Current portion of long-term debt and notes payable 
Current portion of other long-term liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Current portion of deferred tax liability, net 
Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities: 
Long-term debt 
Deferred tax liability, net 
Asset retirement obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 

Stockholders’ equity: 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 125,000,000 shares authorized; 49,745,989 and 
48,396,134 shares issued as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; 43,999,443 
and 42,833,342 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) 
Treasury stock; 5,746,546 and 5,562,792 shares at cost as of December 31, 2011 and 
2010, respectively 
Total parent stockholders’ equity 

Noncontrolling interests 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

$ 

40,867  
3,517  
4,512  
26,902  
13,056  
94,430  
191,331  
111,603  
271,562  
23,101  
20,774  
 712,801  

 2,317  
25,101  
33,337  
77,948  
927  
139,630  

368,632  
—  
34,517  
56,877  
599,656  

4  
234,716  
(83,902)  
14,270  

(53,500)  
111,588  
1,557  
113,145  
 712,801  

$ 

$ 

$ 

20,270
1,795
4,466
15,017
10,222
54,959
156,465
74,799
164,558
715
3,819
 455,315

 3,076
24,493
20,167
50,543
715
98,994

251,757
10,268
26,657
23,385
411,061

4
213,754
(65,053)
(55,963)

(50,351)
42,391
1,863
44,254
 455,315

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, excluding share and per share amounts) 

Year Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$

 597,219   $
27,357  
624,576  

522,900   $
9,178  
532,078  

 483,138
10,215
493,353

Revenues: 

ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total revenues 
Cost of revenues: 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (excludes depreciation, accretion, and 
amortization shown separately below.  See Note 1(b)) 
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total cost of revenues 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 
Other expense (income): 
Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt 
Other expense (income)  
Total other expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income 
Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

396,347  
23,768  
420,115  
204,461  

55,582  
4,747  
47,962  
17,914  
981  
127,186  
77,275  

20,116  
993  
—  
—  
(804)  
20,305  
56,970  
(13,176) 
70,146  
(87) 

351,490  
8,902  
360,392  
171,686  

44,581  
—  
42,724  
15,471  
2,647  
105,423  
66,263  

26,629  
2,029  
7,296  
7,193  
(878) 
42,269  
23,994  
(17,139) 
41,133  
174  

333,907
10,567
344,474
148,879

41,527
—
39,420
18,916
6,016
105,879
43,000

30,133
2,395
—
—
456
32,984
10,016
4,245
5,771
494

5,277

0.13

0.13

Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to common 
stockholders 

Net income per common share – basic 

Net income per common share – diluted 

$

$

$

 70,233   $

40,959

1.60   $

1.58   $

0.98

0.96

$

$

$

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic 

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted 

42,201,491  

42,886,780  

40,347,194  

41,059,381  

39,244,057

39,896,366

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY  
(In thousands) 

   Common Stock 

   Shares    Amount    

Subscription
Receivable  

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Accumulated  
Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net

40,637  $ 
—    

4  $ 
—    

(34) $ 194,101  $
—   
34 

(64,025) $
— 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit)
(102,199)  $  (48,221)

Treasury 
Stock 

Balance, January 1, 2009: 
Repayment of subscriptions 
Issuance / (Redemption) of 

capital stock 

Stock-based compensation 

charges 

Unrealized losses on interest rate 

swaps 

Net income attributable to 
controlling interests 
Net income attributable to 
noncontrolling interests 

Contributions from 

noncontrolling interest partner   

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2009: 
Issuance / (Redemption) of 

capital stock 

Stock-based compensation 

charges 

Unrealized losses on interest rate 
swaps, net of income taxes of 
$1,383 

Net income attributable to 
controlling interests 
Net income attributable to 
noncontrolling interests 
Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2010: 
Issuance / (Redemption) of 

capital stock 

Stock-based compensation 

charges 

Unrealized losses on interest rate 
swaps, net of income taxes of 
$11,219 

Net income attributable to 
controlling interests 
Net loss attributable to 

noncontrolling interests 
Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2011: 

264    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
40,901  $ 

1,932    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
42,833  $ 

1,166    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
43,999  $ 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
4  $ 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
4  $ 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
4  $ 

Non-
controlling 
Interests

Total

624  $ (19,750)
34 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

494 

526 

1,137 

4,627 

(1,046)

5,277 

494 

526 

—     

—    

—     

(458)

—     

—     

5,277     

—     

—     

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,595   

4,627   

—   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

(1,046)  

— 

— 

— 

— 
—   
—  $ 200,323  $

7,453 
(57,618) $

—     

—    
(96,922)  $  (48,679) $

(42)  

7,411 
1,602  $ (1,290)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,391   

6,040   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

—     

(1,672)

—     

—    

— 

— 

5,719 

6,040 

(5,286)  

—     

— 

— 

40,959     

—     

—    

—    

—    

— 

(5,286)

— 

  40,959 

174 

174 

— 
—   
—  $ 213,754  $

(2,149)  
(65,053) $

—     

—    
(55,963)  $  (50,351) $

87 

(2,062)
1,863  $ 44,254 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11,640   

9,322   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

—     

(3,149)

—     

—    

— 

— 

8,491 

9,322 

(18,283)  

—     

— 

— 

70,233     

—     

—    

—    

—    

— 

  (18,283)

— 

  70,233 

(87 )  

(87)

— 
—   
—  $ 234,716  $

(566)  
(83,902) $

—     

—    
14,270 $  (53,500) $

(219 )  
(785)
1,557  $ 113,145 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

67 

 
 
 
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,
2010 

2011

2009

Net income 
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts, net of income taxes of $11,219 

and $1,383 in 2011 and 2010, respectively 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Other comprehensive (loss) income 
Total comprehensive income 
Less: comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests 

   $

70,146      $ 

41,133      $

5,771 

(18,283)       
(566)       
(18,849)       
51,297        
(306)       
51,603      $ 

(5,286)       
(2,149)       
(7,435)       
33,698        
261        
33,437      $

(1,046)
7,453 
6,407 
12,178 
540 
11,638 

   $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

2011 

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 

2009 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

  $

70,146  

41,133   $

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income taxes 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments 
Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive losses associated with 
derivative instruments no longer designated as hedging instruments 

Other reserves and non-cash items 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts and notes receivable, net 
(Increase) decrease in prepaid, deferred costs, and other current assets 
Increase in inventory 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities 
Decrease in other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, site acquisition costs and other 
intangible assets 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases 
(Repayments of) proceeds from borrowings under bank overdraft facility, net 
Debt issuance and modification costs 
Payments received on subscriptions receivable 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options 
Noncontrolling interest stockholder capital contributions 
Repurchase of capital stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Cash paid for interest, including interest on capital leases 
Cash paid for income taxes 
Capital expenditures financed by direct debt 

  $

  $
  $
  $

65,876  
993  
— 
— 
9,324  
(14,864)  
981  
(1,086)  

170  
111  

(17,730)
(615)
(2,264)
(17,865)
4,556
19,804
(4,212)
113,325

(64,418) 

(2,468) 
(167,568) 
(234,454)

381,738  
(264,991) 
(830) 
(655) 
—  
11,420  
—  
(3,150) 

123,532

(16) 
2,387  

3,189  
5,576  

20,355   $ 
1,844   $ 
—    $ 

58,195
2,029
7,296
7,193
6,037
(18,737)
2,647
(972)

1,573
926

7,056
(2,211)
—
2,094
6,384
(9,751)
(5,724)
105,168

(48,069) 

(2,583)
—  
(50,652)

382,400  
(445,840) 
995  
(5,423) 
—  
7,390  
—  
(1,672) 
(62,150)

374  
(7,260) 

10,449  
3,189   $

29,830   $
831   $
542   $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

69 

5,771

58,336
2,395
—
—
4,620
3,729
6,016
1,437

—
(4,517)

(2,426)
7,255
(1,111)
1,710
(3,923)
166
(4,584)
74,874

(25,770)

(261)
—
(26,031)

55,882
(99,212)
(142)
(458)
34
1,596
526
(458)
(42,232)

414
7,025

3,424
10,449

30,470
300
2,499

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1)  Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a)  Description of Business 

Cardtronics, Inc., along with its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") provides convenient consumer 

financial services through its network of automated teller machines ("ATMs") and multi-function financial services kiosks. As 
of December 31, 2011, the Company provided services to approximately 52,900 devices across its portfolio, which included over 46,000 
devices located in all 50 states of the United States ("U.S.") as well as in the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, 
approximately 3,500 devices throughout the United Kingdom ("U.K."), approximately 2,800 devices throughout Mexico, and approximately 
600 devices throughout Canada. Included in the U.S. number are approximately 2,200 multi-function financial services kiosks that, in 
addition to traditional ATM functions such as cash dispensing and bank account balance inquiries, perform other consumer financial services, 
including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture (which is deposit taking at ATMs using electronic imaging), and money 
transfers. Also included in the total count of 52,900 devices are approximately 4,800 devices for which the Company provides various forms 
of managed services solutions, which may include services such as transaction processing, monitoring, maintenance, cash management, and 
customer service.  

Through its network, the Company provides ATM management and equipment-related services (typically under multi-year contracts) to 
large, nationally-known retail merchants as well as smaller retailers and operators of facilities such as shopping malls and airports. In doing 
so, the Company provides its retail partners with a compelling automated financial services solution that helps attract and retain customers, 
and in turn, increases the likelihood that the devices placed at their facilities will be utilized.  

In addition to its retail merchant relationships, the Company also partners with leading national financial institutions to brand selected 

ATMs and financial services kiosks within its network, including Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Sovereign Bank, N.A., 
SunTrust Banks, Inc., and PNC Bank, N.A. As of December 31, 2011, over 15,400 of the Company’s devices were under contract with 
financial institutions to place their logos on those machines, thus providing convenient surcharge-free access for their banking customers. The 
Company also owns and operates the Allpoint network, the largest surcharge-free ATM network within the United States (based on the 
number of participating ATMs). The Allpoint network, which has more than 43,000 participating ATMs, provides surcharge-free ATM 
access to customers of participating financial institutions that lack a significant ATM network. The Allpoint network includes a majority of 
the Company’s ATMs in the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico, all of the Company’s ATMs in the United Kingdom, and over 5,000 
locations in Australia through a partnership with a local ATM owner and operator in that market. Allpoint also works with financial 
institutions that manage stored-value debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general 
purpose, payroll and electronic benefits transfer (“EBT”) cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint a fee per 
issued stored-value card in return for allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s participating ATM network. 
Finally, the Company owns and operates an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) transaction processing platform that provides transaction 
processing services to its network of ATMs and financial services kiosks as well as other ATMs under managed services arrangements. 

(b)  Basis of Presentation and Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements presented include the accounts of Cardtronics, Inc. and its wholly- and majority-owned and 
controlled subsidiaries. Because the Company owns a majority (51.0%) interest in and absorbs a majority of the losses or returns of 
Cardtronics Mexico, this entity is reflected as a consolidated subsidiary in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, with the 
remaining ownership interest not held by the Company being reflected as a noncontrolling interest. All material intercompany accounts and 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

In management’s opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s current and prior period results have been 

made. Additionally, the financial statements for prior periods include reclassifications that were made to conform to the current period 
presentation. Those reclassifications did not impact the Company’s total reported net income or stockholders’ equity. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company presents “Cost of ATM operating revenues” and “Gross profit” within its consolidated financial statements exclusive of 

depreciation, accretion, and amortization expenses. The following table sets forth the amounts excluded from cost of ATM operating 
revenues and gross profit during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009: 

Depreciation and accretion expenses related to ATMs and ATM-

related assets  
Amortization expense  
Total depreciation, accretion, and amortization expenses excluded 

from Cost of ATM operating revenues and Gross profit  

(c)  Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements 

2011

2010  
(In thousands)  

2009

$

$

41,364
17,914

59,278

$

$

35,521
15,471

50,992

$

$

32,595
18,916

51,511

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates include the carrying amount of intangibles, goodwill, asset retirement 
obligations, and valuation allowances for receivables, inventories, and deferred income tax assets. Actual results can, and often do, differ 
from those assumed in the Company’s estimates. 

(d)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of reporting financial condition and cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash in bank and short-term deposit sweep 

accounts. Additionally, the Company maintains cash on deposit with banks that is pledged for a particular use or restricted to support a 
potential liability. These balances are classified as restricted cash in current or non-current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance 
Sheets based on when the Company expects this cash to be used. There was $4.5 million of restricted cash in current assets as of both 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, and $38,000 and $331,000, respectively, in other non-current assets. Current restricted cash consisted of 
amounts collected on behalf of, but not yet remitted to, certain of the Company’s merchant customers or third-party service providers. Non-
current restricted cash represented a certificate of deposit held at one of the banks utilized to provide cash for the Company’s ATMs and 
funds held at one of the banks utilized by the Company in its provision of automated consumer financial services at its multi-function device 
locations. 

(e)  Cash Management Program 

The Company relies on agreements with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), Elan Financial Services (“Elan”) which is a 

business of U.S. Bancorp, Wells Fargo, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”), and another vault cash provider to provide the cash that it uses in its domestic 
devices (including Puerto Rico) in which the merchants do not provide their own cash. Additionally, the Company relies on Alliance & 
Leicester Commercial Bank (“ALCB”), which is owned by the Santander Group, in the United Kingdom and Bansí, S.A. Institución de 
Banca Múltiple (“Bansi”) and Grupo Financiero Banorte, S.A. de C.V. (“Banorte”) in Mexico to provide it with its ATM cash needs. In 
Canada, the Company uses an armored courier to currently supply cash for a small number of ATMs. The Company pays a fee for its usage 
of this vault cash based on the total amount of cash outstanding at any given time, as well as fees related to the bundling and preparation of 
such cash prior to it being loaded in the devices. At all times, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash providers, and the 
Company has no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by the Company’s wholly-owned armored courier 
operation in the United Kingdom. While such armored courier operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial 
ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times. The Company’s domestic vault cash agreements with Bank of America, 
Elan, and Wells Fargo currently extend through October 2013, December 2016, and July 2013, respectively. (See Note 19, Concentration 
Risk for additional information on the concentration risk associated with the Company’s arrangements with Bank of America and Wells 
Fargo.)  The Company also has another domestic vault cash agreement that extends through December 2014. With respect to its United 
Kingdom operations, the Company’s current agreement with ALCB expired during 2011, but is operated on a month-to-month basis while 
the renewal terms are being negotiated. The Company’s vault cash agreement in Mexico with Bansi (noncontrolling interest partner in 
Cardtronics Mexico) expires in March 2012. Finally, the agreement with Banorte in Mexico has a mandatory period for provision of vault 
cash through January 2015, at which time the agreement will be automatically extended for successive 12-month periods unless terminated by 
either party. Based on the foregoing, such cash, and the related obligations, are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial 
statements. The amount of cash in the Company’s devices was approximately $2.1 billion and $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 
2010, respectively. 

71 

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Accounts Receivable, including Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of amounts due from the Company’s clearing and settlement banks for transaction revenues 

earned on transactions processed during the month ending on the balance sheet date, as well as receivables for equipment sales. Trade 
accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the 
Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses on the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its 
allowance for doubtful accounts monthly and determines the allowance based on an analysis of its past due accounts. All balances over 
90 days past due are reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of 
collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company 
recorded approximately $84,000 in net recoveries and approximately $136,000 and $140,000, respectively, of bad debt expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

(g)  Inventory 

Inventory consists principally of used ATMs, ATM spare parts, and ATM supplies and is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is 

determined using the average cost method. The following table is a breakdown of the Company’s primary inventory components as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

ATMs 
ATM parts and supplies 
Total 
Less: Inventory reserves 
Net inventory 

(h)  Property and Equipment, Net 

2011 

2010 

(In thousands) 

1,646 
2,928 
4,574 
(1,057)   
3,517 

$ 

$ 

1,132 
1,054 
2,186 
(391)
1,795 

$ 

$ 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging 
from three to eight years. Leasehold improvements and property acquired under capital leases are amortized over the useful life of the asset or 
the lease term, whichever is shorter. Also included in property and equipment are new ATMs and/or financial services kiosks and the 
associated equipment the Company has acquired for future installation. Such devices are held as “deployments in process” and are not 
depreciated until actually installed. Depreciation expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 
was $45.7 million, $40.1 million, and $37.4 million, respectively. The amounts for 2009 and 2010 included the amortization expense 
associated with the assets under capital leases that were assumed by the Company in its acquisition of the financial services business of 7-
Eleven, Inc. (the “7-Eleven ATM Transaction”) in 2007.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any capital leases 
outstanding. See Note 1(l), Asset Retirement Obligations, for additional information on asset retirement obligations associated with the 
Company’s devices. 

Maintenance on the Company’s domestic and Mexico devices is typically performed by third parties and is incurred as a fixed fee per 
month per device. Accordingly, such amounts are expensed as incurred. In the United Kingdom, maintenance is performed by in-house 
technicians and is expensed as incurred. 

Significant refurbishment costs that extend the useful life of an asset, or enhance its functionality are capitalized and depreciated over the 

estimated remaining life of the improved asset. 

(i)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The Company’s intangible assets include merchant contracts/relationships and a branding agreement acquired in connection with 

acquisitions of ATM and kiosk-related assets (i.e., the right to receive future cash flows related to transactions occurring at these merchant 
locations), exclusive license agreements and site acquisition costs (i.e., the right to be the exclusive ATM or kiosk service provider, at 
specific locations, for the time period under contract with a merchant customer), non-compete agreements, deferred financing costs relating to 
the Company’s credit agreements (see Note 10, Long-Term Debt), and the Bank Machine and Allpoint trade names acquired. Additionally, 
the Company has goodwill related to the acquisitions of E*TRADE Access, Bank Machine, ATM National, Cardtronics Mexico, the financial 
services business of 7-Eleven (the “7-Eleven Financial Services Business”), and as is further described in Note 2, Acquisitions, the Company 
now also has goodwill related to the following acquisitions that were completed during 2011: EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC and Efmark 
Deployment I, Inc. (“EDC”); LocatorSearch, LLC; Mr. Cash ATM Network, Inc.; and Access to Money, Inc. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of the merchant contracts/relationships within each acquired portfolio is determined based on the estimated net 

cash flows and useful lives of the underlying contracts/relationships, including expected renewals. The merchant contracts/relationships 
comprising each acquired portfolio are typically homogenous in nature with respect to the underlying contractual terms and conditions. 
Accordingly, the Company generally pools such acquired merchant contracts/relationships into a single intangible asset, by acquired 
portfolio, for purposes of computing the related amortization expense. The Company amortizes such intangible assets on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated useful lives of the portfolios to which the assets relate. Because the net cash flows associated with the Company’s acquired 
merchant contracts/relationships have historically increased subsequent to the acquisition date, the use of a straight-line method of 
amortization effectively results in an accelerated amortization schedule. As such, the straight-line method of amortization most closely 
approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of the underlying assets are expected to be realized. The estimated useful life of each 
portfolio is determined based on the weighted-average lives of the expected cash flows associated with the underlying merchant 
contracts/relationships comprising the portfolio, and takes into consideration expected renewal rates and the terms and significance of the 
underlying contracts/relationships themselves. Certain acquired merchant contracts/relationships may have unique attributes, such as 
significant contractual terms or value, and in such cases, the Company will separately account for these contracts in order to better assess the 
value and estimated useful lives of the underlying merchant relationships. See Note 1(j), Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill, 
below for further discussion related to the Company’s evaluation of significant merchant contracts. If, subsequent to the acquisition date, 
circumstances indicate that a shorter estimated useful life is warranted for an acquired portfolio or an individual customer relationship as a 
result of changes in the expected future cash flows associated with the individual contracts/relationships comprising that portfolio or 
relationship, then that portfolio’s remaining estimated useful life and related amortization expense are adjusted accordingly on a prospective 
basis. 

Goodwill and the acquired Bank Machine and Allpoint trade names are not amortized, but instead are periodically tested for impairment, at 

least annually, and whenever an event occurs that indicates that an impairment may have occurred. See Note 1(j), Impairment of Long-Lived 
Assets and Goodwill, below for additional information on the Company’s impairment testing of long-lived assets and goodwill. 

(j)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill 

Long-lived assets. The Company places significant value on the installed devices that it owns and manages in merchant locations as well as 

the related acquired merchant contracts/relationships and the branding agreements. Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and 
purchased contract intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment at least annually and additionally whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company tests its acquired merchant 
contract/relationship intangible assets for impairment, along with the related devices, on an individual contract/relationship basis for the 
Company’s significant acquired contracts/relationships, and on a pooled or portfolio basis (by acquisition) for all other acquired 
contracts/relationships. 

In determining whether a particular merchant contract/relationship is significant enough to warrant a separate identifiable intangible asset, 

the Company analyzes a number of relevant factors, including: (i) estimates of the historical cash flows generated by such 
contract/relationship prior to its acquisition; (ii) estimates regarding the Company’s ability to increase the contract/relationship’s cash flows 
subsequent to the acquisition through a combination of lower operating costs, the deployment of additional devices, and the generation of 
incremental revenues from increased surcharges and/or new branding arrangements; and (iii) estimates regarding the Company’s ability to 
renew such contract/relationship beyond its originally scheduled termination date. An individual contract/relationship, and the related 
devices, could be impaired if the contract/relationship is terminated sooner than originally anticipated, or if there is a decline in the number of 
transactions related to such contract/relationship without a corresponding increase in the amount of revenue collected per transaction (e.g., 
branding revenue). A portfolio of purchased contract intangibles, including the related devices, could be impaired if the contract attrition rate 
is materially more than the rate used to estimate the portfolio’s initial value, or if there is a decline in the number of transactions associated 
with such portfolio without a corresponding increase in the revenue collected per transaction. Whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that a merchant contract/relationship intangible asset may be impaired, the Company evaluates the recoverability of the intangible 
asset, and the related devices, by measuring the related carrying amounts against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated 
with the related contract or portfolio of contracts. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying values of the 
tangible and intangible assets being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the 
amount by which the carrying values of the tangible and intangible assets exceeded the calculated fair value. The Company recorded 
approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $1.2 million in additional amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2011, 
2010, and 2009, respectively, related to the impairments of certain previously acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets 
associated with its United States reporting segment. 

Goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $271.6 million in goodwill and 

$3.3 million of indefinite lived intangible assets reflected in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company reviews the carrying amount of its 
goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually and more frequently if conditions warrant. Under U.S. GAAP, 
goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets should be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which in the Company’s case 
involves five separate reporting units: (i) the Company’s domestic reporting segment, excluding Allpoint; (ii) the acquired Bank Machine 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations; (iii) the acquired CCS Mexico (subsequently renamed to Cardtronics Mexico) operations; (iv) the acquired ATM National 
operations (Allpoint); and (v) the acquired Canadian operations (Mr. Cash). For each reporting unit, the carrying amount of the net assets 
associated with the applicable reporting unit is compared to the estimated fair value of such reporting unit as of the testing date (i.e., 
December 31, 2011). When estimating fair values of a reporting unit for its goodwill impairment test, the Company utilizes a combination of 
the income approach and market approach, which incorporates both management’s views and those of the market. The income approach 
provides an estimated fair value based on each reporting unit’s anticipated cash flows, which have been discounted using a weighted-average 
cost of capital rate for each reporting unit. The market approach provides an estimated fair value based on the Company’s market 
capitalization that is computed using the market price of its common stock and the number of shares outstanding as of the impairment test 
date. The sum of the estimated fair values for each reporting unit, as computed using the income approach, is then compared to the fair value 
of the Company as a whole, as determined based on the market approach. If such amounts are consistent, the estimated fair values for each 
reporting unit, as derived from the income approach, are utilized.  

All of the assumptions utilized in estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units and performing the goodwill impairment test 
are inherently uncertain and require significant judgment on the part of management. The primary assumptions used in the income approach 
are estimated cash flows, the weighted average cost of capital for each reporting unit, and valuation multiples assigned to the earnings before 
interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and accretion expense, and amortization expense (“EBITDA”) amounts of each reporting unit in 
order to assess the terminal value for each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows are primarily based on the Company’s projected revenues, 
operating costs, and capital expenditures and are discounted based on comparable industry average rates for the weighted-average cost of 
capital for each reporting unit. The Company utilized discount rates based on weighted-average cost of capital amounts ranging from 11.8% 
to 14.4% when estimating the fair values of its reporting units as of December 31, 2011. With respect to the EBITDA multiples utilized in 
assessing the terminal value of each of its reporting units, the Company utilized the current multiple assigned specifically to its own 
company, but also compared it to current and historical valuation multiples assigned to a number of its industry peer group companies for 
reasonableness.  

Based on the results of the impairment analysis performed for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company determined that no 

goodwill impairment existed as of December 31, 2011, and the fair values of its reporting units were generally substantially in excess of the 
carrying values of such reporting units.  

(k)  Income Taxes 

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes, which are based on temporary 

differences between the amount of taxable income and income before provision for income taxes and between the tax basis of assets and 
liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated financial 
statements at current income tax rates. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the 
provision for income taxes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the 
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible, the Company considers the 
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In the 
event the Company does not believe it will be able to utilize the related tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets, valuation allowances 
are recorded to reserve for the assets. 

(l)  Asset Retirement Obligations 

The Company estimates the fair value of future retirement costs associated with its ATMs and recognizes this amount as a liability on a 

pooled basis based on estimated deinstallation dates in the period in which it is incurred, and when it can be reasonably estimated. The 
Company’s estimates of fair value involve discounted future cash flows. Subsequent to recognizing the initial liability, the Company 
recognizes an ongoing expense for changes in such liabilities due to the passage of time (i.e., accretion expense), which is recorded in the 
depreciation and accretion expense line in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As the liability is not revalued on a recurring 
basis, it is periodically reevaluated based on current information. Upon settlement of the liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss for 
any difference between the settlement amount and the liability recorded. Additionally, the Company capitalizes the initial estimated fair value 
amount as an asset and depreciates the amount over its estimated useful life. Additional information regarding the Company’s asset 
retirement obligations is included in Note 11, Asset Retirement Obligations. 

(m)  Revenue Recognition 

ATM operating revenues. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are generated from ATM and kiosk operating and transaction-based 

fees, which primarily include surcharge fees, interchange fees, bank branding revenues, surcharge-free network fees, managed services fees 
and other revenue items, including maintenance fees and fees from other consumer financial services offerings such as check-cashing, remote 
deposit capture and bill pay services. Such amounts are reflected as “ATM operating revenues” in the accompanying Consolidated 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Operations. Surcharge and interchange fees are recognized daily as the underlying transactions are processed. Branding fees are 
generated by the Company’s bank branding arrangements, under which financial institutions generally pay a fixed monthly fee per device to 
the Company to put their brand name on selected ATMs and multi-function kiosks within the Company’s portfolio. In return for such fees, 
the branding institution’s customers can use those branded devices without paying a surcharge fee. The monthly per device branding fees are 
recognized as revenues on a monthly basis as earned, and are subject to escalation clauses within the agreements. In addition to the monthly 
branding fees, the Company may also receive a one-time set-up fee per device. This set-up fee is separate from the recurring, monthly 
branding fees and is meant to compensate the Company for the burden incurred related to the initial set-up of a branded device versus the on-
going monthly services provided for the actual branding. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has deferred these set-up fees (as well 
as the corresponding costs associated with the initial set-up) and is recognizing such amounts as revenue (and expense) over the terms of the 
underlying bank branding agreements. With respect to Allpoint, the Company’s surcharge-free network, the Company allows cardholders of 
financial institutions that participate in Allpoint to utilize the Company’s network of devices on a surcharge-free basis. In return, the 
participating financial institutions pay a fixed fee per month per cardholder or a fee per transaction to the Company. These surcharge-free 
network fees are recognized as revenues on a monthly basis as earned. Under a managed services offering, the Company typically receives a 
fixed management fee which may be supplemented by certain additional fees based on transaction volume.  While the management fee and 
any additional fees are recognized as revenue on a monthly basis as earned, the surcharge and interchange fees generated by the ATM under 
the managed services agreement are earned by the Company’s customer, therefore, not recorded as revenue of the Company. With respect to 
maintenance services, the Company typically charges a fixed fee per month per device to its subscribing customers and outsources the 
fulfillment of those maintenance services to a third-party service provider for a corresponding fixed fee per month per device. Accordingly, 
the Company recognizes such service agreement revenues and the related expenses on a monthly basis as earned. Finally, with respect to its 
automated consumer financial services offerings, the Company typically recognizes the revenues as the services are provided and the 
revenues earned. In addition to the transaction-based fees, the Company may also receive upfront payments from third-party service providers 
associated with providing certain of these services, which are deferred and recognized as revenue over the underlying contractual period. 

ATM equipment sales. The Company also generates revenues from the sale of ATMs to merchants and certain equipment resellers. Such 
amounts are reflected as “ATM product sales and other revenues” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenues 
related to the sale of ATMs to merchants are recognized when the equipment is delivered to the customer and the Company has completed all 
required installation and set-up procedures. With respect to the sale of ATMs to associate value-added resellers (“VARs”), the Company 
recognizes and invoices revenues related to such sales when the equipment is shipped from the manufacturer to the Associate VAR. The 
Company typically extends 30-day terms and receives payment directly from the associate VAR irrespective of the ultimate sale to a third 
party. 

Merchant-owned arrangements. In connection with the Company’s merchant-owned ATM operating/processing arrangements, the 

Company typically pays all or a sizable portion of the surcharge fees that it earns to the merchant as fees for providing, placing, and 
maintaining the ATM unit. Pursuant to the guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 605-45-45, Revenue Recognition – Principal Agent Considerations – Other Presentation Matters, the Company has 
assessed whether to record such payments as a reduction of associated ATM transaction revenues or a cost of revenues. Specifically, if the 
Company acts as the principal and is the primary obligor in the ATM transactions, provides the processing for the ATM transactions, and has 
the risks and rewards of ownership, including the risk of loss for collection, the Company recognizes the surcharge and interchange fees on a 
gross basis and does not reduce its reported revenues for payments made to the various merchants and retail establishments where the ATM 
units are housed. As a result, for agreements under which the Company acts as the principal, the Company records the total amounts earned 
from the underlying ATM transactions as ATM operating revenues and records the related merchant commissions as a cost of ATM operating 
revenues. However, for those agreements in which the Company does not meet the majority of the criteria to qualify as the principal agent in 
the transaction, the Company does not record the related surcharge revenue as the rights associated with this revenue stream inure to the 
benefit of the merchant.   

(n)  Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company calculates the fair value of stock-based instruments awarded to employees on the date of grant and recognizes the calculated 
fair value as compensation cost over the requisite service period. For additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation, see 
Note 3, Stock-Based Compensation. 

 (o)  Derivative Instruments 

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to changing interest rates related to the Company’s ATM and 

kiosk cash management activities. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes, although 
circumstances may subsequently change the designation of its derivatives to economic hedges. 

The Company records derivative instruments at fair value on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. These derivatives, which consist of interest 

rate swaps, are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prescribed by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each 
trade. The majority of the Company’s derivative transactions have been accounted for as cash flow hedges and, accordingly, changes in the 
fair values of such derivatives have been reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive loss line in the accompanying Consolidated 
Balance Sheets to the extent that the hedging relationships are determined to be effective, and then recognized in earnings when the hedged 
transactions occur.  

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company determined that two of its interest rate swap transactions that were previously designated 

as cash flow hedges no longer qualified for hedge accounting treatment due to a change in the pricing of the underlying vault cash rental 
agreement. Accordingly, the Company recognized a $1.4 million unrealized loss associated with those swaps during the fourth quarter of 
2009. Subsequent unrealized gains and losses associated with these swaps, along with the related realized gains and losses (for amounts 
received or paid on offsetting swaps), have been recorded monthly. Such gains and losses have been reflected in “Other (Income) Expense” 
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 16, Derivative Financial Instruments for more details on the 
Company’s derivative financial instrument transactions. 

(p)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing 
parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. U.S. GAAP does not require the disclosure of the fair value of lease financing arrangements 
and non-financial instruments, including intangible assets such as goodwill and the Company’s merchant contracts/relationships. See Note 17, 
Fair Value Measurements. 

(q)  Foreign Currency Translation 

The Company is exposed to foreign currency translation risk with respect to its operations in the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada. 
The functional currencies for these businesses are the British pound, the Mexican peso, and the Canadian dollar, respectively. Accordingly, 
results of operations of the Company’s international subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars using average exchange rates in 
effect during the periods in which those results are generated. Furthermore, the Company’s foreign operations’ assets and liabilities are 
translated into United States dollars using the exchange rate in effect as of each balance sheet reporting date. The resulting translation 
adjustments have been included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The Company currently believes that the unremitted earnings of its Mexican and Canadian subsidiaries will be reinvested in the 
corresponding country of origin for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for the differences 
between the Company’s book basis and underlying tax basis in those subsidiaries or on the foreign currency translation adjustment amounts. 

(r)  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net is displayed as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, and current period activity is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income (Loss). The Company’s other comprehensive loss is composed of (i) foreign currency translation adjustments and (ii) unrealized 
losses associated with the Company’s interest rate hedging activities, net of related income taxes. 

The following table sets forth the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of income taxes of $11,219 and $1,383 in 

2011 and 2010, respectively 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 

2011 

2010 

(In thousands) 

(27,135) 

(56,767) 
(83,902) 

$

$

(26,569) 

(38,484) 
(65,053) 

$

$

See Note 18, Income Taxes, for additional information on the Company’s deferred taxes and associated with its interest rate swaps. 

(s)  Treasury Stock 

Treasury stock is recorded at cost and carried as a reduction to stockholders’ equity until retired or reissued. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(t)  Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $1.9 million, $1.2 million, and $1.0 million during the years ended December 31, 

2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  

(u)  Working Capital Deficit  

The Company’s surcharge and interchange revenues are typically collected in cash on a daily basis or within a short period of time 

subsequent to the end of each month. However, the Company typically pays its vendors on 30 day terms and is not required to pay certain of 
its merchants until 20 days after the end of each calendar month. As a result, the Company will typically utilize the excess cash flow 
generated from such timing differences to fund its capital expenditure needs or to repay amounts outstanding under its revolving line of credit 
(which, when drawn upon, is reflected as a long-term liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets). Accordingly, this scenario 
will typically cause the Company’s balance sheet to reflect a working capital deficit position. The Company considers such a presentation to 
be a normal part of its ongoing operations. 

(v)  New Accounting Pronouncements 

The Company adopted the following accounting standards during 2011: 

Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, which amends ASC 605, Revenue 
Recognition. This update removes the criterion that entities must use objective and reliable evidence of fair value in accounting for each 
deliverable separately. Instead, ASU 2009-13 requires entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of the 
delivered goods and services based on a selling price hierarchy. The Company adopted ASU 2009-13 as of January 1, 2011, which did not 
have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, which amended ASC 820, Fair Value 

Measurements and Disclosures. This update added new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Level 1 and 2 of the fair 
value hierarchy and activity in Level 3 of the hierarchy.  Additionally, it clarified existing fair value measurement disclosures about the level 
of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-
06 on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which the Company adopted as of 
January 1, 2011.  The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-06 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position 
or results of operations. 

Goodwill Impairment Test. In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to 
Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.  The ASU does not prescribe 
a specific method of calculating the carrying value of a reporting unit in the performance of step 1 of the goodwill impairment test (i.e. 
equity-value-based method or enterprise-value-based method).  However, it requires entities with a zero or negative carrying value to assess, 
considering qualitative factors such as those used to determine whether a triggering event would require an interim goodwill impairment test 
(listed in ASC 350-20-35-30, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Subsequent Measurement), whether it is more likely than not that a 
goodwill impairment exists and perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if so concluded.  The Company adopted ASU 2010-28 as of 
January 1, 2011, which did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

As of December 31, 2011, the following accounting standards and interpretations were issued but have not yet been adopted by the 

Company: 

Fair Value Measurements. In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements 

(Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The ASU 
was issued to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar 
between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). ASU 2011-04 also expands the disclosures for fair value 
measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. This new guidance is to be applied prospectively. ASU 
2011-04 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, with early adoption permitted, and will be applied prospectively. The 
Company does not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of 
operations.  

Presentation of Comprehensive Income. In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): 
Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This ASU eliminates the option to present 
the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders' equity. Instead, the Company must report 
comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other 
comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 
77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2012, with early adoption permitted, and will be applied retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not have a material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements as it only requires a change in presentation.  

Testing Goodwill for Impairment. In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which amends 

ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. This update provides an entity with the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is 
necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated 
financial position or results of operations. 

(2) Acquisitions  

Acquisition of EDC 

On June 19, 2011, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding securities of EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC 
and Efmark Deployment I, Inc. (collectively referred to as "EDC") from EDC Holding Company, LLC for approximately $145.0 million in 
cash. On July 25, 2011, the Company completed this acquisition through borrowings under its amended credit facility.   

As a result of the acquisition, the Company added over 3,600 ATMs across 47 states, with the majority of the machines located in high-
traffic convenience store locations. In addition, many of the EDC ATMs were under contract with financial institutions to carry their brand 
and logo on the ATM, which has further enhanced the Company's surcharge-free product offerings.  

The results of operations of the acquired EDC portfolio have been included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations 
subsequent to the July 25, 2011 acquisition date. Revenue of $26.5 million and earnings of approximately $0.1 million were included in the 
year ended December 31, 2011. The estimated earnings since acquisition includes approximately $1.4 million in acquisition-related expenses 
incurred during the year. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (amounts 

in thousands). The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible 
assets, based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Such allocation resulted in goodwill of approximately $104.1 million, 
which has been assigned to the Company's domestic reporting segment, and is primarily attributable to expected synergies. Of this amount, 
$57.8 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable  
Inventory  
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other current assets  
Property and equipment 
Intangible assets  
Goodwill  
Other assets  

Total assets acquired  

Accounts payable  
Accrued liabilities  
Asset retirement obligations  
Deferred tax liability, net  
Other long-term liabilities  

Total liabilities assumed  

Net assets acquired  

$  

3,531  
741  
88  
1,297 
9,961  
46,000  
104,135  
9  
165,762 

4,405  
4,200  
1,902  
5,755  
4,500  
20,762  

$   145,000  

The fair values of intangible assets acquired were determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow approach, with the assistance of an 
independent appraisal firm. The intangible assets acquired as part of the EDC acquisition are being amortized on a straight-line basis, and 
consist of the following:   

78 

 
 
  
 
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Customer contracts  
Bank branding contracts   
Non-compete agreements   
Total   

Pro Forma Results of Operations  

Fair Values  
(in thousands)

$  

$  

 33,700    
 11,200    
 1,100    
 46,000    

Useful Lives  
7 to 9.4 years  
4.1 years  
2 years  

Weighted Average Period 
Before Next Renewal
6.8 years  
3.8 years  
—  

The following table presents the unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the Company and the acquired EDC portfolios for 
the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments including: (i) elimination of intercompany 
transactions prior to the consummation of EDC into the Company, (ii) amortization of acquired intangible assets and unfavorable contract 
liabilities assumed, (iii) the impact of certain fair value adjustments such as depreciation on the acquired property and equipment, and (iv) 
interest expense adjustment for historical long-term debt of EDC that was repaid and interest expense on additional borrowings by the 
Company to fund the acquisition.  

Net revenue  
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to common stockholders  

Pro forma earnings per share – basic 
Pro forma earnings per share – diluted 

2011  

2010

(In thousands)  

  $

$
$ 

658,535      
66,270     

1.57 
1.55 

$

$
$ 

583,491  
44,082 

1.09 
1.07 

The unaudited pro forma financial results do not reflect the impact of the other acquisitions consummated by the Company in 2011 (see 
further details below in Other Acquisitions), as the impact from these acquisitions would not be material to its condensed consolidated results 
of operations. The unaudited pro forma financial results assume that the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2010, and are not necessarily 
indicative of the actual results that would have occurred had those transactions been completed on that date. Furthermore, it does not reflect 
the impacts of any potential operating efficiencies, savings from expected synergies, or costs to integrate the operations. The unaudited pro 
forma financial results are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the consolidated operations.  

Other Acquisitions  

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company completed three other business combinations that were not material individually 

or in the aggregate: 

(1) On August 1, 2011, the Company acquired LocatorSearch, LLC, a provider of location search technology deployed by financial 
institutions to help customers and members find the nearest, most appropriate and convenient ATM location based on the service they seek. 

(2) On October 28, 2011, the Company acquired Mr. Cash ATM Network, Inc. (“Mr. Cash”), a privately-held company with 

approximately 600 ATMs across Canada. With its acquisition of Mr. Cash, the Company expanded its international presence into Canada.  

(3) On November 1, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of Access to Money, Inc. ("Access to Money"), pursuant to the 

Agreement and Plan of Merger that was previously announced on August 15, 2011. Access to Money operated approximately 10,000 ATMs 
across all 50 states, with the majority of those ATMs owned by the merchant operating the store in which the ATM is located. In addition to 
the cash consideration at closing, the Company may pay certain deferred contingent consideration up to a maximum of $5.25 million to a 
former subordinated debt holder of Access to Money over the next four years, if certain post-acquisition performance metrics are achieved. 

The purchase price paid for these business combinations (net of cash acquired) aggregated to approximately $29.1 million, including 
approximately $3.5 million in contingent consideration which was recorded on a discounted present value basis. Purchased identifiable finite-
lived intangible assets related to these acquisitions totaled approximately $6.7 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a 
weighted-average life of 6.2 years (lives ranging from 3 to 7 years). Total goodwill related to these acquisitions was approximately $2.9 
million. The results of operations for all acquired businesses have been included in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of 
operations from the dates of acquisition. Pro forma information for the above three acquisitions is not provided because they did not have a 
material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations. 

79 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
     
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  Stock-Based Compensation  

As noted in Note 1(n), Stock-Based Compensation, the Company accounts for its stock-based compensation by recognizing the grant date 
fair value of stock-based awards, net of estimated forfeitures, as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the underlying requisite 
service periods of the related awards. The following table reflects the total stock-based compensation expense amounts included in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations: 

Cost of ATM operating revenues 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Total stock-based compensation expense 

2011

$

$

903
8,421
9,324

2010  
(In thousands)  
753  
5,284  
6,037  

$

$

$

$

2009

798
3,822
4,620

The increase in stock-based compensation expense in 2011 compared to 2010 and 2009 was due to the issuance of additional shares of 
restricted stock awards ("RSAs") and restricted stock units ("RSUs") to certain of the Company's employees and directors during 2011. All 
grants during the periods above were granted under the Company's Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (discussed below). 

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company granted RSUs under the Company's 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "2011 LTIP"), 
which is an equity program under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. A base pool of 273,411 RSUs has been set aside for the 2011 LTIP. From 
this amount, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee") granted RSUs totaling 264,750, which 
could result in the issuance of up to 546,822 shares of common stock in the future, depending on the Company's achievement of certain 
performance levels during calendar year 2011. The fair value of a single RSU granted under the 2011 LTIP was $16.82 on the date of the 
grant. These grants have both a performance-based and a service-based vesting schedule; accordingly, the number of RSUs potentially earned 
by an individual will be based on the level of performance achieved during calendar year 2011. Once the performance-based vesting 
requirements are determined to be met by the Committee, the RSUs will be earned by the individual and will vest 50% on the second 
anniversary of the grant date and 25% each on the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. Although the RSUs were not be considered 
earned and outstanding until at least the minimum performance metrics were met, the Company recognized the related compensation expense 
over the requisite service period using a graded vesting methodology. As of December 31, 2011, compensation expense for the achievement 
of maximum performance level (200% of the granted and non-forfeited RSUs) was recognized as management had determined that the 
corresponding performance levels during calendar year 2011 had been met. 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans. The Company currently has two long-term incentive plans — the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 

Plan”) and the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”). The purpose of each of these plans is to provide members of the Company’s 
Board of Directors and employees of the Company and its affiliates additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the 
profitable growth of the Company and its affiliates. Equity grants awarded under these plans generally vest ratably over four years based on 
continued employment and expire 10 years from the date of grant. 

2007 Plan. In August 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company approved the 2007 Plan. The 

adoption, approval, and effectiveness of this plan were contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s initial public offering, 
which occurred in December 2007. The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 
of the Internal Revenue Code, options that do not constitute incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, phantom stock awards, restricted 
stock units, bonus stock awards, performance awards, and annual incentive awards. The number of shares of common stock that may be 
issued under the 2007 Plan may not exceed 5,179,393 shares, which was increased by 2,000,000 shares, from 3,179,393 shares, at the 
Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 15, 2010.  The shares issued under the 2007 Plan are subject to further 
adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, and similar changes in the Company’s capital structure. As of 
December 31, 2011, 416,500 options and 2,855,890 shares of restricted stock, net of cancellations, had been granted under the 2007 Plan. 

2001 Plan. In June 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2001 Plan, which was subsequently amended for various reasons. 
As a result of the adoption of the 2007 Plan, at the direction of the Board of Directors, no further awards will be granted under the Company’s 
2001 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,438,172 shares of common stock (net of options cancelled) had 
been granted pursuant to the 2001 Plan, all of which the Company considered as non-qualified stock options, and options to purchase 
5,225,812 shares of common stock had been exercised. 

Stock Options. The following table is a summary of the Company’s stock option transactions for the year ended December 31, 2011: 

80 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number  
of Shares

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price

  Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in thousands)

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term

Options outstanding as of January 1, 2011  
Exercised  
Forfeited  
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011  

2,512,005 
   $ 
(1,207,555)     $ 
(22,500)     $ 
   $ 

1,281,950 

9.63 
9.64 
3.10 
9.73 

  $ 

22,617 

4.26 years 

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2011  

1,192,200 

   $ 

9.89 

  $ 

20,850 

4.01 years 

Options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 had a total intrinsic value of approximately $15.1 million, 
$11.3 million, and $2.3 million, respectively, which resulted in tax benefits to the Company of approximately $5.3 million, $3.9 million, and 
$0.8 million, respectively. However, because the Company is currently in a net operating loss carryforward position, such benefits have not 
been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The cash received by the Company as a result of option exercises was 
$11.4 million, $7.4 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company handles 
stock option exercises and other stock grants through the issuance of new common shares. 

Fair Value Assumptions. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value options, which requires the input of 

certain subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the options, a risk-free interest rate, a dividend rate, an estimated forfeiture rate, 
and the future volatility of the Company’s common equity. These assumptions are based on management’s best estimate at the time of grant. 
There were no options granted in 2011. Listed below are the assumptions utilized in the fair value calculations for options issued during 2010 
and 2009:  

Weighted average estimated fair value per stock option granted 
Valuation assumptions: 
Expected option term (in years) 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

2010 
$5.50 

6.25 
46.5% - 50.0% 
0.00% 
2.7% - 3.0% 

2009 
$3.02 

6.25 
49.5% - 53.3% 
0.00% 
2.3% - 3.0% 

The expected option term of 6.25 years was determined based on the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 

(“SAB”) No. 107, as issued by the SEC. This method is based on the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant and is calculated 
by taking the average of the expiration date and the vesting period for each vesting tranche. In the future, as information regarding its exercise 
history becomes more available, the Company will consider changing this method of deriving the expected term. Such a change could impact 
the fair value of options granted in the future. Due to the lack of historical data regarding exercise history, the Company will continue to 
utilize the simplified method outlined in SAB No. 107, as permitted by SAB No. 110. The estimated forfeiture rates utilized by the Company 
are based on the Company’s historical option forfeiture rates and represent the Company’s best estimate of future forfeiture rates. The 
Company periodically monitors the level of actual forfeitures to determine if such estimate should be modified prospectively, as well as 
adjust the compensation expense previously recorded. 

Prior to December 2007, the Company’s common stock was not publicly-traded and the historical transactions involving the Company’s 
privately-held equity were limited and infrequent in nature. As a result, the expected volatility factors utilized were determined based on a 
combination of historical volatility rates for certain companies with publicly-traded equity that operate in the same or related businesses as 
that of the Company as well as for the Company itself, which was included in the calculation beginning in 2010 since there was sufficient 
history since its stock became publicly traded. The volatility factors utilized represent the simple average of the historical daily volatility rates 
obtained for each company within the designated peer group, including the Company itself, over multiple periods of time, up to and including 
a period of time commensurate with the expected option term discussed above. The Company believes that the volatility rate calculations, 
which are based on a combination of its own historical volatility rates along with its peer group’s rates, represent reasonable estimates of the 
Company’s expected future volatility. Until there is adequate historical information to determine the volatility of its common stock solely 
based on its own common stock, the Company will continue to utilize volatility factors based on a combination of its own stock and its peer 
group. 

The expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero as the Company has not historically paid, and does not anticipate paying, dividends 
with respect to its common equity. The risk-free interest rates reflect the rates in effect as of the grant dates for U.S. treasury securities with a 
term similar to that of the expected option term referenced above. 

81 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Vested Stock Options. The following table is a summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested stock options as of December 31, 

2011, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011: 

Non-vested options as of January 1, 2011  
Forfeited  
Vested 
Non-vested options as of December 31, 2011  

Number of Shares 
Under Outstanding 
Options 

Weighted  
Average Grant Date 
Fair Value

   $ 
349,547 
(22,500)     $ 
(237,297)    $ 
   $ 

89,750 

3.34 
1.32 
3.34
3.82 

As of December 31, 2011 there was $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted 

under the Company’s equity incentive plans. That cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a remaining weighted-
average vesting period of approximately 1.7 years. The total fair value of options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2011 was 
0.8 million, and during each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.5 million. Compensation expense recognized related to 
stock options totaled approximately $0.5 million, $1.1 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 
respectively.  

Restricted Share Awards. A summary of the Company’s outstanding RSAs as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended 

December 31, 2011 are presented below: 

RSAs outstanding as of January 1, 2011  
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited  
RSAs outstanding as of December 31, 2011  

Number
of Shares

1,558,315 
143,200 
(567,403)
(27,500)
1,106,612 

During 2011, the Company granted 143,200 RSAs to certain employees and directors. These shares, the majority of which represent 
shares that will vest ratably over a four-year service period, had a total grant-date fair value of $3.3 million, or a weighted-average of $23.13 
per share. The total fair value of RSAs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $5.7 million, $3.1 million 
and $3.6 million, respectively.  Compensation expense associated with the RSA grants totaled approximately $5.9 million, $4.9 million, and 
$3.1 million during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and based upon management’s estimates of forfeitures, there was approximately $9.5 
million of unrecognized compensation cost associated with these shares as of December 31, 2011, which will be recognized on a straight-line 
basis over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately 2.5 years. 

(4)  Earnings per Share  

The Company reports its earnings per share under the two-class method. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation 

of diluted earnings per share (as well as their related income statement impacts) when their impact on net income available to common 
stockholders is anti-dilutive. Dilutive securities were included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 
31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, as the Company reported net income for these years.  

Additionally, the shares of restricted stock issued by the Company have a non-forfeitable right to cash dividends, if and when declared by 

the Company. Accordingly, such restricted shares are considered to be participating securities and as such, the Company has allocated the 
undistributed earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 among the Company’s outstanding common shares and issued 
but unvested restricted shares, as follows: 

82 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per Share (in thousands, excluding share and per share amounts): 

2011 

Income

Weighted Average 
Shares Outstanding

Earnings Per 
Share

Basic:  
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to 

common stockholders  

Less: undistributed earnings allocated to unvested restricted shares  
Net income available to common stockholders  

  $ 

  $ 

70,233 
(2,626)   
67,607 

42,201,491     $ 

1.60 

Diluted:  
Effect of dilutive securities:  
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to restricted shares  
Stock options added to the denominator under the treasury stock 

method  

Less: Undistributed earnings reallocated to restricted shares  
Net income available to common stockholders and assumed 

conversions  

  $ 

2,626 

(2,586)   

685,289    

  $ 

67,647 

42,886,780     $ 

1.58 

2010
Weighted  
Average  
Shares  
Outstanding

Income

Earnings
Per 
Share

Income   

2009
Weighted  
Average  
Shares  
Outstanding

Earnings
Per 
Share

Basic: 
Net income attributable to controlling interests 

  $ 

40,959         

    $

5,277          

(1,562)        
39,397       40,347,194     $

0.98    $

(180)         
5,097       

39,244,057     $

0.13 

and available to common stockholders 
Less: undistributed earnings allocated to 

unvested restricted shares 

Net income available to common stockholders   $ 

Diluted: 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to 

restricted shares 

  $ 

1,562          

    $

180           

Stock options added to the denominator under 

the treasury stock method 

Less: Undistributed earnings reallocated to 

712,187         

652,309         

restricted shares 

(1,536)        

(177)         

Net income available to common stockholders 

and assumed conversions 

  $ 

39,423        41,059,381     $

0.96    $

5,100        

39,896,366     $

0.13 

The computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 excluded 501,331 shares, 
476,162, shares, and 37,348 shares, respectively, of potentially dilutive common shares related to restricted stock because the effect would 
have been anti-dilutive. 

(5)  Related Party Transactions 

The CapStreet Group. Fred R. Lummis, the former Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a senior advisor to The CapStreet 

Group, LLC, the ultimate general partner of CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P., which did not own any of the Company’s 
outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2011, but was a major shareholder through the first half of 2010. From March 17, 2009 to 
February 1, 2010, Mr. Lummis served as the Company’s interim Chief Executive Officer, for which the Board awarded him a one-time 
payment of $250,000 in 2010.  

83 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
 
    
     
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
    
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
 
    
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
 
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
    
     
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
  
         
         
        
          
         
 
         
         
 
    
         
     
         
 
  
  
     
     
   
     
     
  
    
  
         
         
        
          
         
 
    
  
         
         
        
          
         
 
         
         
 
    
  
      
        
       
 
    
         
     
         
 
  
  
     
     
   
     
     
  
 
 
 
Jorge Diaz, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is the Division President and Chief Executive Officer of Fiserv Output 
Solutions, a division of Fiserv, Inc. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Fiserv provided the Company with third-
party services during the normal course of business, including transaction processing, network hosting, network sponsorship, maintenance, 
cash management, and cash replenishment. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, amounts paid to Fiserv represented 
approximately 1.7% and 6.1%, respectively, of the Company’s total cost of revenues and selling, general, and administrative expenses. The 
amount paid to Fiserv in 2011 was immaterial. 

Bansi, an entity that owns a noncontrolling interest in the Company’s subsidiary Cardtronics Mexico, provides various ATM management 

services to Cardtronics Mexico in the normal course of business, including serving as the vault cash provider, bank sponsor, as well as 
providing other miscellaneous services. Amounts paid to Bansi represented approximately 1.0% and 0.8% of the Company’s total cost of 
revenues and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The amount paid 
to Bansi in 2011 was immaterial. 

(6)  Property and Equipment, net 

The following is a summary of the components of property and equipment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

ATM equipment and related costs 
Office furniture, fixtures, and other 
Total 
Less accumulated depreciation 
Net property and equipment 

2011 

2010 

(In thousands) 

309,760
52,675
362,435
(171,104) 
191,331

$ 

$ 

247,621
43,677
291,298
(134,833)
156,465

$ 

$ 

The property and equipment balances include deployments in process, as discussed in Note 1(h), Property and Equipment, Net, of 

$14.4 million and $4.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

(7)  Intangible Assets 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives. The following table depicts the net carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets with 

indefinite lives as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, as well as the changes in the net carrying amounts for the years ended 
December 31, 2010 and 2011 by segment: 

Balance as of January 1, 2010: 

Gross balance 
Accumulated impairment loss 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance as of December 31, 2010: 

Gross balance 
Accumulated impairment loss 

Acquisitions 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Balance as of December 31, 2011: 

Gross balance 
Accumulated impairment loss 

Goodwill  

U.S.

U.K.

Other 
International

Total

(In thousands)  

$

$

$

$

$

$

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

63,994 
(50,003)
13,991 

(601)

63,393 
(50,003)
13,390 

— 
(29)

63,364 
(50,003)
13,361 

  $ 

  $ 

714 
— 
714 

(7)

707 
— 
707 

2,044 
(15)

2,736  
— 
2,736  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

215,169 
(50,003)
165,166 

(608)

214,561 
(50,003)
164,558 

107,048
(44 )

321,565  
(50,003)
271,562  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

150,461 
— 
150,461 

— 

150,461 
— 
150,461 

105,004 
— 

255,465 
— 
255,465  

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
    
   
   
  
   
 
    
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
 
    
   
  
  
   
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
 
   
 
    
   
  
   
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
 
    
   
  
  
Balance as of January 1, 2010 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance as of December 31, 2010 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Balance as of December 31, 2011 

U.S.

$

$

200    
—   
200   
—    
200    

Trade Name
U.K.

(In thousands)  
$ 
3,243    
(138)  
3,105   
(7)   
3,098     

$ 

$

$

Total

3,443 
(138)
3,305 
(7)
3,298  

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives. The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets that are subject to amortization as of 

December 31, 2011 as well as the weighted average remaining amortization period: 

Customer and branding contracts/relationships 
Deferred financing costs 
Exclusive license agreements 
Non-compete agreements 
Total 

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Amortization Period  

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization      

(In thousands)  

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

5.9 
5.8 
3.0 
2.4 

  $ 

  $ 

211,108 
9,169  
6,569  
1,981  
228,827 

  $ 

  $ 

(111,823 )     $
(3,479 )       
(4,844 )       
(376 )       
(120,522 )     $

99,285 
5,690  
1,725  
1,605  
108,305 

The majority of the Company’s intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives utilizing the 
straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from four to ten years for customer and branding contracts/relationships, two to eight years 
for exclusive license agreements, and two to four years for non-compete agreements. Deferred financing costs are amortized through interest 
expense over the contractual term of the underlying borrowings utilizing the effective interest method. The Company periodically reviews the 
estimated useful lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in a 
reduction in fair value or a revision of those estimated useful lives. 

Amortization of customer and branding contracts/relationships, exclusive license agreements, and non-compete agreements, including 

impairment charges, totaled $17.9 million, $15.5 million, and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 
respectively. The Company recorded approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $1.2 million in additional amortization expense during the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, related to the impairments of certain previously acquired merchant 
contract/relationship intangible assets associated with its United States reporting segment.  The $1.2 million impairment charge recorded in 
2009 related to the unamortized intangible asset associated with one of the Company’s merchants, which was acquired by the Company’s 
United States reporting segment in 2005. The impairment resulted from higher-than-anticipated attrition of sites in this portfolio, stemming 
from the merchant’s decision to divest of the majority of its domestic retail locations. Although this merchant announced its divestiture 
program in 2007, it was not until the fourth quarter of 2009 that the full impact of the sales and attrition was evident. As a result of the 
anticipated reduction in future cash flows from the portfolio, the Company concluded in the fourth quarter of 2009 that an impairment of the 
related contract intangible asset was warranted. It should be noted that the Company received a one-time payment from this merchant in May 
2009 totaling $0.8 million relating to certain divestitures made by the merchant in prior periods. At the time, it was determined that the future 
cash flows under the remaining portfolio of ATMs would be sufficient to recover the carrying value of the related tangible and intangible 
assets. Accordingly, such amount was recorded as other income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As such, the 
net amount impacting the Company’s consolidated results in 2009 totaled $0.4 million. 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts totaled $1.0 million, $2.0 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  

85 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
     
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets with definite lives for each of the next five years, and thereafter is as 

follows:  

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total 

Customer and 
Branding 
Contracts / 
Relationships 

Deferred 
Financing Costs

Exclusive 
License 
Agreements 
(In thousands) 

Non-Compete 
Agreements 

Total 

$ 

$ 

19,433 
18,814 
17,314 
15,250 
11,555 
16,919 
99,285 

$

$

895 
930 
969 
1,011 
829 
1,056 
5,690 

$

$

770 
509 
185 
172 
58 
31 
1,725 

$ 

$ 

774 
537 
207 
87 
— 
— 
1,605 

$

$

21,872
20,790
18,675
16,520
12,442
18,006
108,305

(8)  Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets 

The following is a summary of prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Prepaid Expenses, Deferred Costs, and Other Current Assets: 
Prepaid expenses 
Interest rate swaps 
Deferred costs and other current assets 
Total 

Prepaid Expenses, Deferred Costs, and Other Non-Current Assets: 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred costs 
Other 
Total 

2011  

2010

(In thousands)  

8,806     $
606     
3,644    
13,056     $

2,639     $
1,822   
16,313    
20,774     $

7,696 
834  
1,692  
10,222 

576 
2,619 
624 
3,819 

$

$

$

$

The $16.3 million of other non-current assets as of December 31, 2011 includes $16.2 million recorded for an insurance 

receivable, related to the loss sustained as a result of the misappropriation of cash in February 2010 by the president and principal owner of 
Mount Vernon Money Center ("MVMC"), one of the Company's former third-party armored service providers in the Northeast United 
States.    

In February 2010, the Company reported a loss under its own cash insurance policy related to the cash misappropriated by MVMC. In 

May 2011, the Company's supplier of the vault cash at issue demanded repayment from the Company for the $16.2 million that MVMC had 
misappropriated. The Company subsequently repaid this amount to the vault cash provider through a borrowing under its revolving credit 
facility.  Initially, the Company’s insurance provider indicated that any otherwise unreimbursed portions of the $16.2 million loss would 
ultimately be recoverable under the cash insurance policy. As a result of making the repayment to the vault cash provider, the Company 
recorded a receivable, currently classified as non-current, as the Company expected to receive full reimbursement of the amount of 
misappropriated cash. In March 2011, the Company filed a formal insurance claim with its insurer seeking reimbursement of the $16.2 
million. In November of 2011, the Company filed a lawsuit against its insurer seeking to expedite the repayment of the Company’s loss. In 
January 2012, the insurer filed a general denial, along with certain affirmative defenses. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company was 
notified by the government receiver overseeing the seized assets that it would receive a distribution of $2.8 million, representing a pro rata 
allocation of the seized assets by the government. This payment, which the Company received in February 2012, will reduce this non-current 
receivable balance. While it is uncertain as to the timing of the recovery of the remainder of the asset, the Company believes that it is 
probable that the Company will be able to fully recover the $16.2 million currently recorded as a non-current receivable as of December 31, 
2011. Events continue to develop in the pending litigation (with its inherent uncertainties) and, as a result, the timing of recovery and the 
ultimate amount recovered may differ from current expectations. 

86 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
     
    
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
  
     
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
(9)  Accrued Liabilities 

The Company’s accrued liabilities include accrued merchant fees and other monies owed to merchants, interest payments, compensation, 

maintenance costs, and cash management fees. Other accrued expenses include professional services, sales and property taxes, marketing 
costs, and other miscellaneous charges. The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Accrued merchant fees 
Accrued compensation 
Accrued purchases 
Accrued interest expense 
Accrued armored fees 
Accrued merchant settlement amounts 
Accrued cash rental and management fees 
Accrued interest rate swap payments 
Accrued maintenance fees 
Accrued ATM telecommunications costs 
Accrued processing costs 
Other accrued expenses 
Total 

(10)  Long-Term Debt 

2011 

2010

(In thousands)  
20,387    $ 
9,991      
9,200      
5,709      
5,497      
4,739      
4,188      
2,034      
1,233      
1,161      
935      
12,874      
77,948    $ 

12,310 
7,038 
2,046 
5,740 
4,322 
4,583 
2,411 
2,199 
834 
1,402 
764 
6,894 
50,543 

  $ 

  $ 

The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

8.25% Senior subordinated notes due September 2018 
Revolving credit facility, including swing-line credit facility (weighted-average 

   $

combined rate of 2.7% and 3.1% as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively) 

Equipment financing notes 
Total 
Less: current portion 
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion 

Financing Facilities 

   $

2011 

2010

(In thousands)  

200,000       $ 

166,000         
4,949         
370,949         
2,317         
368,632       $ 

200,000 

46,200 
8,633 
254,833 
3,076 
251,757 

Revolving Credit Facility. The Company’s revolving credit facility, entered into on July 15, 2010, provides for $250.0 million in 
borrowings and letters of credit (subject to the covenants contained within the facility), has a termination date of July 2016, and contains a 
feature that allows the Company to expand the facility up to $325.0 million, subject to the availability of additional bank commitments by 
existing or new syndicate participants. The current borrowing capacity and termination date were modified on July 25, 2011, concurrent with 
the closing of the acquisition of the EDC ATM business, at which time we borrowed an additional $145.0 million to fund the acquisition. The 
amendment also modified the pricing for borrowings and undrawn commitments under the facility, both of which continue to be variable 
dependent upon the Company's total leverage ratio. Finally, the amendment changed certain other covenants in a manner that are generally 
more favorable to the Company.  

This revolving credit facility includes a $15.0 million swing line facility, a $60.0 million foreign currency sub-limit, and a $20.0 million 
letter of credit sub-limit. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at a variable rate, based upon the Company's total leverage ratio and the 
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or Alternative Base Rate (as defined in the agreement) at the Company's option. Additionally, the 
Company is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Substantially all of the Company's assets, 
including the stock of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of its foreign subsidiaries, are pledged to secure 
borrowings made under the revolving credit facility. Furthermore, each of the Company's domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed the 
Company's obligations under such facility. There are currently no restrictions on the ability of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries to 
declare and pay dividends directly to us.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
The primary restrictive covenants within the facility include (i) limitations on the amount of senior debt and total debt that the Company 
can have outstanding at any given point in time and (ii) the maintenance of a set ratio of earnings to fixed charges, as computed quarterly on a 
trailing 12-month basis. Additionally, the Company is limited on the amount of restricted payments, including dividends, which it can make 
pursuant to the terms of the facility. These limitations are generally governed by a senior leverage ratio test and the existing fixed charge ratio 
covenant.  

The failure to comply with the covenants will constitute an event of default (subject, in the case of certain covenants, to applicable notice 

and/or cure periods) under the agreement.  Other events of default under the agreement include, among other things, (i) the failure to timely 
pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts due and owing; (ii) the inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect; (iii) 
the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events; (iv) loss of lien perfection or priority; and (v) the occurrence of a change in 
control.  The occurrence and continuance of an event of default could result in, among other things, termination of the lenders' commitments 
and acceleration of all amounts outstanding.  The Company's obligations under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of the 
Company's existing and future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain limitations.  In addition, the Company's obligations under the 
agreement, subject to certain exceptions, are secured on a first-priority basis by liens on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets 
of the Company and the guarantors. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants and ratios 
under the facility.  

As of December 31, 2011, $166.0 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Additionally, the Company has posted a $2.0 
million letter of credit serving to secure the overdraft facility of its United Kingdom subsidiary (further discussed below). This letter of credit, 
which the applicable third-party may draw upon in the event the Company defaults on the related obligations, reduces the Company’s 
borrowing capacity under the facility. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s available borrowing capacity under the amended facility 
totaled approximately $82.0 million. 

Termination of Previous Credit Facility. Concurrent with entering into its current revolving credit facility on July 15, 2010, the Company 
terminated its previous $175.0 million revolving credit facility, under which no amounts were outstanding as of the date of the termination.  
No material termination fees or penalties were incurred by the Company in connection with the termination of the previously-existing credit 
facility, which was due to mature in May 2012.  However, the Company recorded a $0.4 million pre-tax charge during the third quarter of 
2010 to write off certain deferred financing costs associated with the previous facility, which is included in the Write-off of deferred 
financing costs and bond discounts line item in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

Redemption of $100.0 Million Senior Subordinated Notes – Series B. On July 21, 2010, the Company issued a “Notice of Redemption” for 
its $100.0 million 9.25% senior subordinated notes – Series B (the “Series B Notes”), which were redeemed on August 20, 2010, at a price of 
102.313% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest through August 20, 2010.  The redemption of the Series B Notes was 
funded with approximately $35.0 million of available cash on hand and $65.0 million of borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit 
facility (discussed above).  In connection with the redemption, the Company recorded a $3.2 million pre-tax charge during the third quarter of 
2010 to write off the remaining unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs associated with the Series B Notes and a 
$2.3 million pre-tax charge related to the call premium, which are included in the Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
and the Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt line items, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of 
Operations. 

Redemption of $200.0 Million Senior Subordinated Notes – Series A. On August 12, 2010, the Company commenced a tender offer for its 

$200.0 million 9.25% senior subordinated notes (the “Series A Notes”), of which approximately $97.8 million were tendered by August 25, 
2010 at the tender offer price of 102.563% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest through September 9, 2010.  The 
remaining $102.2 million of the Series A Notes were redeemed on September 27, 2010 pursuant to a Notice of Redemption at a price of 
102.313% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest through September 27, 2010.  The redemption of the Series A Notes was 
funded with proceeds from the Company’s issuance of $200.0 million 8.25% senior subordinated notes due 2018 (discussed below) and 
borrowings under the Company’s credit facility.  In connection with the tender offer and the redemption, the Company recorded a $3.7 
million pre-tax charge during the third quarter of 2010 to write off the remaining unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing 
costs associated with the Series A Notes and a $4.9 million pre-tax charge related to the call premium, which are included in the Write-off of 
deferred financing costs and bond discounts and the Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt line items, respectively, in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Issuance of $200.0 Million 8.25% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2018. In August 2010, concurrent with the commencement of the tender 

offer for its Series A Notes, the Company launched a public offering of, and priced, $200.0 million 8.25% senior subordinated notes due 
September 2018 (the “2018 Notes”). The 2018 Notes were issued at par, and the proceeds from the offering were used to fund the redemption 
of the Series A Notes (discussed above).  Interest under the 2018 Notes is paid semi-annually in arrears on March 1st and September 1st of 
each year. The 2018 Notes, which are guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, contain no maintenance covenants and only 
limited incurrence covenants, under which the Company has considerable flexibility. Additionally, the Company is limited on the amount of 
restricted payments, including dividends, which it can make pursuant to the terms of the indenture. These limitations are generally governed 
88 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
by a fixed charge ratio incurrence test and an overall restricted payments basket. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance 
with all applicable covenants required under the 2018 Notes. 

Other Facilities. In addition to the above, the Company has the following financing facilities: 

  Bank Machine overdraft facility. In addition to Cardtronics, Inc.’s $250.0 million revolving credit facility, Bank Machine has a 

£1.0 million overdraft facility. Such facility, which bears interest at 1.0% over the bank’s base rate (0.5% as of December 31, 
2011) and is secured by a letter of credit posted under the Company’s revolving credit facility as discussed above in the Revolving 
Credit Facility section, is utilized for general corporate purposes for the Company’s United Kingdom operations. As of 
December 31, 2011, there was approximately £136,000 ($0.2 million U.S.) outstanding under this overdraft facility, which had 
been utilized to help fund certain working capital commitments. Amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility are reflected in 
accounts payable in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, as these amounts are automatically repaid once cash deposits are 
made to the underlying bank accounts.  

  Cardtronics Mexico equipment financing agreements. Between 2007 and 2010, Cardtronics Mexico entered into nine separate 

five-year equipment financing agreements with a single lender. These agreements, which are denominated in pesos and bear 
interest at an average fixed rate of 10.27%, were utilized for the purchase of additional ATMs to support the Company’s Mexico 
operations. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $68.8 million pesos ($4.9 million U.S.) were outstanding under the 
agreements, with any future borrowings to be individually negotiated between the lender and Cardtronics Mexico. Pursuant to the 
terms of the loan agreements, the Company has issued guarantees for 51.0% of the obligations under this agreement (consistent 
with its ownership percentage in Cardtronics Mexico). As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of the guarantees was 
$35.1 million pesos ($2.5 million U.S.). 

Debt Maturities 

Aggregate maturities of the principal amounts of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2011, were as follows (in thousands) 

for the years indicated: 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total 

(11)  Asset Retirement Obligations 

$ 

$ 

2,344
1,363
1,205
37
166,000
200,000
370,949

Asset retirement obligations consist primarily of deinstallation costs of the Company’s ATMs and the costs to restore the merchant’s site to 

its original condition. In most cases, the Company is contractually required to perform this deinstallation and restoration work. For each 
group of ATMs, the Company has recognized the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation and capitalized that cost as part of 
the cost basis of the related asset. The related assets are being depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, and the 
related liabilities are being accreted to their full value over the same period of time. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of the changes in the Company’s asset retirement obligation liability for the years ended December 31, 2011 

and 2010: 

2011 

2010

Asset retirement obligation as of beginning of period 
Additional obligations 
Accretion expense 
Payments 
Change in estimates 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Asset retirement obligation as of end of period 

   $

   $

(In thousands)  
  $ 

26,657 
8,680 
2,246 
(2,161)      
(647)     
(258)      
  $ 

34,517 

24,003 
4,824 
2,598 
(3,262)
(1,236)
(270)
26,657 

The change in estimate during 2011 was the result of updating certain cost assumptions based on the actual deinstallation costs 

experienced by the Company during the year. In the United States, recent actual costs incurred were lower than the previously-estimated 
costs, and as a result, the Company determined that the liability should be reduced by approximately $2.0 million to account for the lower 
costs incurred to date and to reduce estimated future costs. In the United Kingdom, actual recent costs were higher than the previously-
estimated costs, and as a result, the Company determined that the liability should be increased by approximately $1.3 million to account for 
higher expected costs in the future. See Note 17, Fair Value Measurements for additional disclosures on the Company's asset retirement 
obligations with respect to its fair value measurements. 

(12)  Other Liabilities  

The following is a summary of the components of the Company’s other liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Current Portion of Other Long-Term Liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps 
Deferred revenue 
Other 
Total 

Other Long-Term Liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps 
Obligations associated with acquired unfavorable contracts 
Deferred revenue 
Other 
Total 

2011  

2010

(In thousands)  

23,637     $
1,440    
24    
25,101     $

47,423     $
3,349   
1,248    
4,857    
56,877     $

22,955 
1,512  
26  
24,493  

19,831  
— 
1,591  
1,963  
23,385  

$

$

$

$

The significant increase in the non-current portion of other long-term liabilities since December 31, 2010 is attributable to the Company's 
interest rate swaps, the liabilities for which increased due to movement in the forward interest rate curves, particularly for the swaps recently 
entered into that extend through 2016, which resulted in an increase in the Company's estimated future liabilities under such contracts. See 
Note 16, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information on the Company's interest rate swaps. Additionally, $5.2 million in 
obligations associated with acquired unfavorable contracts were recorded during the year related to acquisitions completed during 2011, 
which are being amortized over the remaining terms of the respective unfavorable contracts. See Note 2, Acquisitions for additional 
information on the acquisitions made during 2011.   

(13)  Capital Stock 

Common and Preferred Stock. The Company is authorized to issue 125,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 43,999,443 and 
42,833,342 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the Company is authorized to issue 
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which no shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

(14)  Employee Benefits 

The Company sponsors defined contribution retirement plans for its employees, the principal plan being the 401(k) plan which is offered 

to its employees in the United States. During 2011, the Company matched 50% of employee contributions up to 3.0% of the employee’s 

90 

 
 
 
  
  
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
     
    
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
    
     
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
salary (for a maximum matching contribution of 1.5% of the employee’s salary by the Company). Employees immediately vest in their 
contributions while the Company’s matching contributions vest at a rate of 20% per year. The Company also sponsors a similar plan for its 
employees in the United Kingdom. The Company contributed $0.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million to the defined contribution benefit 
plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. 

(15)  Commitments and Contingencies  

Legal Matters 

Automated Transactions. On August 16, 2010, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware entitled 

Automated Transactions LLC v. IYG Holding Co., et al. 10 Civ. 0691 (D. Del.) (the "2010 Lawsuit"). The 2010 Lawsuit names the 
Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Cardtronics USA, Inc., as one of the defendants. The 2010 Lawsuit alleges that the Company's 
subsidiary and the other defendants have infringed seven of the plaintiff's patents by providing retail transactions to consumers through their 
ATMs. The plaintiff is seeking a permanent injunction, damages, treble damages, and costs, including attorney's fees and expenses. The 
allegations raised by the plaintiff in this suit are similar to the allegations made by the same plaintiff in a suit filed in 2006 against 7-Eleven, 
Inc. (the "2006 Lawsuit") concerning six of the same seven patents. In July 2007, when the Company acquired the 7-Eleven portfolio, the 
Company became subject to the 2006 Lawsuit; the ATM supplier in that case agreed to indemnify 7-Eleven, Inc. against the plaintiff's claims. 
That indemnity was assigned by 7-Eleven to the Company, and the supplier acknowledged that assignment.  

The Company has stated its belief that it had meritorious defenses to the plaintiff's claims in the 2010 Lawsuit and the 2006 Lawsuit and 

that upon agreement of all parties involved in this matter, the Court agreed to stay the 2010 Lawsuit until resolution of the major issues 
involved in the 2006 Lawsuit. In addition, on January 28, 2011, the United States Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") Board of Patent 
Appeals and Interferences ("BPAI") issued a decision affirming the rejection on the grounds of obviousness of all the claims of one of the 
patents asserted by the plaintiff in both the 2006 and 2010 Lawsuits. The plaintiff has appealed this decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for 
the Federal Circuit.  

Following a motion for summary judgment filed by the Company and the other co-defendants (collectively the "Defendants") in the 2006 

case, on March 9, 2011, the Court ruled in favor of the Defendants with respect to the infringement issues (the "March 9th Decision"). The 
Court found that the Defendants did not infringe the claims asserted in any of the plaintiff's five patents (the allegations as to the sixth patent 
having been dismissed earlier). In addition, the Court granted the Defendants partial summary judgment that the plaintiff's patent claims 
were, in part, invalid and rendered other findings so as to materially weaken the plaintiff's case. On June 9, 2011, the Court entered a final 
judgment with respect to these rulings (the "Judgment") on less than all the claims and defenses. On July 1, 2011, the plaintiff filed a Notice 
of Appeal of the Judgment and the underlying Decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The parties also stipulated to 
continue the stay of the 2010 case until after a decision on the appeal. Regardless of the outcome of the appeal, the Company has asserted 
additional grounds of invalidity, which would have to be determined by the district court before the plaintiff could be successful. If affirmed 
on appeal, the Judgment and March 9th Decision will effectively terminate the 2006 Lawsuit in favor of the Defendants. An affirmance should 
also resolve in the Company's favor the plaintiff's claims in the 2010 Lawsuit on the same five patents asserted and ruled in the March 9th 
Decision and Judgment and effectively resolve in the Company's favor the claims attempted to be asserted in the 2010 Lawsuit on the seventh 
asserted patent. The Company also believes it has meritorious defenses in the 2010 Lawsuit to the sixth patent not ruled upon in the 2006 
Lawsuit.  

The Company will continue to vigorously defend itself, or have its suppliers defend, in the 2006 Lawsuit and in the 2010 Lawsuit, if the 
stay is lifted. If the Judgment and March 9th Decision in the 2006 Lawsuit is modified or reversed on appeal, the Company cannot currently 
predict the outcome of either lawsuit, nor can it predict the amount of time and expense that will be required to resolve these lawsuits. An 
unfavorable resolution of this litigation could adversely impact the Company's financial condition or results of operation.  

Regulation E. EFT networks in the United States are subject to extensive regulations that are applicable to various aspects of the 
Company's operations and the operations of other ATM network operators. The major source of EFT network regulations is the Electronic 
Funds Transfer Act ("EFTA"), commonly known as Regulation E. The federal regulations promulgated under Regulation E establish the 
basic rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers who use EFT services and of financial institutions that offer these services, 
including, among other services, ATM transactions. Generally, Regulation E: (i) requires ATM network operators to provide not only a 
surcharge notice on the ATM screens, but also on the ATM machine itself; (ii) requires the establishment of limits on the consumer's liability 
for unauthorized use of his or her card; (iii) requires all ATM operators to provide receipts to consumers who use their ATMs; and (iv) 
establishes protest procedures for consumers. Recently, the number of putative class action lawsuits filed nationwide in connection with 
Regulation E disclosures against various financial institutions and ATM operators alike has increased substantially.  As of the date of filing, 
the Company is aware of the following lawsuits that have been filed in federal courts alleging one or more violations of Regulation E on a 
small number of specific ATMs operated by the Company:  

—  Cause No. 3:11-md-02245-BEN-BLM; Cardtronics ATM Fee Notice Litigation; In the USDC Southern District of 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
California(San Diego)(a multi-district litigation consolidation of seven cases) (instituted June 2011); 

—  Cause No. 11-09838;Thomas Chayra, et al. v. 7-Eleven, Inc.; In the USDC Central District of California (instituted 

January 2012); 

—  Cause No. 11-9960; Thomas Chayra, et al. v. G&M Oil Company, et al; In the USDC Central District of California 

(instituted January 2012); and 

—  Cause No. 11-1511; Shelby Ramsey, et al.  v. Cardtronics USA, Inc., et al.; In the USDC Southern District of California 

(instituted July 2011). 

In each of the above cases, the plaintiffs allege that one or more of the Company's ATMs were missing notices posted on or near the 
ATM itself, which plaintiffs allege is a violation of EFTA and Regulation E and thereby entitles all users of the ATMs to certain statutory 
damages provided for within the EFTA regulations.  In each lawsuit, the plaintiffs are seeking an order certifying a class-action of previous 
users of each of the ATMs at issue, statutory damages pursuant to 15 U.S.C 1693m, costs of suit and attorney's fees, and a permanent 
injunction. The Company believes that, among other things, the plaintiffs are misreading EFTA and thus have not stated a valid cause of 
action under EFTA and that plaintiffs do not have a private right of action for any alleged violations of Regulation E. Further, the Company 
believes that certain affirmative defenses provided for by the EFTA and Regulation E insulates the Company from liability in each lawsuit. In 
particular, the EFTA and Regulation E provide two "safe-harbor" defenses: (i) under the "safe harbor" defense, the ATM operator posted 
disclosure notices on each ATM, but the notices were removed by someone other than the operator; and (ii) under the "bona fide error" 
defense, the ATM operator has had policies and procedures in place to comply with EFTA and Regulation E, but an inadvertent violation 
occurred notwithstanding those policies and procedures. The Company believes that one or both of these defenses insulate the Company from 
liability in some or all of these lawsuits.  The Company believes its defenses to these actions will prevent any of these cases from having a 
material adverse impact on its business, and that none of these currently filed lawsuits, either individually or in the aggregate, will materially 
adversely affect the Company's financial condition or results or operations. However, if the Company's defenses are not successful, these and 
other similarly filed lawsuits could adversely impact the Company's financial condition or results of operation.  

National Federation of the Blind. On July 29, 2011, the Company received notice of a motion for contempt filed against it by the 
National Federation of the Blind, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, et. al. (the "Plaintiffs")  in the United States District Court for the 
District of Massachusetts: Civil Action No. 03-11206-NMG (the "Motion"). In the Motion, the Plaintiffs allege that the Company has failed 
to meet all but one of the requirements set forth in a December 2007 settlement agreement (as modified in November 2010, the "Settlement 
Agreement") by and between the Company and the Plaintiffs. On or about August 25, 2011, the Company filed its Cross Motion for 
Enforcement of the Settlement Agreement (the "Cross Motion").  The Plaintiffs responded to the Company’s Cross Motion on or about 
September 30, 2011 and the Company filed its reply to that response on or about October 21, 2011.   On December 15, 2011, the Court issued 
an order requiring the Company to meet the terms of the Settlement Agreement by March 15, 2012 or face a fine of $50 per ATM per month 
for each ATM not in compliance with the Settlement Agreement.  Since the Company is engaged in a concerted effort to ensure that all of its 
ATMs are in compliance with both the Settlement Agreement and the substantially revised accessibility rules issued under the American with 
Disabilities Act, as amended in July 2010 (the "ADA"), it is confident that it will complete those efforts by March 15, 2012 with respect to 
substantially all of its ATMs.  To the extent that 100% of its ATMs do not comply by March 15, 2012, due to technical issues or equipment 
delivery schedules, the Company believes that it should be able to do so within a few weeks following March 15, 2012 and therefore the 
Company does not anticipate that the outcome of this matter will have material adverse effect upon its financial condition or results of 
operations.  

In addition to the above items, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of its 

business. The Company has provided reserves where necessary for all claims and the Company's management does not expect the outcome in 
any of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, to have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition or results 
of operations. Additionally, the Company currently expenses all legal costs as they are incurred.  

Regulatory Matters 

Change in Mexico Fee Structure. In May 2010, as supplemented in October 2010, rules promulgated by the Central Bank of Mexico 
became effective that require ATM operators to choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer's card-issuing bank or a 
surcharge fee from the consumer.  When a surcharge is received by the ATM operator, the rules prohibit a bank from charging its cardholder 
an additional fee.  The rules also prohibit a bank from charging its cardholders a surcharge fee when those cardholders use its ATMs.  

The Company's majority-owned subsidiary, Cardtronics Mexico, elected to assess a surcharge fee rather than selecting the interchange 

fee-only option, and subsequently increased the amount of its surcharge fees to compensate for the loss of interchange fees that it previously 
earned on such ATM transactions.  Although the total cost to the consumer (including bank fees) of an ATM transaction at a Cardtronics 
Mexico ATM has stayed approximately the same, average transaction counts, revenues, and profit per machine have declined.  As a result of 
the above developments, to mitigate the negative effects of these events, a bank branding agreement was executed during the first quarter of 
2011 with Grupo Financiero Banorte S.A. de C.V. ("Banorte") to brand up to 2,000 machines in that market. As a result of this agreement, 
the Company has experienced improved profitability on the machines covered by the agreement.   

92 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
Capital and Operating Lease Obligations 

Capital Lease Obligations. In 2007, the Company assumed responsibility for certain capital lease contracts in the 7-Eleven ATM 

Transaction, the majority of which expired in 2009. During 2010, the Company fulfilled its payment obligations related to the capital leases 
and the ownership of the ATMs transferred to the Company. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not have any capital 
leases outstanding. 

Operating Lease Obligations. In addition to the capital leases assumed in conjunction the 7-Eleven ATM Transaction, the Company also 
assumed certain operating leases in connection with the acquisition. In conjunction with its purchase price allocation related to the 7-Eleven 
ATM Transaction, the Company recorded approximately $8.7 million of other liabilities (current and long-term) to value certain unfavorable 
equipment operating leases assumed as part of the acquisition. These liabilities were amortized over the remaining terms of the underlying 
leases, the majority of which expired in 2009, and served to reduce ATM operating lease expense amounts to the fair value of these services 
as of the date of the acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the remainder of the operating leases also expired and 
consequently, $0.4 million in letter of credit that was previously posted that related to these operating and capital leases was released upon the 
expiration of the leases.  

The Company was a party to several operating leases as of December 31, 2011, primarily for office space and the rental of space at certain 

merchant locations. Such leases expire at various times during the next 14 years. 

Future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating and merchant space leases (with initial lease terms in excess of one year) 

as of December 31, 2011 were as follows for each of the five years indicated and in the aggregate thereafter (in thousands):  

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 

$ 

$ 

6,808
6,335
4,227
3,521
2,166
5,652
28,709

Total rental expense under the Company’s operating leases, net of sublease income, was approximately $6.3 million, $5.7 million, and 
$6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Rental expense in 2009 is presented net of $3.4 million of 
expense reductions related to the liabilities recorded to value the unfavorable operating leases. 

Other Commitments 

Asset retirement obligations. The Company’s asset retirement obligations consist primarily of deinstallation costs of the ATM and the 

costs to restore the ATM site to its original condition. The Company is generally legally required to perform this deinstallation and restoration 
work. The Company had $34.5 million accrued for such liabilities as of December 31, 2011. For additional information on the Company’s 
asset retirement obligations, see Note 11, Asset Retirement Obligations. 

Purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had entered into an agreement to purchase $6.8 million of ATM 

equipment for the United States from one of its primary ATM suppliers during 2012. Other material purchase commitments as of December 
31, 2011 included $1.9 million of ATM and other equipment purchase obligation in the United Kingdom, as well as an aggregate of $3.8 
million in minimum service requirement for certain gateway and processing fees over the next year and a half to four years. 

(16)  Derivative Financial Instruments 

Accounting Policy 

The Company recognizes all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet 
at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (e.g., gains or losses) of those derivative instruments depends on (i) whether such 
instruments have been designated (and qualify) as part of a hedging relationship and (ii) on the type of hedging relationship actually 
designated. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company designates the hedging 
instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a cash flow hedge, a fair value hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign 
operation.  

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk associated with the 
Company’s vault cash rental obligations and, to a lesser extent, outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The 
Company is also exposed to foreign currency rate risk with respect to its investments in its foreign subsidiaries, most notably its investment in 
Bank Machine, Ltd. in the United Kingdom. While the Company does not currently utilize derivative instruments to hedge its foreign 
currency rate risk, it does utilize interest rate swap contracts to manage the interest rate risk associated with its vault cash rental obligations in 
the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company does not currently utilize any derivative instruments to manage the interest rate risk 
associated with its vault cash rental obligations in Mexico, nor does it utilize derivative instruments to manage the interest rate risk associated 
with the borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility.  

The notional amounts, weighted-average fixed rates, and terms associated with the Company’s interest rate swap contracts accounted for 

as cash flow hedges that are currently in place (as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements) are as follows: 

Notional Amounts      Notional Amounts  
   United Kingdom  

United States  

   Notional Amounts   Weighted Average     
   Consolidated (1)  

Fixed Rate  

Term  

$
$
$
$
$

750,000  
750,000  
750,000  
550,000  
350,000  

(in thousands)  
50,000  
£
25,000  
£
—  
£
—  
£
—  
£

$
$
$
$
$

827,451  
788,726  
750,000  
550,000  
350,000  

3.45%  
3.35%  
3.29%  
3.27%  
3.28%  

  January 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012 
  January 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013 
  January 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014 
  January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015  
  January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016  

____________ 
(1) 

United Kingdom pound sterling amounts have been converted into United States dollars at approximately $1.55 to £1.00, which was the exchange rate in effect as of 
December 31, 2011. 

The Company has designated a majority of its interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges of the Company’s forecasted vault cash 
rental obligations.  Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the related interest rate swap contracts have been reported in the Accumulated 
other comprehensive loss, net line item within stockholders’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it would be able to realize the benefits associated with its net deferred tax asset 
positions in the future.  Therefore, the Company records the unrealized losses related to its domestic interest rate swaps net of estimated taxes 
in the Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net line item within Stockholders' equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Cash Flow Hedging Strategy 

For each derivative instrument that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected 

future cash flows attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a 
component of other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted 
transaction and in the same period or periods during which the hedge transaction affects earnings.  Gains and losses on the derivative 
instrument representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components that are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in earnings.  However, because the Company currently only utilizes fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps in which the underlying 
pricing terms agree, in all material respects, with the pricing terms of the Company’s vault cash rental obligations, the amount of 
ineffectiveness associated with such interest rate swap contracts has historically been immaterial.  Accordingly, no ineffectiveness amounts 
associated with the Company’s cash flow hedges have been recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For derivative 
instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the 
current period. 

The interest rate swap contracts entered into with respect to the Company’s vault cash rental obligations effectively modify the 
Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of the Company’s monthly floating rate vault cash rental obligations to a 
fixed rate.  Such contracts are in place through December 31, 2016 for the Company’s United States vault cash rental obligations, and 
December 31, 2013 for the Company’s United Kingdom vault cash rental obligations.  By converting such amounts to a fixed rate, the impact 
of future interest rate changes (both favorable and unfavorable) on the Company’s monthly vault cash rental expense amounts has been 
reduced.  The interest rate swap contracts typically involve the receipt of floating rate amounts from the Company’s counterparties that 
match, in all material respects, the floating rate amounts required to be paid by the Company to its vault cash providers for the portions of the 
Company’s outstanding vault cash obligations that have been hedged.  In return, the Company typically pays the interest rate swap 
counterparties a fixed rate amount per month based on the same notional amounts outstanding.  At no point is there an exchange of the 
underlying principal or notional amounts associated with the interest rate swaps.   Additionally, none of the Company’s existing interest rate 
swap contracts contain credit-risk-related contingent features. 

94 

 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is also a party to certain derivative instruments that were originally, but are no longer, designated as cash flow hedges.  
Specifically, during 2009, the Company entered into a number of interest rate swaps to hedge its exposure to changes in market rates of 
interest on its vault cash rental expense in the United Kingdom.  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company’s vault cash provider in that 
market exercised its rights under the contract to modify the pricing terms and changed the target vault cash rental rate within the agreement.  
As a result of this change, the Company was no longer able to apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment to the underlying interest rate 
swap agreements.  In December 2009, the Company entered into a series of additional trades, the effects of which were to offset the existing 
swaps and establish new swaps to match the modified underlying vault cash rental rate.  Since the underlying swaps were not deemed to be 
effective hedges of the Company’s underlying vault cash rental costs, the Company was required to record an unrealized gain and a 
corresponding realized loss of $1.1 million each for the year ended December 31, 2011, and an unrealized gain and a corresponding realized 
loss of $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to these swaps, which have been reflected in 
the Other (income) expense line item in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Tabular Disclosures 

The following tables depict the effects of the use of the Company’s derivative contracts on its Consolidated Balance Sheets and 

Consolidated Statements of Operations: 

Balance Sheet Data  

Asset Derivative Instruments:  

Derivatives Not Designated as 

Hedging Instruments:  
Interest rate swap contracts  

Interest rate swap contracts  

Total  

Liability Derivative Instruments:  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging 

Instruments:  

Interest rate swap contracts  

Interest rate swap contracts  

Total  

Derivatives Not Designated as 

Hedging Instruments:  
Interest rate swap contracts  

Interest rate swap contracts  

Total  

Total Derivatives  

December 31, 2011

December 31, 2010

Balance Sheet Location  

Fair Value

  Balance Sheet Location  

Fair Value

(In thousands)  

Prepaid expenses, 

deferred costs, and 
other current assets  

Prepaid expenses, 

deferred costs, and 
other assets  

Current portion of other 
long-term liabilities  

Other long-term 
liabilities  

Current portion of other 
long-term liabilities  

Other long-term 
liabilities  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

  Prepaid expenses, 

deferred costs, and 
other current assets  

$

606

  Prepaid expenses, 

deferred costs, and 
other assets  

—
606    

  $

  Current portion of other 
long-term liabilities  

22,520

$

  Other long-term 
liabilities  

47,423
69,943    

  $

  Current portion of other 
long-term liabilities  

1,117

$

  Other long-term 
liabilities  

—
1,117    

70,454    

  $

  $

834  

109  
943  

21,083  

19,202  
40,285  

1,872  

629  
2,501  

41,843  

The Asset Derivative Instruments reflected in the table above related to the asset portions of certain derivative instruments that were in 

overall liability positions. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
  
 
 
Statements of Operations Data 

Derivatives in Cash 
Flow Hedging 
Relationship 

Interest rate swap 
contracts 

  Amount of Loss Recognized in OCI 
on Derivative Instruments  
(Effective Portion)

2011  

2010

(in thousands)  

 $  

(41,960) 

  $  

(31,913)

Year Ended December 31,
Location of Loss 
Reclassified from 
Accumulated OCI Into 
Income  
(Effective Portion)

Cost of ATM operating 
revenues 

  Amount of Loss Reclassified from 
Accumulated OCI into Income  
(Effective Portion)

2011  

2010

(in thousands)  

 $  

(23,506)

 $  

(25,053)

Derivatives Not Designated as 
Hedging Instruments 

Location of Loss Recognized into 
Income on Derivative

Year Ended December 31,
Amount of Loss Recognized into Income on 
Derivative

2011

2010

Interest rate swap contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Cost of ATM operating revenues  
Other (income) expense  

  $  

  $  

(In thousands)  
(171)   
(52)   
(223) 

$  

  $  

(1,574)
(126)
(1,700 )

The Company does not currently have any derivative instruments that have been designated as fair value or net investment hedges. The 
Company has not historically, and does not currently anticipate, discontinuing its existing derivative instruments prior to their expiration date. 
If the Company concludes that it is no longer probable that the anticipated future vault cash rental obligations that have been hedged will 
occur, or if changes are made to the underlying terms and conditions of the Company’s vault cash rental agreements, thus creating some 
amount of ineffectiveness associated with the Company’s current interest rate swap contracts, as occurred during the fourth quarter of 2009, 
any resulting gains or losses will be recognized within the Other expense (income) line item of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of 
Operations. 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company expects to reclassify $22.7 million of net derivative-related losses contained within accumulated 

OCI to earnings during the next twelve months concurrent with the recording of the related vault cash rental expense amounts.  

See Note 17, Fair Value Measurements for additional disclosures on the Company’s interest rate swap contracts in respect to its fair 

value measurements.  

(17) Fair Value Measurements 

The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 using 
the  fair  value  hierarchy  prescribed  by  U.S.  GAAP.  The  fair  value  hierarchy  has  three  levels  based  on  the  reliability  of  the  inputs  used  to 
determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Level 2 refers to 
fair values estimated using significant other observable inputs, and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant non-observable 
inputs. An asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement.  

Assets: 

Assets associated with interest rate swaps 

Liabilities: 

Liabilities associated with interest rate swaps 
Acquisition-related contingent consideration 

 $ 

 $ 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011

Total

Level 1

Level 2 

Level 3

(In thousands)  

606  

$ 

—  

$ 

606  

$ 

—  

71,060  
3,475 

$  

$ 

—  
— 

71,060  
— 

$ 

—  
3,475 

Interest rate swaps. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps was a net liability of $70.5 million as of December 31, 2011. 

These financial instruments are carried at fair value, calculated as the present value of amounts estimated to be received or paid to a 

96 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
marketplace participant in a selling transaction. These derivatives are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable 
inputs (Level 2 inputs), while taking into account the creditworthiness of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each trade.  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration.  Acquisition-related contingent consideration is initially measured and recorded at fair value 
as an element of consideration paid in connection with an acquisition with subsequent adjustments recognized in other operating expenses in 
the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company determines the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, 
and any subsequent changes in fair value, using a discounted probability-weighted approach, as determined using Level 3 inputs. During the 
year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $3.5 million in acquisition-related contingent consideration from the acquisitions 
completed during the year.  No changes in fair value were recorded during the year. 

Additionally, below are descriptions of the Company’s valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value.  The 
methods described below may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair 
values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use 
of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of 
fair value at the reporting date.  

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, other current assets, accounts 
payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities. These financial instruments are not carried at fair value, but are carried at amounts 
that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk.  

Long-term debt.  The carrying amount of the long-term debt balance related to borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility, 

if and when there is an amount outstanding, approximates fair value due to the fact that any borrowings are subject to short-term floating 
interest rates.  As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s $200.0 million senior subordinated notes (see Note 10, Long-Term 
Debt) totaled $217.5 million, based on the quoted market price for such notes as of that date. 

Additions to asset retirement obligation liability. The Company estimates the fair value of additions to its asset retirement obligation 
liability using expected future cash outflows discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. Liabilities added to the Asset 
retirement obligations line item in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are measured at fair value at the time of the asset 
installations on a non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs, and are only reevaluated periodically based on current fair value.  The liabilities 
added during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $8.7 million, $4.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively.  The 
liabilities added in 2011 primarily related to acquisitions completed during the year. 

Fair  Value  Option.  In  February  2007,  the  FASB  issued  a  statement  that  provided  companies  the  option  to  measure  certain  financial 

instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has not elected to adopt the fair value option provisions of this statement. 

(18)  Income Taxes  

Income tax (benefit) expense based on the Company’s income before income taxes consists of the following for the years ended 

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009: 

Current: 
U.S. federal 
State and local 
Total current 
Deferred: 
U.S. federal 
State and local 
Foreign 
Total deferred 
Total 

2011

2010  
(In thousands)  

2009

$

$

$

$

(86)  $

1,774 
1,688 

(12,025)
(2,839)
— 
(14,864)
(13,176)

$

$

$

15  
1,583   
1,598   

(18,720 ) 
(17 ) 
—  
(18,737 ) 
(17,139 ) 

$

$

$

$

265 
251 
516 

3,889 
(160) 
— 
3,729 
4,245 

Income tax (benefit) expense differs from amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income before taxes as 

follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011

2010  
(In thousands)  

2009

Income tax expense at the statutory rate of 35.0% for 2011 and 2010 

and 34.0% for 2009 

Provision to return and deferred tax adjustments 
Change in federal and state effective tax rates 
State tax, net of federal benefit 
Permanent adjustments 
Uncertain tax position - non-deductible interest of foreign subsidiary 
Impact of foreign rate differential 
Impact of U.K. Restructuring 
Foreign subsidiary change in statutory rate 
Other 

Subtotal 

Change in valuation allowance 
Total tax (benefit) expense 

$

$

19,940 
(190) 
(780) 
2,418 
         341 
— 
139 
(37,019) 
524 
256 
(14,371) 
1,195 
(13,176) 

$

$

8,397 
(3,548) 
(225) 
1,565 
(83) 
— 
454 
— 
— 
(75) 
6,485 
(23,624) 
(17,139) 

$

$

3,405 
— 
— 
938 
180 
688 
160 
— 
— 
(132) 
5,239 
(994) 
4,245 

During  2011,  the  Company  implemented  a  tax  reporting  change  with  respect  to  its  U.K.  operations  whereby  the  U.K.  entities  are  no 
longer  considered  to  be  controlled  foreign  corporations  (i.e.  "CFCs")  for  U.S.  income  tax  purposes,  but  are  instead,  effectively  treated  as 
branches of the Company's U.S. operations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This change in U.S. federal income tax reporting election 
resulted in the recognition of a tax loss on its net investment in its U.K. operations. The Company also recognized a tax loss on certain long-
term debt obligations of its U.K. operations to the parent company in conjunction with the tax reporting change. As a result of these events, 
the  Company  recorded  an  overall  tax  benefit  of  $37.0  million  in  2011.  The  Company  expects  to  fully  utilize  the  net  operating  losses 
associated  with  this  restructuring  within  the  next  24  months  as  a  result  of  the  combined  taxable  income  expected  to  be  generated  by  its 
domestic operations and its U.K. branch during this time frame.  

The net current and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities (by segment) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows: 

  $ 

Current deferred tax asset 
Valuation allowance 
Current deferred tax liability 
Net current deferred tax asset (liability)  
Non-current deferred tax asset 
Valuation allowance 
Non-current deferred tax liability 
Net non-current deferred tax asset 
(liability) 
Net deferred tax asset 

  $ 

United States 

2011 

2010 

26,928 
— 
(64)   

  $  15,013 
— 
(63)   

  $

26,864 
44,355 
— 

14,950 
11,461 
— 

(22,143)   

(21,662)   

United Kingdom 
2010 
2011 
(In thousands) 
110    $
(72)    
(753)    
(715)    
10,421     
(6,801)    
(2,905)    

104    $
(73)    
(1,031)    
(1,000)    
12,163     
(8,229)    
(2,934)    

    Other International 
2010 

2011 

Consolidated 

2011 

2010 

122    $ 
(11)     
—     
111     
2,411     
(394)     
(2,128)     

78 
  $
(11)     
— 
67 
2,107 
(291)     
(1,883)     

27,154    $ 15,201 
(83)
(816)
14,302 
23,989 
(7,092)
(26,450)

(84)    
(1,095)    
25,975     
58,929     
(8,623)    
(27,205)    

22,212 
49,076 

(10,201)   
4,749 

  $

  $ 

1,000     
—    $

715     
—    $

(111)     
—    $ 

(67)     
  $
— 

23,101     
49,076    $

(9,553)
4,749 

98 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 

December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows: 

Current deferred tax assets: 
Reserve for receivables 
Accrued liabilities and inventory reserves 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts 
Other 

Subtotal 

Valuation allowance 

Current deferred tax assets 

Non-current deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap contracts 
Stock-based compensation 
Asset retirement obligations 
Tangible and intangible assets 
Deferred revenue 
Other 

Subtotal 

Valuation allowance 

Non-current deferred tax assets 
Current deferred tax liabilities: 
Other 

Current deferred tax liabilities 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities: 
Tangible and intangible assets 
Deployment costs 
Asset retirement obligations 
Other 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 

$

2011 

2010 

(In thousands) 

$

105 
5,136 
13,664 
8,177 
72 
27,154 

(84)   

27,070 

8,349 
18,763 
2,902 
3,956 
23,468 
605 
886 
58,929 
(8,623)   
50,306 

(1,095)   
(1,095)   

(17,633)   
(6,580)   
(1,997)   
(995)   
(27,205)   

195 
3,018 
4,493 
7,371 
124 
15,201 
(83)
15,118 

2,353 
6,879 
2,671 
1,032 
8,732 
1,189 
1,133 
23,989 
(7,092)
16,897 

(816)
(816)

(18,306)
(6,562)
(1,047)
(535)
(26,450)

$

49,076 

$

4,749 

Based on a positive pre-tax book income trend that began in 2009, continued throughout 2011 and is expected to continue in future 

periods, management concluded that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to 
realize its domestic deferred tax assets and expects the majority of Company’s domestic net operating loss carryforwards that are not subject 
to annual utilization limits to be fully utilized in the next 12 to 24 months, which is well before their expiration dates.     

The deferred taxes associated with the Company’s unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments have been reflected within 

accumulated other comprehensive loss balance in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As a result of its 2011 acquisitions, the Company recorded net deferred tax assets totaling $21.6 million. The recorded net deferred tax 
assets primarily include net operating loss carryforwards and Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 197 intangible assets, both of which are 
subject to certain limitations under IRC Section 382.  

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $53.6 million in United States federal net operating loss carryforwards that 
will begin expiring in 2025.  Included in this amount are net operating loss carryfowards of $14.9 million acquired in the Company’s 2011 
acquisitions. The United States federal net operating loss carryfoward amount excludes approximately $34.9 million in gross potential future 
tax benefits associated with excess tax deductions above previously recognized book expense for employee stock option exercises and 
restricted stock vesting that occurred from 2006 through 2011.  Because the Company is currently in a net operating loss carryforward 
position, such benefits have not been reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as required by ASC 718, Compensation – 
Stock Compensation.  Finally, the Company had approximately $0.3 million in alternative minimum tax credits in the United States as of 
December 31, 2011. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $6.7 million in net operating loss carryforwards in the United Kingdom not 
subject to expiration, $2.2 million in net operating loss carryforwards in Mexico that will begin expiring in 2016, and $543 thousand in net 
operating  loss  carryforwards  in  Canada  that  will  begin  expiring  in  2028.    However  the  deferred  tax  benefits  associated  with  such 
carryforwards, to the extent they are not offset by deferred tax liabilities, have been fully reserved for through a valuation allowance. At this 
time, the Company does not expect that its United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada operations will be in a position in the near future to be able 
to  more  likely  than  not  fully  utilize  their  deferred  tax  assets  in  their  respective  tax  jurisdictions,  including  their  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards.  As a result, the deferred tax benefits associated with the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Canada operations, to the extent they 
are not offset by deferred tax liabilities, have been fully reserved through a valuation allowance. 

The Company currently believes that the unremitted earnings of its international subsidiaries will be reinvested in the corresponding 
country of origin for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for on the differences between the 
Company’s book basis and underlying tax basis in those subsidiaries or on the foreign currency translation adjustment amounts related to 
such operations. 

The Company files United States, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. With few 
exceptions, the Company is not subject to tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2002.  The Company has received a notice of 
intent to audit its 2009 federal tax return from the Internal Revenue Service. The Company does not expect any material adjustments to result 
from the audit.  

In December 2010, President Obama signed into law the “Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 
2010.”  The legislation permits businesses to expense 100 percent of qualifying capital investments for 2010 and 2011. The Company’s 2011 
income tax provision reflects the impact of accelerating federal income tax depreciation deductions for qualifying property.  

(19)  Concentration Risk 

Significant Supplier.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s domestic and United Kingdom operations 
purchased equipment from one supplier that accounted for 73.9% and 62.4%, respectively, of the Company’s total ATM purchases for the 
years. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, accounts payable to this supplier for ATM purchases represented approximately 30.4% and 2.6%, 
respectively, of the Company’s consolidated accounts payable balances.  In Mexico, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company 
purchased equipment from one supplier that accounted for 7.9% of the Company’s total ATM purchases for that year. The accounts payable 
to this supplier was immaterial as of December 31, 2010. The Company did not purchase any ATMs in Mexico during 2011. 

Significant Vendors.  The Company obtains the cash to fill a substantial portion of its domestic Company-owned, and, in some cases, 
merchant-owned, ATMs from Bank of America and Wells Fargo.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $1.7 billion in cash in its 
domestic ATMs, of which 42.0% was provided by Bank of America and 40.4% was provided by Wells Fargo.  The Company’s existing vault 
cash rental agreements expire at various times from March 2012 to December 2016.  However, each provider has the right to demand the 
return of all or any portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain events beyond the Company’s control, including certain 
bankruptcy events of the Company or its subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of the Company’s cash provider agreements.  Other key terms 
of the agreements include the requirement that the cash providers provide written notice of their intent not to renew.  Such notice provisions 
typically require a minimum of 180 to 360 days’ notice prior to the actual termination date.  If such notice is not received, then the contracts 
will typically automatically renew for an additional one-year period.  Additionally, the Company’s contract with one of its vault cash 
providers contains a provision that allows the provider to modify the pricing terms contained within the agreement at any time with 90 days 
prior written notice.  However, in the event both parties do not agree to the pricing modifications, then either party may provide 180 days 
prior written notice of its intent to terminate.  In the United Kingdom, the Company obtains all of its vault cash from a single provider, which 
is currently operating under a month-to-month contract while it is in the process of being renewed.  

In addition to the above, the Company had concentration risks in significant vendors for the provision of on-site maintenance services and 

armored courier services in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.   

Significant Customers.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company derived 50.2% and 53.8%, respectively, of its 

total revenues from ATMs placed at the locations of its five largest merchants. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the 
Company’s top five merchants (based on its total revenues) were 7-Eleven, CVS, Walgreens, Martin McColl (in the United Kingdom), and 
Target. 7-Eleven, which represents the single largest merchant customer in Cardtronics’ portfolio, comprised 30.9% and 34.0% of the 
Company’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Accordingly, a significant percentage of the 
Company’s future revenues and operating income will be dependent upon the successful continuation of its relationship with 7-Eleven and 
these other merchants. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(20)  Segment Information 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s operations consisted of its United States, United Kingdom, and Other International segments.  

The Company’s operations in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are included in its United States segment. The Other International 
segment currently is comprised of the Company’s operations in Mexico and Canada. While each of these reporting segments provides similar 
kiosk-based and/or ATM-related services, each segment is currently managed separately as they require different marketing and business 
strategies.   

Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, along with other U.S. GAAP-based measures, to assess the operating results and effectiveness of 

its segments. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure because it allows management to more effectively evaluate the 
Company's operating performance and compare its results of operations from period to period without regard to its financing methods or 
capital structure. The Company excludes depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense as these amounts can vary substantially depending 
upon book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA does not 
reflect acquisition-related costs and the Company's obligations for the payment of income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as 
capital expenditures.  

During the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of certain financing activities, the Company recorded a $7.3 million charge to 
write off certain unamortized deferred financing costs and bond discounts and a $7.2 million charge associated with the early extinguishment 
of debt, which the Company has also excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.  These charges have been excluded from Adjusted EBITDA as the 
Company views these charges as non-recurring events that were specifically related to its decision to improve its capital structure and 
financial flexibility, and are not related to the Company’s ongoing operations.  Furthermore, management feels the inclusion of such charges 
in Adjusted EBITDA would not contribute to management’s understanding of the operating results and effectiveness of its business.  

Adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the Company, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is 
not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In evaluating the Company's performance as measured by Adjusted 
EBITDA, management recognizes and considers the limitations of this measurement. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA is only one of the 
measurements that management utilizes. Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating 
income, net income, cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in 
accordance with U.S. GAAP.  

Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to controlling interests for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010, and 2009: 

Adjusted EBITDA  
Less:  
Loss on disposal of assets  
Other income 
Noncontrolling interests 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Acquisition-related costs 
Other adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues  
Other adjustments to selling, general, and administrative 

expenses 

EBITDA  
Less:  
Interest expense, net, including amortization of deferred 

financing costs and bond discounts  

Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond discounts 
Redemption costs for early extinguishment of debt 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Depreciation and accretion expense  
Amortization expense  
Net income attributable to controlling interests  

2011 

2010 
(In thousands) 

2009 

$

156,307 

  $

130,819 

  $

110,373

981
(849) 
(1,897) 
9,283 
4,747 
— 

2,647 
(1,004) 
(1,984) 
5,998 
— 
— 

6,016
(982) 
(1,281) 
4,617
—
154

— 
144,042 

  $

— 
125,162 

  $

1,463
100,386

21,109 
— 
— 
(13,176) 
47,962 
17,914 
70,233 

  $ 

28,658 
7,296 
7,193 
(17,139) 
42,724 
15,471 
40,959 

  $ 

32,528
—
—
4,245
39,420
18,916
5,277

$

$ 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables reflect certain financial information for each of the Company’s reporting segments. All intercompany transactions 

between the Company’s reporting segments have been eliminated for the purposes of computing the total consolidated amounts: 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  

U.S.  

U.K.

Revenue from external customers  
Intersegment revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Selling, general, and administrative 

expenses  

Acquisition-related expenses 
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets  

   $ 

$ 

501,439    
4,277     
329,782    

47,342    
4,747     
791     

97,665     
—    
75,109     

5,950     
—    
215     

Other 
International    
(In thousands)  
25,472     
$ 
111     
19,612    

2,290    
—    
(25 )    

Adjusted EBITDA  

137,840    

16,554     

1,913     

28,719    
15,985     
17,144     
(13,176)    

16,194     
1,892    
3,260     
—    

3,070    
37     
705     
—    

Eliminations     

Total

$ 

$ 

—    
(4,388 )   
(4,388 )   

624,576  
— 
420,115  

—    
—    
—    

—    

(21 )   
—    
—    
—    

55,582  
4,747  
981  

156,307  

47,962  
17,914  
21,109  
(13,176 ) 

   $ 

46,154     

$ 

20,478     

$ 

254     

$ 

—    

$ 

66,886  

Depreciation and accretion expense  
Amortization expense  
Interest expense, net  
Income tax benefit 

Capital expenditures, excluding 

acquisitions (1)  

Revenue from external customers  
Intersegment revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Selling, general, and administrative 

expenses  

Loss on disposal of assets  

Depreciation and accretion expense  
Amortization expense  
Interest expense, net  
Write-off of deferred financing costs and 

bond discounts 

Redemption costs for early 
extinguishment of debt 

Income tax benefit 

Capital expenditures (1)  

Adjusted EBITDA  

113,567    

14,966    

U.S. 

$ 

$ 

423,109    
3,071     
280,973    

U.K.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 
Other 
International    
(In thousands)  
26,386     
$ 
—    
20,104     

82,583     
—    
62,386    

$ 

—    
(3,071)   
(3,071)   

Eliminations     

37,598    
1,135    

5,106    
1,305    

27,342    
13,517    
23,598    

7,296    

7,193   
(17,139)  

12,541    
1,931    
4,105    

—    

—   
—   

1,877    
207     

2,286    

2,862    
23     
955    

—    

—   
—   

—    
—    

—    

(21)   
—    
—    

—    

—   
—   

$ 

Total

532,078  
— 
360,392 

44,581 
2,647 

130,819 

42,724 
15,471 
28,658 

7,296 

7,193 
(17,139)

$ 

34,749    

$ 

13,059    

$ 

3,386    

$ 

—    

$ 

51,194 

102 

 
 
 
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 

U.S.  

U.K.

Other 
International

(In thousands)  

Eliminations     

Total

   $ 

401,934     $ 
2,142     
281,724    

73,096      $ 
—    
51,419     

18,323      $ 
—    
13,473     

—     $ 

(2,142 )   
(2,142 )   

Revenue from external customers  
Intersegment revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Selling, general, and administrative 

expenses  

Loss on disposal of assets  

35,434     
2,809     

4,865     
3,106     

Adjusted EBITDA  

93,105     

15,418     

Depreciation and accretion expense  
Amortization expense  
Interest expense, net  
Income tax expense 

26,845     
17,127     
26,893     
4,245     

10,799     
1,749     
4,976     
—    

1,228     
101      

1,850     

1,797     
40     
659     
—    

—    
—    

—    

(21 )   
—    
—    
—    

493,353  
— 
344,474  

41,527  
6,016  

110,373  

39,420  
18,916  
32,528  
4,245  

Capital expenditures (1)  
____________ 

   $ 

16,245      $ 

6,714      $ 

5,571      $ 

—     $ 

28,530  

(1) 

Capital expenditure amounts include payments made for exclusive license agreements, site acquisition costs, and capital expenditures financed by direct debt. 
Additionally, capital expenditure amounts for Mexico are reflected gross of any noncontrolling interest amounts.  

Identifiable Assets: 

United States  
United Kingdom  
Other International  
Eliminations  
Total  

   December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  

$

$

(In thousands)  

675,349    
83,386     
16,626     
(62,560)   
712,801     

$

$

419,841 
70,750 
17,674 
(52,950)
455,315 

(21)  Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information 

The Company’s $200.0 million senior subordinated notes are guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by all of the Company’s 

domestic subsidiaries. The following information sets forth the condensed consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, and the condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of 
(1) Cardtronics, Inc., the parent company and issuer of the senior subordinated notes (“Parent”); (2) the Company’s domestic subsidiaries on 
a combined basis (collectively, the “Guarantors”); and (3) the Company’s international subsidiaries on a combined basis (collectively, the 
“Non-Guarantors”): 

103 

 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations 

Parent

Revenues  
Operating costs and expenses  
Operating (loss) income  
Interest (income) expense, net, including 

amortization of deferred financing costs and 
bond discounts  

Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other (income) expense, net  
Income (loss) before income taxes  
Income tax benefit 
Net income (loss)  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling 

Year Ended December 31, 2011  
Non-

    Guarantors    

   $ 

  $ 

— 
9,604 
(9,604)     

505,716  
417,762  
87,954  

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  
123,248   
  $ 
124,344   

  $

(4,388 )  $ 
(4,409 ) 
21  

(940)     
(47,421)     
(19,252)     
58,009 
(12,116)     
70,125 
— 

18,084 
7,572  
15,714  
46,584 
(1,060 )     
47,644  
— 

(1,096 )      

3,965  
—  
2,734   
(7,795)      
—  
(7,795 )      
—  

— 
39,849  
— 
(39,828) 
— 
(39,828) 
(87 ) 

Total

624,576  
547,301  
77,275  

21,109 
— 
(804 )
56,970 
(13,176 )
70,146  
(87 )

interests and available to common stockholders    $ 

70,125 

  $ 

47,644  

  $ 

(7,795 )     $

(39,741 )  $ 

70,233  

Year Ended December 31, 2010  
Non-

Revenues  
Operating costs and expenses  
Operating (loss) income  
Interest expense, net, including amortization of 
deferred financing costs and bond discounts  
Write-off of deferred financing costs and bond 

discounts 

Redemption costs for early extinguishment of 

debt 

Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other (income) expense, net  
Income (loss) before income taxes  
Income tax benefit 
Net income (loss)  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling 

interests  

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling 

Parent

    Guarantors    

   $ 

  $

— 
6,329 
(6,329)   

426,180  
354,236  
71,944  

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  
108,969   
$ 
108,342   
627   

(3,071 )    $ 
(3,092 )     
21  

  $ 

5,473 

18,125 

5,060   

7,296     

7,193     
(30,014)   
(20,921)
24,644 
(16,468)   
41,112 

—     

—     

6,734 
18,098 
28,987 
(671 ) 
29,658  

—         

—         
—   
1,945   
(6,378 )      
—   
(6,378 )      

— 

—     

—     

23,280  
— 
(23,259)     
— 
(23,259 )     

Total

532,078  
465,815  
66,263  

28,658 

7,296 

7,193 
—
(878)
23,994
(17,139 )
41,133 

— 

— 

—   

174 

174 

interests and available to common stockholders    $ 

41,112 

  $

29,658  

$ 

(6,378 )     $ 

(23,433 )    $ 

40,959 

104 

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
Revenues  
Operating costs and expenses  
Operating (loss) income  
Interest expense, net, including amortization of 
deferred financing costs and bond discounts  

Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other (income) expense, net  
Income (loss) before income taxes  
Income tax expense 
Net income (loss)  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling 

interests  

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 
Non-

Parent

    Guarantors    

   $ 

  $

— 
4,967 
(4,967)   

404,076  
358,972  
45,104  

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  
91,419   
$ 
88,577   
2,842   

(2,142 )    $ 
(2,163 )     
21  

  $ 

3,868 
(18,646)   
(93)   

9,904 
4,154 
5,750 

— 

23,025 
5,254 
(905 ) 
17,730 
91  
17,639 

5,635   
—   
1,454   
(4,247 )      
—   
(4,247 )      

— 
13,392 
— 
(13,371)     
— 
(13,371)     

— 

—   

494  

Total

493,353  
450,353  
43,000  

32,528 
— 
456  
10,016 
4,245  
5,771  

494  

interests and available to common stockholders    $ 

5,750 

  $

17,639 

$ 

(4,247 )     $ 

(13,865)    $ 

5,277  

105 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets 

Assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable, net  
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net  
Other current assets  

Total current assets  
Property and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries  
Intercompany receivable (payable)  
Deferred tax asset, net  
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other 

assets  
Total assets  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:  
Current portion of long-term debt and notes 

payable  

Current portion of other long-term liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Current portion of deferred tax liability, net 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

Total current liabilities  

Long-term debt  
Intercompany payable  
Deferred tax liability, net  
Asset retirement obligations  
Other long-term liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

   $ 

As of December 31, 2011  
Non-

Parent

    Guarantors    

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  

Total

1 
44,454 
24,526 
885 
69,866 
— 
5,546 
— 
150,525 
240,825 
20,278 

— 
487,040 

— 
— 
7,895 
— 
7,895 
366,000 
— 
— 
— 
— 
373,895 
113,145 
487,040 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

4,721  
37,141  
2,339  
10,890  
55,091  
124,892  
98,649  
255,465 
100,048  
5,820  
1,933  

18,184  
660,082  

— 
22,729  
126,865  
— 
149,594  
27  
269,331  
— 
18,095  
55,969  
493,016  
167,066  
660,082  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

854   
6,065   
37   
9,316   
16,272   
66,551   
7,408   
16,097  
—  
(9,796 )      
890   

— 

  $

(46,793 )   

— 
(6 )   
(46,799 )   
(112 )   
— 
— 

(250,573 )   
(236,849 )   

— 

2,590   
100,012   

  $ 

— 
(534,333 )    $

2,317   
2,372   
23,319   
927  
28,935   
2,605   
20,389   
—  
16,422   
908   
69,259   
30,753   
100,012   

  $ 

  $

— 
— 

(46,794 )   

— 

(46,794 )   

— 

(289,720 )   

— 
— 
— 

(336,514 )   
(197,819 )   
(534,333 )    $

  $ 

5,576  
40,867  
26,902  
21,085  
94,430  
191,331  
111,603  
271,562 
— 
— 
23,101  

20,774  
712,801  

2,317  
25,101  
111,285  
927  
139,630  
368,632  
— 
— 
34,517  
56,877  
599,656  
113,145  
712,801  

106 

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets – continued 

As of December 31, 2010  
Non-

Parent

    Guarantors    

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  

Total

  $ 

2,219  
16,465  
1,156  
8,343  
28,183  
94,972  
61,970  
150,461  
— 
(2,180 )     
— 
3,020  
336,426  

  $ 

  $ 

889   
4,074   
67   
7,663   
12,693   
61,626   
6,980   
14,097   
—  
(8,486 )      
715   
799   
88,424   

  $ 

— 
20,944  
70,273  
— 
91,217  
— 
149,935  
814  
15,485  
21,630  
279,081  
57,345  
336,426  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3,076   
3,549   
22,338   
715   
29,678   
5,557   
104,271   
67   
11,172   
1,755   
152,500   
(64,076 )      
  $ 
88,424   

— 

  $

(32,167 )   

— 
(6 )   
(32,173 )   
(133 )   
— 
— 
7,221  
(254,557 )   

— 
— 
(279,642 )    $

  $

— 
— 

(32,167 )   

— 

(32,167 )   

— 

(254,206 )   

— 
— 
— 

(286,373 )   
6,731  
(279,642 )    $

3,189  
20,270  
15,017  
16,483  
54,959  
156,465  
74,799  
164,558  
— 
— 
715  
3,819  
455,315  

3,076  
24,493  
70,710  
715  
98,994  
251,757  
— 
10,268  
26,657  
23,385  
411,061  
44,254  
455,315  

Assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable, net  
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net  
Other current assets  

   $ 

Total current assets  
Property and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries  
Intercompany receivable (payable)  
Deferred tax asset, net  
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other assets   

Total assets  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:  
Current portion of long-term debt and notes 

payable  

Current portion of other long-term liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
Current portion of deferred tax liability, net  

   $ 

   $ 

Total current liabilities  

Long-term debt  
Intercompany payable  
Deferred tax liability, net  
Asset retirement obligations  
Other long-term liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Stockholders' equity (deficit) 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

   $ 

  $ 

81 
31,898 
13,794 
483 
46,256 
— 
5,849 
— 
(7,221)     

265,223 
— 
— 
310,107 

— 
— 
10,266 
— 
10,266 
246,200 
— 
9,387 
— 
— 
265,853 
44,254 
310,107 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

107 

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows  

Year Ended December 31, 2011  

Non-

Parent

    Guarantors    

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  

Total

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, site 
acquisition costs and other intangible assets 

  $ 

Investment in subsidiary 
Issuance of long-term notes receivable  
Payments received on long-term notes receivable   
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Net cash used in investing activities  
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt  
Repayments of long-term debt 
Repayments of borrowings under bank overdraft 

facility, net  

Debt issuance and modification costs 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options  
Repurchase of capital stock  
Issuance of capital stock 
Net cash provided by financing activities  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash 

equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of 

period  

Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period  

  $ 

  $ 

2,496  
— 

  $ 
100,460 
(45,640)    

10,369      $ 
(18,778)     

  $ 

— 
— 

— 
— 
(316,231 )     
189,040  

(2,800)     
(129,991 )    
381,738  
(261,938 )     

— 
(655)    

11,420  
(3,150 )     
— 
127,415  
— 

(514)    
(100,048)    
— 
93,663 
(164,811)    
(217,350)     
308,294 
(188,902)     

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
119,392 
— 

(1,954)     
—      
—      
—      
43      
(20,689 )      
7,937       
(96,854 )      

(830 )      
—      
—      
—      
100,048      
10,301       
(16 )      

(80 )     

2,502 

81  
1  

  $ 

2,219 
4,721 

  $ 

(35 )      

889       
854     $ 

— 
100,048 
316,231  
(282,703 )   

— 
133,576  
(316,231 )   
282,703  

— 
— 
— 
— 

(100,048)  
(133,576 )   

— 

— 

— 
— 

  $ 

113,325 
(64,418)

(2,468)
— 
— 
— 
(167,568)
(234,454)
381,738 
(264,991)

(830) 
(655)
11,420 
(3,150) 
— 
123,532 
(16) 

2,387 

3,189 
5,576 

108 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows – continued  

Net cash provided by operating activities  
Additions to property and equipment  
Payments for exclusive license agreements, site 
acquisition costs and other intangible assets  

  $ 

Issuance of long-term notes receivable  
Payments received on long-term notes receivable      
Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

activities  

Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases      
Proceeds from borrowings under bank overdraft 

facility, net 

Debt issuance and modification costs 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options  
Repurchase of capital stock  
Net cash used in financing activities  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 

equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of 

period  

Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period  

  $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 

Non-

Parent

    Guarantors    

Guarantors         Eliminations    
(In thousands)  

Total

  $ 

5,459 
— 

  $ 
84,083 
(32,373)     

15,626      $ 
(15,696 )      

  $ 

— 
— 

105,168 
(48,069)

— 
(29,220 )     
84,500  

55,280 
382,400 
(443,393)    

—     
(5,423)    
7,390  
(1,672 )     
(60,698 )     
— 

(2,376)     
— 
— 

(34,749)     
29,220 
(84,735)    

—     
—     
— 
— 
(55,515)     
— 

(207 )      
—      
—      

(15,903 )      
—      
(2,212)     

995     
—       
—      
—      
(1,217)      
374      

— 
29,220  
(84,500 )   

(55,280)   
(29,220)   
84,500      

—     
—      
— 
— 
55,280 
— 

41  

40  
81  

  $ 

(6,181)     

(1,120 )      

8,400 
2,219 

  $ 

2,009      
889      $ 

— 

— 
— 

  $ 

(2,583)
— 
— 

(50,652)
382,400 
(445,840)

995 
(5,423)
7,390 
(1,672)
(62,150)
374 

(7,260)

10,449 
3,189 

109 

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
    
   
 
 
    
   
 
 
    
   
 
 
   
   
 
    
   
 
    
   
   
 
    
    
    
   
   
 
 
    
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
   
   
 
 
    
   
 
 
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows – continued   

Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Parent

  Guarantors    

Non-
Guarantors
(In thousands)  

      Eliminations

Total

Net cash (used in) provided by operating 

activities  

   $ 

(23,776)   $ 

90,365     $ 
(16,189 )  

  $ 

8,285   
(9,581 )    

 $

— 
— 

74,874  
(25,770 ) 

—   

—   

(548)
(30,500)  
97,630  

66,582   
53,500   
(97,000)     

—  
(458)     
34    

1,596

—   

—
(458)

Additions to property and equipment  
Payments for exclusive license agreements and 

site acquisition costs  
Investment in subsidiary 
Issuance of long-term notes receivable  
Payments received on long-term notes receivable   
Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

activities  

Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases    
Repayments of borrowings under bank overdraft 

facility, net 

Repurchase of capital stock 
Payments received on subscriptions receivable 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options 
Issuance of capital stock  
Noncontrolling interest shareholder capital 

contribution 

Debt issuance and modification costs 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing 

activities  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of 

period  

Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period  

   $ 

(55 )  
—
—  
—  

(206 )    
— 
—   
—   

— 
548 
30,500   
(97,630)  

(16,244 )  
29,501   
(98,387)     

(9,787 )    
3,381   
(1,455)      

(66,582)
(30,500)
97,630      

—  
—      
—   
—
—   

—
—

(142)     
—       
—  
— 
548   

526 
— 

2,858   
414  
1,770   

—   
—      
— 
— 
(548 )

— 
— 

66,582 
— 
— 

(42,786 )  
—   
20    

(68,886 )  
—   
5,235    

20    
40     $ 

3,165    
8,400     $ 

239  
2,009   

  $ 

— 
— 

 $

(261 ) 
— 
—
—

(26,031 ) 
55,882  
(99,212)

(142)
(458)
34  
1,596 
— 

526 
(458)

(42,232) 
414  
7,025 

3,424  
10,449 

(22)  Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Financial information by quarter is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

March 31 

2011  
Total Revenues 
Gross profit (1) 
Net income (2) 
Net income attributable to 
controlling interests and 
available to common 
stockholders (2) 
Basic net income per common 
share (2) 
Diluted net income per 
common share (2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

138,041 
44,908 
6,558 

6,480 

0.15 

0.15 

$

$

$

June 30 

Quarters Ended 
September 30 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

December 31 

$

$

$

147,294 
48,963 
8,742 

8,715 

0.20 

0.20 

110 

$ 

165,059 
54,831 
46,800 

174,182 
55,759 
8,046 

46,885 

1.06 

1.05 

$ 

$ 

8,153 

0.18 

0.18 

Total 

624,576
204,461
70,146

70,233

1.60

1.58

$

$

$

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 
Total revenues  
Gross profit (3)  
Net income (4) 
Net income attributable to 
controlling interests and 
available to common 
stockholders (4) 
Basic net income per common 
share (4) 
Diluted net income per 
common share (4) 
____________ 
(1)  

$ 

$ 

$ 

127,776 
39,704 
4,230 

3,965 

0.10 

0.09 

$

$

$

132,948 
43,220 
8,248 

8,203 

0.20 

0.19 

$

$

$

$ 

136,605 
45,154 
20,655 

134,749 
43,608 
8,000 

20,763 

0.49 

0.49 

$ 

$ 

8,028 

0.19 

0.19 

$

$

$

532,078
171,686
41,133

40,959

0.98

0.96

Excludes $13.4 million, $13.5 million, $15.5 million and $16.9 million of depreciation, accretion, and amortization for the quarters ended March 31, 
June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively.  

(2)  

(3)  

(4)  

Includes $37.0 million of tax benefit recorded in the quarter ended September 30 as a result of a tax reporting change with respect to the Company’s 
U.K. operations. 

Excludes $12.3 million, $12.1 million, $13.0 million and $13.6 million of depreciation, accretion, and amortization for the quarters ended March 31, 
June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively. 

Includes release of $23.7 million and $3.5 million in previously-recognized valuation allowances related to the Company’s United States segment for 
the quarters ended September 30 and December 31, respectively.  Additionally, the quarter ended September 30 includes pre-tax charges of 
approximately $14.5 million related to certain charges associated with the refinancing of the Company’s outstanding debt obligations. 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

There have been no changes in or disagreements on any matters of accounting principles or financial statement disclosure between us and 

our independent registered public accountants. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered 
by this 2011 Form 10-K. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be 
disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal 
executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Based upon that evaluation, our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
December 31, 2011 at the reasonable assurance level. 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in our system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-

15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined 

in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by 
management, under the supervision of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 
management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 
includes the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries, except for the acquisitions during 2011 of EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC and Efmark 
Deployment I, Inc.; LocatorSearch, LLC; Mr. Cash ATM Network, Inc.; and Access to Money, Inc. (the “acquired companies”). The 
acquired companies’ internal control over financial reporting was associated with 30% of total gross assets (of which 22% represents 
goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of the assessment) and total revenues of 5% included in the consolidated financial 
statements of Cardtronics Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011.  

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, 
assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the framework in Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our 
evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.  

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public 
accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements included in this 2011 Form 10-K, as stated in their attestation report which 
is included on page 63. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None.  

PART III 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Code of Ethics 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, 
and persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website at http://www.cardtronics.com, and you 
may also request a copy of the Code of Ethics at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following: Cardtronics, Inc., Attention: Chief 
Financial Officer, 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, (832) 308-4000. We intend to disclose any amendments to or 
waivers of the Code of Ethics on behalf of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Controller, and 
persons performing similar functions on our website at http://www.cardtronics.com promptly following the date of the amendment or waiver. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1. Financial Statements 

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. Financial Statement Schedules 

All schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or required information is shown in the financial statements or notes 

Page
63 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 

thereto. 

3. Index to Exhibits 

The exhibits required to be filed pursuant to the requirements of Item 601 of Regulation S-K are set forth in the Index to Exhibits 
accompanying this report.  

114 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 

signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on February 27, 2012. 

SIGNATURES 

CARDTRONICS, INC. 

/s/ Steven A. Rathgaber 
Steven A. Rathgaber 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 

of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2012. 

Signature 

/s/ Steven A. Rathgaber 
Steven A. Rathgaber 

/s/ J. Chris Brewster 
J. Chris Brewster 

/s/ E. Brad Conrad 
E. Brad Conrad 

/s/ Dennis F. Lynch 
Dennis F. Lynch 

/s/ Tim Arnoult 
Tim Arnoult 

/s/ Robert P. Barone 
Robert P. Barone 

/s/ Jorge M. Diaz 
Jorge M. Diaz 

/s/ G. Patrick Phillips 
G. Patrick Phillips 

/s/ Mark Rossi 
Mark Rossi 

/s/ Juli Spottiswood 
Juli Spottiswood 

Title 

Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Exhibit 
  Number   
  2.1 

  2.2 

  3.1 

  3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description  

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2011, by and among Cardtronics USA, Inc., Efmark Deployment I, Inc., 
EDC ATM Subsidiary, LLC, and EDC Holding Company, LLC. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on July 26,2011, File No. 001-33864). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger among Cardtronics USA, Inc. and CATM Merger Sub, Inc. and Access to Money, Inc. and LC 
Capital Master Fund, Ltd. dated as of August 15, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc on August 15, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cardtronics, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 
of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 14, 2007, Registration No. 001-33864). 

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cardtronics, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 25, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). 

Indenture, dated August 26, 2010, among Cardtronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors defined therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, 
N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
August 26, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 26, 2010, among Cardtronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors defined therein, and 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on August 26, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

4.3 

Form of 8 ¼ % Senior Notes due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Annex A to Exhibit 4.2 hereto). 

  10.1 

  10.2 

  10.3 

  10.4 

  10.5 

  10.6 

  10.7 

  10.8 

  10.9 

Credit Agreement, dated July 15, 2010, by and among Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, Bank of America, N.A, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 
001-33864). 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 25, 2011, by and between Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantor Party thereto, the 
Lenders party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

Placement Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and 7-Eleven, Inc. (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 9, 2007). 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, LP and 7-Eleven, Inc (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on July 26, 2007, Registration 
No. 333-113470). 

ATM Cash Services Agreement between Bank of America and Cardtronics, LP, dated effective as of August 2, 2004 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on August 25, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

Amendment No. 1 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated August 2, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 
of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 25, 2006, Registration 
No. 333-131199). 

Amendment No. 2 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated February 9, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.26 of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 25, 2006, 
Registration No. 333-131199). 

Amendment No. 3 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated February 21, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, LP and Bank of 
America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Cardtronics, 
Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Amendment No. 4 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated March 23, 2009, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc. and Bank 
of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Cardtronics, 
Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  10.10 

  10.11 

  10.12 

  10.13 

  10.14 

  10.15 

  10.16 

  10.17 

  10.18 

  10.19 

  10.20 

  10.21 

  10.22 

  10.23 

  10.24 

  10.25 

  10.26 

Amendment No. 5 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated April 13, 2010, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc. and Bank of 
America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Cardtronics, 
Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Amendment No. 6 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated September 22, 2011, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc. and 
Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on November 7, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

Vault Cash Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells Fargo, N.A. (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, by Cardtronics, Inc. filed on November 9, 2007). 

First Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated February 28, 2009, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc., 
Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Second Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2009, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc. 
and Wells Fargo, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on August 7, 2009). 

Third Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated September 1, 2009, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc., 
Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Fourth Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated July 15, 2010, by and between Cardtronics USA, Inc., 
Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Temporary Increase in Maximum Available Amount among Cardtronics Inc., Cardtronics USA, Inc. (successor by conversion 
to Cardtronics LP) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated as of August 22, 2011. (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 7, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and each of its directors, dated as of 
February 10, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199-01).† 

2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of June 4, 2001 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.21 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-
131199-01).† 

Amendment No. 1 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of January 30, 2004 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199-01).† 

Amendment No. 2 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of June 23, 2004 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199-01).† 

Amendment No. 3 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of May 9, 2006 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929).† 

Amendment No. 4 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of August 22, 2007 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-
1, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929).† 

Amendment No. 5 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of November 26, 2007 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-
1, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929).† 

Cardtronics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B of 
Cardtronics, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 30, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

Cardtronics, Inc. 2010 Annual Executive Cash Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on May 17, 2010, File No. 001-33864). † 

117 

 
 
  10.27 

  10.28 

  10.29 

  10.30 

  10.31 

  10.32 

  10.33 

  10.34 

  10.35 

  10.36 

  10.37 

  10.38 

  10.39 

  10.40 

  10.41 

  10.42 

  10.43 

  10.44 

  10.45 

  10.46 

Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 19, 2009, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Brad Conrad, dated June 5, 2008 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on October 20, 2010). † 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 19, 2009, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and J. Chris Brewster, dated January 15, 2010 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 22, 2010). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Michael H. Clinard, dated January 15, 2010 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 22, 2010). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Rick Updyke, dated January 15, 2010 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 22, 2010). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Steven A. Rathgaber, dated December 15, 2009 (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 4, 2010, Registration No. 
001-33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Brad Conrad, dated June 5, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on October 20, 2010). † 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, 
filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 24, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Cardtronics, Inc. 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated January 31, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 1, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Employment Agreement between Cardtronics, LP, Cardtronics, Inc., and Rick Updyke, dated effective as of July 20, 2007 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
February 14, 2008, Registration No. 333-149236-03). † 

Amended and Restated Service Agreement between Bank Machine Limited and Ron Delnevo, dated effective as of May 17, 
2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199-01).† 

Form of Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Cardtronics, LP, Cardtronics, Inc., and Rick Updyke, dated effective as 
of June 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. 
on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Service Agreement between Bank Machine Ltd. and Ron Delnevo, dated effective 
as of June 5, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, 
Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and J. Chris Brewster, dated June 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-
33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Michael H. Clinard, dated June 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-
33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Rick Updyke, dated June 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Restricted Stock Agreement between Cardtronics, Inc. and Ron Delnevo, dated June 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.8 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864). † 

Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics, LP and Tres Thompson, dated effective as of June 20, 2008 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 10, 2009, 
Registration No. 001-33864). † 

118 

 
 
  10.47 

  10.48 

Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics USA Inc., Cardtronics, Inc. and Steven A. Rathgaber, dated effective as of 
February 1, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, 
Inc. on March 4, 2010, Registration No. 001-33864). †  

Employment Agreement by and between E. Brad Conrad and Cardtronics USA, Inc., dated effective October 15, 2010 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on October 20, 
2010). † 

  12.1* 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 

  14.1 

  14.2 

  21.1* 

  23.1* 

  31.1* 

  31.2* 

  32.1** 

Cardtronics, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Approved by the Board of Directors on January 21, 2011 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 26, 2011, 
Registration No. 001-33864). 

Cardtronics, Inc. Financial Code of Ethics Amended and Restated by the Audit Committee on January 21, 2011 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 26, 2011, 
Registration No. 001-33864). 

Subsidiaries of Cardtronics, Inc. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP. 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS***  XBRL Instance Document  
101.SCH***  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document  
101.CAL***  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document  
101.LAB***  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document  
101.PRE***  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document  
101.DEF***  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document  
__________ 
*   

Filed herewith.  

** 

†   

*** 

Furnished herewith.  

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or 
prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange Act of 1934 and are otherwise not subject to liability under those sections. 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Headquarters

Cardtronics, Inc.

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400

Houston, TX 77042

800.786.9666

www.cardtronics.com

Stock Listing

Cardtronics, Inc. common stock is listed on the NASDAQ 

Global Market Exchange and trades under the ticker 

symbol CATM.

Investor Contact

Chris Brewster, Chief Financial Officer

832.308.4128

cbrewster@cardtronics.com

Notice of Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held at 5:00 
p.m. CDT on May 15th, 2012 at Cardtronics’ headquarters:  

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400  

Houston, TX 77042

Transfer Agent

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services

161 North Concord Exchange

South St. Paul, MN 55075

800.767.3330

Cautionary Note Regarding  

Forward-Looking Statements

Except for the historical information and discussions 

contained herein, statements contained in this annual 

report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within 

the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 

Act of 1995. Achieving the results described in these 

statements involves a number of risks, uncertainties and 

other factors that could cause actual results to differ 

materially, as discussed in Cardtronics’ filings with the 

Securities and Exchange Commission, and in the attached 

Form 10-K.

©2012 Cardtronics, Inc.

CARDTRONICS3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400Houston, TX 77042800.786.9666cardtronics.com